munotes®

Public International Law Notes | B.A. LL.B. (Five Year Course) Semester 9 | Mumbai University | munotes

Official Notes munotes.in

Public International Law

B.A. LL.B. (FIVE YEAR COURSE) · SEMESTER 9

Strictly as per the revised CBCS syllabus of the University of Mumbai

For students of the University of Mumbai and all its affiliated law colleges

Open the book ↓

munotes.in Fifth Year

Public International Law

Copyright © 2026 munotes.in. All rights reserved.

Written and first published by munotes.in, 2026.

This book is free for individual students to read at munotes.in. No part of it may be reproduced, distributed, stored, translated or used for institutional or classroom purposes in any form without a prior written licence from munotes.in.

Licensing and permissions: contact@munotes.in

The text of statutes and of judgments reproduced in this book is in the public domain under section 52(1)(q) of the Copyright Act 1957. The commentary, arrangement, examples and questions are the original work of munotes.in.

munotes.in is an independent study resource for MU students. It is not affiliated with, endorsed by, or officially connected to the University of Mumbai. Course names and university references describe the students and syllabus the material relates to.

munotes.in

Contents

Module I

  1. What International Law Is, and Where It Came From 1
  2. Defining International Law 12
  3. Is International Law Really Law? 19
  4. Theories of the Basis of International Law 26
  5. Subjects of International Law 33
  6. Nationality 40
  7. Double Nationality and Statelessness 48
  8. Nationality and Citizenship Distinguished 55
  9. The Sources of International Law 61
  10. Custom 67
  11. Treaties as a Source 75
  12. General Principles of Law Recognised by Civilised Nations 82
  13. Judicial Decisions and the Writings of Jurists 88
  14. Equity 94
  15. Resolutions of the General Assembly 100
  16. International Law and Municipal Law 106
  17. International Law in Indian Courts 112
  18. Recognition of States 118
  19. Recognition of Governments 125
  20. Modes and Legal Effects of Recognition 130

Module II

  1. State Territory 136
  2. Acquisition of State Territory 142
  3. Loss of State Territory 150
  4. State Succession 156
  5. State Jurisdiction 162
  6. Immunity from Jurisdiction 170
  7. Extradition 178
  8. Asylum 184
  9. State Responsibility 191
  10. Circumstances Precluding Wrongfulness, and Reparation 199
  11. Treatment of Aliens and Diplomatic Protection 208
  12. The Law of the Sea 215
  13. Baselines and the Territorial Sea 221
  14. Innocent Passage, and Straits 228
  15. The Contiguous Zone 237
  16. The Continental Shelf 242
  17. The Exclusive Economic Zone 249
  18. The High Seas 257
  19. Delimitation of Maritime Boundaries 269
  20. Republic of Italy v. Union of India 276
  21. The Bay of Bengal Maritime Boundary Arbitration 282
  22. The Common Heritage of Mankind 288
  23. The Area, and the Parallel System of Mining 295

Module III

  1. What a Treaty Is, and Its Kinds 303
  2. Making a Treaty: From Full Powers to Entry Into Force 309
  3. Reservations to Treaties 318
  4. Interpretation of Treaties 326
  5. Rights and Duties of the Parties, and Third States 333
  6. Validity of Treaties, and Jus Cogens 341
  7. Termination and Suspension of Treaties 350
  8. The United Nations: Purposes, Principles and Membership 359
  9. The General Assembly 368
  10. The Security Council: Composition, Voting and the Veto 376
  11. Pacific Settlement of Disputes 383
  12. The Use of Force and Collective Security 390
  13. The Economic and Social Council 399
  14. The International Court of Justice 407
  15. The Secretariat and the Secretary-General 419
  16. The Trusteeship System and the Trusteeship Council 426
  17. The International Labour Organisation 435
  18. The World Trade Organization 446
  19. Amnesty International and Non-Governmental Organisations 457
  20. UNESCO 464
  21. UNICEF 475
  22. UNDP and UNEP 483

Module IV Contemporary and Allied Laws under International Laws:

  1. The World Health Organization 492
  2. Global Health Law and Communicable Diseases 504
  3. The International Health Regulations 514
  4. General Principles of International Trade Law 530
  5. UNCITRAL and International Commercial Arbitration 539
  6. Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards 552
  7. TRIPS 562
  8. International Air Law 577
  9. International Space Law 595
munotes.in

Module I

munotes.in

Chapter One

What International Law Is, and Where It Came From

Syllabus topic 1.1, "Nature, Origin and Historical Development of International Law"

In one line

International law is the body of rules that binds countries in their dealings with one another.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: public international law is the system of rules and principles that governs the relations between States, and between States and other subjects of international law such as international organisations, in their mutual dealings.

Six words you need before anything else

You will meet these on every page from here on, so they are settled now rather than guessed at later.

A State is a political community with its own territory, its own people and its own government, which does not take orders from any other State. India is a State. Maharashtra is not, because it is part of one. What exactly makes a State a State is the subject of [Recognition of States].

Sovereignty means that a State is the highest legal authority inside its own territory and has no legal superior outside it. It is the single idea from which most of this subject follows, including most of its problems.

A treaty is a written agreement between States which they intend to be binding in law. It goes by many names, convention, covenant, protocol, charter, pact, agreement, and the name makes no legal difference. The rules about treaties are [What a Treaty Is, and Its Kinds] onwards.

Custom, in this subject, does not mean a habit. It means a rule that States have come to follow because they accept that the law requires it. How a habit turns into a rule is worked out in [Custom].

Ratification is the act by which a State finally commits itself to a treaty, usually after its government has signed and its own constitutional process has approved. Signing and ratifying are two different steps, and the difference decided the North Sea Continental Shelf cases, worked in [Delimitation of Maritime Boundaries].

Municipal law means the internal law of a country. It is the standard term in this subject, and it has nothing to do with municipalities or corporations. Indian law is municipal law from the point of view of international law, and so is French law and Japanese law.

Why there is such a thing at all

States are separate and answer to nobody above them. That is what sovereignty means. So the obvious question is how there can be any law between them at all, and the honest answer is that they need one.

Ships sail from one country to another and have to know whose rules apply on the way. A person born in one country and living in another has to belong somewhere. Rivers cross borders, aircraft cross borders, disease crosses borders, and money crosses borders many times a day. None of that works if every State simply does as it likes and nobody can predict what anyone will do.

munotes.in1

What International Law Is, and Where It Came From

So States built a set of rules, slowly and mostly out of self-interest, about the things they could not manage alone: the sea, ambassadors, war, treaties, trade. That is international law, and it exists because the alternative is worse for everybody, including the strong.

Its nature: how it differs from the law you already know

A student meeting this subject has already studied contract, crime and procedure. Those are all vertical systems: there is a legislature above you making the law, a court above you applying it, and a police force above you enforcing it. You are the subject of the system, not a maker of it.

International law is horizontal. The same States that are bound by the rules are the ones that make them. There is no world parliament that can pass a law binding India without India's agreement. There is no court that a State can be dragged before against its will. There is no international police force.

That single structural difference explains almost every feature of the subject that beginners find strange, and it is worth setting out plainly.

Municipal law (say, Indian law)International law
Who makes itA legislature, above the persons boundThe States themselves, who are the persons bound
Who is boundIndividuals and companies, mainlyStates, mainly, and international organisations
CourtsCompulsory. You are sued and you must appearConsensual. A State appears only if it has agreed to
EnforcementPolice, prisons, attachment of propertySelf-help, countermeasures, and collective action through the Security Council
Sanction for breachApplied by the State to the wrongdoerApplied, if at all, by the injured State or by the community

Do not read that table as saying international law is a weaker version of real law. It is a different kind of system, built for parties who are equals. Whether it is law at all is a genuine and famous argument, and it has a chapter of its own: [Is International Law Really Law?].

Its origin

The ancient world

Rules between political communities are as old as political communities. Treaty texts survive from the ancient Near East, the earliest well-known one being between Egypt and the Hittites in about 1259 BC, dealing with peace, the return of fugitives and mutual defence. Ancient India had its own body of rules on envoys, on the conduct of war and on treaties, discussed in the Arthashastra and in the Dharmashastra literature; ancient Greece had rules between city-States about heralds, truces and the treatment of the dead; and Rome had the ius gentium, meaning the law of peoples, which was really the part of Roman law applied to foreigners.

munotes.in2

What International Law Is, and Where It Came From

None of that is international law in the modern sense, because none of it presupposed a world of equal sovereign States. It matters for a different reason: it shows that wherever separate communities have dealt with each other regularly, they have produced rules, which is the strongest practical answer to anyone who says such rules are unnatural.

The birth of the modern system: 1648

The modern subject begins in Europe, and the conventional date is 1648.

The Thirty Years War had wrecked central Europe. It ended with the Peace of Westphalia, a pair of treaties signed at Munster and Osnabruck. What made Westphalia a beginning rather than just another peace was what it settled: that each ruler was supreme within his own territory, that no outside authority, including the Pope or the Emperor, could dictate the religion or the internal government of another State, and that States dealt with one another as legal equals.

That is the Westphalian system, and the word is still used. Its three ideas, territorial sovereignty, legal equality of States, and non-intervention in internal affairs, are the ideas that Chapter I of the United Nations Charter restated three centuries later.

Grotius

Hugo Grotius, a Dutch jurist writing in the same century, is called the father of international law, and the title is deserved even though he invented neither the subject nor the phrase.

His great work, De Jure Belli ac Pacis, meaning On the Law of War and Peace, appeared in 1625, in the middle of that war. Three things in it changed the subject.

He argued that the law between nations rests on natural law, meaning principles of reason that hold good whether or not any ruler has commanded them, and famously that they would hold good even if there were no God. That freed the subject from theology at a moment when Europe was tearing itself apart over theology.

He treated the practice and agreement of nations as a second source alongside reason. That is the ancestor of custom and treaty as we now know them.

And he wrote about the sea. In an earlier work, Mare Liberum, meaning The Free Sea, published in 1609, he argued that the sea cannot be owned by any nation and must be open to all. That argument, made for the commercial convenience of the Dutch, became the freedom of the high seas, and you will meet it again in [The High Seas].

Grotius is not the only name of the period and an answer that mentions only him is thin. Francisco de Vitoria in sixteenth-century Spain argued that the peoples of the Americas had rights that Spain was bound to respect. Alberico Gentili, an Italian who taught at Oxford, wrote on the law of war before Grotius did and insisted that theologians keep out of it. Samuel Pufendorf carried the natural-law tradition forward, Cornelius van Bynkershoek and Emmerich de Vattel in the eighteenth century turned it towards the practice of States, and Bynkershoek's cannon-shot rule, that a State's control at sea extends as far as a cannon can fire, is where the old three-mile territorial sea came from.

munotes.in3

What International Law Is, and Where It Came From

From Westphalia to the First World War

Between 1648 and 1914 the subject grew mostly by accumulation of practice, with occasional bursts.

The Congress of Vienna in 1815, after Napoleon, produced the first modern rules on diplomatic ranks and on free navigation of international rivers. The nineteenth century produced the first permanent international organisations, which were technical rather than political: the International Telegraph Union in 1865 and the Universal Postal Union in 1874, both still alive inside the United Nations family. The Hague Peace Conferences of 1899 and 1907 produced conventions on the law of war and set up the Permanent Court of Arbitration, which still sits at the Peace Palace and still decides cases in this book, including the one in [The Bay of Bengal Maritime Boundary Arbitration].

This is also the period the subject is criticised for. International law of this era was European law, applied among European States and applied to everyone else as an instrument of empire. Doctrines of the time openly divided the world into civilised, barbarous and savage nations, and the phrase "civilised nations" survives in article 38 of the Statute of the International Court of Justice to this day, an embarrassment that is dealt with in [General Principles of Law Recognised by Civilised Nations].

The balance of power

The organising idea of the European order between Westphalia and 1914, and MU has asked for it, so it needs stating and placing.

What it meant. No single State should become strong enough to impose its will on the rest, and to that end the others would combine against whichever State grew too powerful. It was a doctrine of policy, not a rule of law: no treaty required it and no court applied it, and it operated by shifting alliances, by territorial compensation when one State gained, and, when those failed, by war.

How it relates to law. It supplied the conditions in which the classical law could work. Sovereign equality made sense in a system of several roughly comparable Powers; the rules on neutrality, on the acquisition of territory in [Acquisition of State Territory], and on treaties of guarantee all assumed that States would balance one another. And it explains why the classical law tolerated war: if the ultimate corrective is a coalition against the over-mighty, then war cannot be prohibited, and it was not.

munotes.in4

What International Law Is, and Where It Came From

Why it failed, and what replaced it. The balance did not prevent the First World War; it helped to produce it, by turning a local quarrel into a general one through the alliances that were supposed to keep the peace. The response was collective security, which is the opposite idea: instead of shifting coalitions responding to power, a permanent organisation determines that a breach has occurred and the whole membership responds. The League tried it and failed, and the Charter tried it again, with the machinery in [The Use of Force and Collective Security].

The comparison an examiner wants. Under a balance of power, force is lawful and is the regulator. Under collective security, force is prohibited by article 2(4) and the only lawful uses are self-defence under article 51 and action authorised by the Security Council. Whether the Charter system has in fact replaced the balance, or whether the veto has preserved it inside the Council, is a fair question and the honest answer is that both are true in part.

Its development in the twentieth century

The League of Nations

The First World War killed something in the order of seventeen million people, and the response was the first attempt at a permanent, general, political organisation of States: the League of Nations, created by the Covenant that formed Part I of the Treaty of Versailles in 1919, with its seat at Geneva.

The League tried to do three new things. It tried to make war a matter of common concern rather than a private right. It set up the Permanent Court of International Justice at The Hague in 1922, the first standing world court, whose decisions are still cited and several of which appear in this book. And it created the International Labour Organisation in the same year, which outlived it and has a chapter of its own: [The International Labour Organisation].

It failed, and the reasons are worth knowing because they explain the design of what replaced it. The United States never joined, despite its President having proposed it. Germany, the Soviet Union and Japan joined and left. Decisions of the Council and Assembly generally required unanimity, so any one member could block action. The Covenant did not prohibit war outright; it required delay and inquiry before resorting to it. And the League had no armed force and its members would not act. Japan invaded Manchuria in 1931, Italy invaded Abyssinia in 1935, and in each case the League condemned and did nothing effective.

munotes.in5

What International Law Is, and Where It Came From

The Kellogg-Briand Pact of 1928, formally the General Treaty for the Renunciation of War, belongs to the same decade and is often asked about. Sixty-odd States renounced war as an instrument of national policy. It was ignored within a few years, but it was not useless: it is the first general treaty prohibition of war, and it is the basis on which aggression was later treated as a crime.

The United Nations

The Second World War killed something in the order of sixty million people. The Charter of the United Nations was signed at San Francisco on 26 June 1945 and came into force on 24 October 1945.

The Charter is where this subject now begins in practice, and Module III of your syllabus is largely about it. Four of its innovations changed international law itself rather than merely creating an organisation.

A general prohibition on force. Article 2(4) requires all Members to refrain in their international relations from the threat or use of force against the territorial integrity or political independence of any State. That is a far wider prohibition than the League's, and the exceptions to it are narrow: self-defence under article 51, and action authorised by the Security Council under Chapter VII. This is the subject of [The Use of Force and Collective Security].

A body that can act. The Security Council under Chapter VII can take decisions binding on all Members, including sanctions and the use of force. The League had nothing like it. The price was the veto, and that is dealt with in [The Security Council: Composition, Voting and the Veto].

Self-determination and decolonisation. The Charter mentions self-determination of peoples in article 1(2), and Chapters XI and XII created obligations towards non-self-governing and trust territories. Within thirty years the membership of the United Nations more than trebled, and the new members were not European. That, more than anything else, changed whose law international law was.

A court with a Statute annexed to the Charter. The International Court of Justice replaced the Permanent Court, and every Member of the United Nations is automatically a party to its Statute.

After 1945: the four directions of growth

The subject has grown in four directions since, and every one of them is somewhere in your syllabus.

It stopped being only about States. International organisations became subjects of international law in their own right, which the International Court decided in 1949 in the Reparation for Injuries advisory opinion, worked in [Subjects of International Law]. Individuals acquired rights that they can assert and duties for which they can be punished. This is [Subjects of International Law].

It was written down. The International Law Commission was set up by the General Assembly in 1947 to promote the progressive development and codification of international law, and the conventions it produced are the backbone of the subject: the law of treaties in 1969, diplomatic relations in 1961, the law of the sea in 1982, and the articles on State responsibility in 2001. Four of those are the instruments this book teaches.

munotes.in6

What International Law Is, and Where It Came From

It reached inside the State. Human rights, refugees, the environment, health and trade are all now regulated by international law, and all of them concern how a State treats people and things within its own territory. That would have been unthinkable to a Westphalian diplomat.

It acquired institutions with teeth in specialised fields. The World Trade Organization has a dispute settlement system whose rulings States mostly obey, and the International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea and the International Criminal Court decide cases in their own areas.

India and international law

Your syllabus expects you to know India's position, and MU's own printed course objectives say so. Three points belong here and the detail follows later.

India was a founding member of the United Nations, and in a curious way a member before it was independent: British India signed the Charter in 1945. India was also an original member of the League and of the International Labour Organisation.

India's Constitution takes an unusually clear position for a constitution of its date. Article 51 directs the State to endeavour to promote international peace and security, to maintain just and honourable relations between nations, to foster respect for international law and treaty obligations, and to encourage settlement of international disputes by arbitration. It is a Directive Principle, so it is not enforceable in a court by itself, but it is a direction to the whole State.

And India has been a maker of the modern law, not only a receiver of it. Indian delegations shaped the law of the sea negotiations, India is a registered pioneer investor in deep seabed mining under the regime discussed in [The Area, and the Parallel System of Mining], and India has appeared before the International Court and before arbitral tribunals, including in the two cases your syllabus names by name.

A worked example, to show the whole system at once

Take a concrete problem and watch every part of this chapter come into play.

A cargo ship registered in Panama, owned by a Greek company, crewed mostly by Indians, is carrying goods from Dubai to Kolkata. Fifteen nautical miles off the Indian coast its engine fails, it drifts, and oil leaks into the sea, damaging fishing grounds. Who can do what?

Sovereignty and territory decide the first question. Fifteen miles out is beyond India's twelve-mile territorial sea but inside its exclusive economic zone, so India does not have full sovereignty there but does have sovereign rights over the living resources and jurisdiction over the protection of the marine environment. Those zones are drawn in [The Exclusive Economic Zone].

munotes.in7

What International Law Is, and Where It Came From

Treaty supplies the rules: the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea 1982, to which India, Panama and Greece are all parties, and separately the pollution conventions.

Nationality decides who may complain on whose behalf. The ship has Panamanian nationality by registration; the crew have Indian nationality; the company has Greek nationality. Which State may bring a claim for which injury is the subject of [Treatment of Aliens and Diplomatic Protection], and the answer is not obvious.

State responsibility decides whether Panama or Greece has broken an obligation and what it owes, which is [State Responsibility].

Municipal law decides whether an Indian court can try anybody, and whether India's own Territorial Waters, Continental Shelf, Exclusive Economic Zone and Other Maritime Zones Act 1976 gives it that power, because an Indian judge applies the Indian Act and not the Convention directly. Why that is so is [International Law in Indian Courts].

Notice what did not happen. No world government stepped in. No international police boarded the ship. Every step runs through rules the States themselves made and through courts they themselves agreed to use.

What it does NOT mean

It is not the law of the United Nations. The United Nations is one institution created by one treaty. International law is older and larger, and most of it operates nowhere near the UN.

It is not private international law. Private international law, also called conflict of laws, is a part of each country's own municipal law. It decides which country's law an Indian court should apply to a contract signed in Dubai and which country's judgments it should enforce. It governs disputes between private parties. Public international law governs relations between States. Your syllabus lists textbooks on both, so read the title of a book before trusting it for this paper.

It is not the same as foreign policy. What a State ought to do politically and what it is legally obliged to do are different questions. Confusing them is the commonest fault in weak answers.

It is not a Western invention that India merely received. That was a fair description in 1900 and it is not one now. Decolonisation changed the membership, and with it the content: the permanent sovereignty of States over their natural resources, the common heritage of mankind, and special and differential treatment in trade law were all pressed by newly independent States, India among them.

munotes.in8

What International Law Is, and Where It Came From

Limits and criticism

Three criticisms are serious and an examiner rewards a candidate who states them fairly.

It is weak where it matters most. International law works well on postal rates, aviation, shipping and trade, and works worst on war and the use of force, which is exactly where its failure costs most.

It reflects power. The five permanent members of the Security Council hold a veto that no other State holds. That is written into the Charter, and it means the enforcement machinery cannot be used against them or their close allies.

Its origins are not innocent. For most of its history it was made by a small group of States and applied to the rest, and doctrines such as terra nullius, meaning land belonging to no one, were used to justify taking land that was plainly occupied. The subject has moved a long way from this, but a student who does not know the criticism cannot answer a question that raises it.

Quick revision

International law is the body of rules governing relations between States and other subjects such as international organisations.

It is horizontal, not vertical: the same States make it, are bound by it, and enforce it. No world legislature, no compulsory court, no police.

Origin: rules between communities are ancient, but the modern system dates from the Peace of Westphalia, 1648, which established territorial sovereignty, the legal equality of States and non-intervention.

Grotius, De Jure Belli ac Pacis (1625), is the father of the subject: natural law as its basis, the practice of nations as a second source, and the freedom of the seas in Mare Liberum (1609). Also Vitoria, Gentili, Pufendorf, Bynkershoek and Vattel.

League of Nations, 1919: first general political organisation, the Permanent Court of International Justice, the ILO. Failed because the United States stayed out, decisions needed unanimity, war was restricted rather than banned, and there was no force behind it.

United Nations Charter, signed 26 June 1945, in force 24 October 1945: the article 2(4) prohibition of force, a Security Council that can bind Members, self-determination, and the International Court of Justice.

Since 1945: new subjects beyond States, codification by the International Law Commission, expansion into human rights and the environment, and effective institutions in specialised fields.

India: a founding member of the United Nations; article 51 of the Constitution directs the State to foster respect for international law and treaty obligations.

Do not confuse public international law, which is between States, with private international law, which is a part of each country's own law about which law applies to a foreign-element dispute.

Test yourself

1. Define international law in one sentence, then say what makes it different from Indian law.

munotes.in9

What International Law Is, and Where It Came From

International law is the system of rules governing relations between States and other subjects of international law such as international organisations. It differs from Indian law in being horizontal: the States bound by it are the ones who make it, no court has compulsory jurisdiction over a State that has not consented, and there is no central police force. Indian law is vertical, made by a legislature above those bound, applied by courts they must attend, and enforced by the State.

2. Why is 1648 treated as the birth of modern international law?

Because the Peace of Westphalia ended the Thirty Years War on terms that established the three ideas the modern system is built on: each ruler is supreme within his own territory, no outside authority may dictate another State's internal affairs, and States deal with one another as legal equals. Rules between communities existed long before, but not among equal sovereign States.

3. Why is Grotius called the father of international law, and is the title fair?

He is called that because De Jure Belli ac Pacis (1625) grounded the law between nations in natural law rather than theology, treated the practice and agreement of nations as a second source, and, in Mare Liberum (1609), argued for the freedom of the seas. The title is only roughly fair: Vitoria and Gentili wrote before him, and Bynkershoek and Vattel did as much to turn the subject towards State practice. He is the father in the sense of giving the subject its first systematic statement.

4. Give three reasons the League of Nations failed, and say how the United Nations Charter answered each.

The United States never joined, so the League lacked the strongest power; the Charter did not solve this by design but the UN has had near-universal membership. Decisions generally required unanimity; the Charter replaced this with majority voting, subject to the veto of the five permanent members. The Covenant restricted rather than prohibited war and provided no effective enforcement; article 2(4) prohibits the threat or use of force generally, and Chapter VII lets the Security Council take binding measures including force.

5. A question asks you to "critically examine the nature of international law". What are the two halves of that answer?

The first half is descriptive: it is horizontal, made by treaty and custom, binding chiefly on States, with consensual courts and decentralised enforcement. The second half is critical: it is weakest precisely where it matters most, on the use of force; it entrenches the power of the five permanent members through the veto; and its historical origins are European and imperial, though decolonisation has changed both its membership and its content. A good answer gives both halves and does not pretend the criticisms are unanswerable or fatal.

munotes.in10

What International Law Is, and Where It Came From

6. Distinguish public international law from private international law.

Public international law governs relations between States and other subjects of international law, and its sources are treaty, custom and general principles. Private international law, or conflict of laws, is part of a country's own municipal law and governs disputes between private parties with a foreign element: which country's law applies, which court has jurisdiction, and whether a foreign judgment will be enforced. An Indian statute or an Indian precedent can settle a private international law question; it cannot settle a public international law question.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in11

Chapter Two

Defining International Law

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Definitions of International Law"

In one line

A definition of international law is a one-sentence answer to the question "who is bound, and by what?", and the answer has changed twice in a hundred years.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: international law is the body of rules and principles which States and other subjects of international law regard as binding upon them in their mutual relations, and which is derived from treaties, custom, general principles of law and the subsidiary sources recognised in article 38 of the Statute of the International Court of Justice.

Why the definitions matter at all

It looks like a dry topic and it is not, because every definition below is really an argument about two things: who the law binds, and what makes it binding.

The old definitions say it binds States only, and binds them because they have consented. The modern definitions say it binds States, international organisations and, in places, individuals, and that some of it binds them whether they consented or not. Between those two positions lies most of what has happened to this subject since 1945.

So when an examiner asks you to discuss the definitions, the marks are not in reciting six names. They are in showing what each definition includes, what it leaves out, and why the leaving out stopped being tenable.

The classical definitions: States only

Bentham and the word itself

The phrase international law was coined by Jeremy Bentham in 1780, in his Introduction to the Principles of Morals and Legislation. Before him the subject was called the law of nations, a translation of the Latin ius gentium and the French droit des gens.

Bentham's coinage was meant to make a distinction: the law of nations, he thought, was being used loosely for both the rules between sovereigns and the rules a country applied to foreigners, and he wanted a word for the first alone.

The word stuck, but the older phrase has never quite died and you will still see "the law of nations" in judgments and in older textbooks. They mean the same thing.

Oppenheim

The definition every syllabus quotes is Oppenheim's, from the first edition of his treatise in 1905:

Law of Nations or International Law is the name for the body of customary and conventional rules which are considered legally binding by civilised States in their intercourse with each other.

Read it slowly, because four separate claims are packed into it.

"Customary and conventional rules." Conventional here means arising from conventions, that is, from treaties. So Oppenheim's two sources are custom and treaty. General principles of law are not mentioned, and they were not yet a recognised source in 1905; they entered in 1920 with the Statute of the Permanent Court.

munotes.in12

Defining International Law

"Considered legally binding." Not "binding", but considered binding, by the States themselves. That is a consent-based, positivist view: the law is what States accept as law.

"Civilised States." The nineteenth-century division of the world into civilised, barbarous and savage nations, dealt with in [What International Law Is, and Where It Came From]. The phrase is indefensible now, and later editions of the same treatise dropped it.

"In their intercourse with each other." States only, and only in their external dealings. Nothing about individuals, nothing about organisations, and nothing about how a State treats its own people.

The other classical definitions

An examiner expects more than one, and the four below are the ones the standard reading list carries.

J.L. Brierly: the law of nations, or international law, may be defined as the body of rules and principles of action which are binding upon civilised States in their relations with one another. Note what Brierly changes: he says binding upon, not "considered binding by". That is a small phrase carrying a large claim, because it does not make the obligation depend on the State's own opinion.

Charles Fenwick: international law may be defined in broad terms as the body of general principles and specific rules which are binding upon the members of the international community in their mutual relations. Fenwick's phrase members of the international community is wider than "States", and it is the opening through which organisations later walked.

J.G. Starke, whose Introduction to International Law your syllabus lists in two editions, gives the definition that is closest to the modern one and is the safest to reproduce: international law may be defined as that body of law which is composed for its greater part of the principles and rules of conduct which States feel themselves bound to observe, and therefore commonly do observe, in their relations with each other, and which includes also the rules of law relating to the functioning of international institutions and organisations, their relations with each other and their relations with States and individuals, and certain rules of law relating to individuals and non-State entities so far as the rights and duties of such individuals and non-State entities are the concern of the international community.

Torsten Gihl: the body of rules of law which apply within the international community or society of States. Short, and it moves the emphasis from the parties to the community they form.

Starke's definition is long, and its length is the point. It is long because it has to name three things Oppenheim's did not: international institutions, individuals, and non-State entities.

munotes.in13

Defining International Law

Why the classical definitions broke down

Four developments made "States only" impossible to maintain, and each one is a chapter of this book.

International organisations acquired legal personality. In 1949 the International Court of Justice was asked whether the United Nations could bring an international claim for injury to its agent, and in the Reparation for Injuries advisory opinion, worked in [Subjects of International Law], it held that the Organization has a large measure of international personality and the capacity to operate on the international plane, though it is certainly not a super-State. A definition that mentions only States cannot accommodate a claimant that is not a State.

Individuals acquired duties. The Nuremberg and Tokyo tribunals after 1945 tried individuals for crimes under international law, and the principle that individuals can be punished directly by international law is now embodied in the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court. If international law can hang a man, it plainly reaches him.

Individuals acquired rights. Human rights treaties give individuals rights against their own State, and several of them let an individual petition an international body. That is the exact opposite of the Westphalian arrangement in which how a State treated its own subjects was nobody else's business.

Some rules stopped depending on consent. A small class of rules, called jus cogens or peremptory norms, binds every State whether or not it agreed, and no treaty contrary to them is valid. The prohibitions on genocide, slavery, torture and aggression are the standard examples. Article 53 of the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties gives them their statutory form, and they are worked out in [Validity of Treaties, and Jus Cogens]. A definition built entirely on consent cannot explain them.

The modern definition

Putting those four developments into a sentence gives the definition to write in an exam:

International law is the body of rules and principles which States, international organisations and, in defined respects, individuals and other entities accept as binding in their mutual relations, derived from treaties, custom and general principles of law, and including a small core of peremptory norms which bind regardless of consent.

Every clause of that sentence is doing work. States, international organisations and individuals answers the who. Accept as binding in their mutual relations keeps the consensual character that is still true of most of the subject. Treaties, custom and general principles names the sources, which are the subject of [The Sources of International Law]. A small core of peremptory norms admits the exception without overstating it.

A table you can reproduce under time pressure

DefinitionWho it bindsSource of obligationWhat it leaves out
Bentham, 1780SovereignsNot addressed; the coinage was terminologicalEverything below
Oppenheim, 1905"Civilised States"What States consider bindingOrganisations, individuals, general principles, jus cogens
Brierly"Civilised States"Binding upon them, not merely considered soOrganisations and individuals
FenwickMembers of the international communityBindingDoes not say who the members are
StarkeStates, institutions, individuals and non-State entitiesWhat States feel bound to observeLittle; it is the most complete of the classical set
GihlThe international community or society of StatesRules applying within itIndividuals
ModernStates, organisations, and individuals in defined respectsConsent, plus a peremptory coreNothing material for this course
munotes.in14

Defining International Law

A worked example

Two years ago the government of State A, a party to the Genocide Convention and to the Charter, orders its army to expel an ethnic minority from a border province. Thousands die. A commander, Colonel B, gives the orders on the ground. An international organisation, the World Food Programme, has a warehouse in the province, and one of its staff, an Italian national, is shot at a checkpoint.

Take Oppenheim's definition and ask what it can explain. It can explain that State A has broken a treaty it accepted as binding, and that other State parties may complain. That is all. It cannot explain Colonel B's personal criminal liability, because individuals are not in the definition. It cannot explain the organisation's claim for its warehouse and its staff member, because organisations are not in it either. And if State A had never ratified the Genocide Convention, Oppenheim's consent-based definition would struggle to explain why the prohibition binds it anyway.

Now take Starke's, with jus cogens added. Colonel B is liable because international law imposes duties directly on individuals. The World Food Programme may bring a claim for the injury to its agent under the reasoning in the Reparation for Injuries advisory opinion, and separately the agent's national State may protect him, the competition between the two being reconciled case by case. And the prohibition of genocide binds State A regardless of ratification, because it is peremptory.

That is what a change of definition buys, and it is what an examiner is testing when the question says "critically examine".

What it does NOT mean

A definition is not a source. No case has ever been decided by quoting Oppenheim. Definitions organise the subject; article 38 of the Statute of the International Court of Justice supplies the law.

Saying individuals are subjects does not mean they are equal subjects. An individual cannot make a treaty, cannot sit in the General Assembly and cannot bring a case before the International Court, whose Statute in article 34 says only States may be parties in cases before the Court. The correct statement is that individuals have some rights and some duties directly under international law, not that they stand where States stand.

munotes.in15

Defining International Law

"Civilised nations" is not a live test. Where the phrase survives, in article 38(1)(c), it is read as meaning nothing more than the legal systems of the world generally. No State is excluded from international law today for want of civilisation, and any answer that repeats the phrase without noticing the problem loses more than it gains.

Limits and criticism

Every definition is circular to a degree. Oppenheim defines the law by what States consider binding, which assumes they already know which rules are law. Brierly avoids the circle by asserting the rules are binding, which is the very thing an objector denies. There is no way out of this by better drafting; it is the same difficulty that makes [Is International Law Really Law?] a real question.

Definitions lag behind practice. Oppenheim wrote before the League, before the United Nations, before human rights treaties and before the International Criminal Court. Starke's definition is capacious enough for all of them because it was written after them, which is less a virtue of the author than a fact about dates.

The subject may now be too varied to define usefully. Trade law, the law of the sea, human rights and the law of armed conflict have their own institutions, their own courts and their own habits, so much so that international lawyers argue about the fragmentation of the subject. A single sentence that covers all of them will do so only at a level of generality that tells a student very little.

Quick revision

The phrase international law was coined by Bentham, 1780. The older name is the law of nations.

Oppenheim, 1905: the body of customary and conventional rules considered legally binding by civilised States in their intercourse with each other. Two sources, consent-based, States only, and the offensive adjective.

Brierly: rules binding upon civilised States. Says binding upon, not considered binding by.

Fenwick: binding upon the members of the international community.

Starke: the fullest of the classical definitions, expressly covering international institutions, individuals and non-State entities.

Gihl: rules applying within the international community or society of States.

Four developments broke the States-only definitions: international organisations acquired personality (the Reparation for Injuries advisory opinion, 1949, in [Subjects of International Law]); individuals acquired duties (Nuremberg, the International Criminal Court); individuals acquired rights (human rights treaties); and jus cogens, in article 53 of the Vienna Convention, binds without consent.

Modern definition to write: rules and principles binding on States, international organisations and, in defined respects, individuals, derived from treaties, custom and general principles, and including a peremptory core that binds regardless of consent.

munotes.in16

Defining International Law

Test yourself

1. State Oppenheim's definition and identify three defects in it.

"Law of Nations or International Law is the name for the body of customary and conventional rules which are considered legally binding by civilised States in their intercourse with each other." Three defects: it names only two sources and omits general principles of law, which article 38(1)(c) of the Statute of the International Court of Justice recognises; it limits the subjects to States, which cannot accommodate international organisations or the direct duties international law imposes on individuals; and it rests obligation entirely on what States consider binding, which cannot explain peremptory norms that bind without consent. The reference to "civilised States" is a fourth defect and is now indefensible.

2. What is the difference between saying rules are "considered legally binding by States" and saying they are "binding upon States"?

The first makes the law depend on the opinion of the States bound, which is a positivist, consent-based account; if a State does not consider a rule binding, on that view it is not bound. The second asserts an obligation independent of that opinion, which is what is needed to explain jus cogens and, more generally, why a new State is bound by customary rules it never voted for. Oppenheim takes the first position, Brierly the second.

3. Which definition would you use to answer a question about the liability of an army officer for war crimes, and why?

Starke's, because it is the only classical definition that expressly includes rules of law relating to individuals and non-State entities so far as their rights and duties are the concern of the international community. Oppenheim's, Brierly's and Gihl's are limited to States and cannot reach an individual at all.

4. Why is the phrase "civilised nations" still in the Statute of the International Court of Justice, and how should a student handle it?

Article 38(1)(c) was drafted in 1920 for the Permanent Court and reproduced in 1945 without change, so the phrase survives by inertia rather than by intention. A student should state that it is understood today as meaning the legal systems of the world generally, that it excludes no State, and that it is a relic of the era when international law was made by a small group of European powers and applied to everyone else.

5. "Any definition of international law is either too narrow to be accurate or too wide to be useful." Discuss briefly.

There is force in it. Narrow definitions such as Oppenheim's are accurate about the core, relations between States, but cannot accommodate organisations, individuals or peremptory norms. Wide definitions such as Starke's cover all of those but do so at such a level of generality that they tell a beginner little about what the rules actually are. The reply is that a definition is not meant to do the work of the subject: it fixes who is bound and by what, and article 38 and the chapters that follow supply the content. A definition that gets the who and the what right is doing its job even if it is uninformative about the rest.

munotes.in17

Defining International Law

6. Distinguish the sources of international law from the definitions of it.

A definition states what the subject is and whom it binds. A source states where a rule comes from and how you prove it exists. Bentham, Oppenheim, Brierly, Fenwick, Starke and Gihl offer definitions. Article 38(1) of the Statute of the International Court of Justice lists the sources: international conventions, international custom, the general principles of law recognised by civilised nations, and, as subsidiary means, judicial decisions and the teachings of the most highly qualified publicists. An answer that recites definitions when asked for sources, or the reverse, answers a different question from the one set.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in18

Chapter Three

Is International Law Really Law?

Syllabus topic 1.2 and 1.3. The question sits between "Definitions of International Law" and "Fundamentals of International Law, Theories and Doctrines".

In one line

The objection is that international law has no legislature, no compulsory court and no police, so it cannot be law; the answer is that this measures international law against a model of law it was never built on.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: whether international law is law depends on the theory of law applied to it. On Austin's command theory it is not law but positive international morality, because it lacks a sovereign issuing commands backed by sanctions. On the theories of Hart, Kelsen and modern positivists, and on the practice of States, it is law, because States treat it as obligatory, argue about it in legal terms, and the international system contains rules of recognition, change and adjudication even though they operate differently from those of a municipal system.

Where the objection comes from

John Austin, an English jurist of the early nineteenth century, defined law in his Province of Jurisprudence Determined as the command of a sovereign, backed by a sanction. A sovereign, for Austin, is a determinate person or body which the bulk of a society habitually obeys and which itself habitually obeys nobody else.

Apply that test to international law and it fails at every element.

There is no determinate superior. States do not habitually obey any body above them; that is what sovereignty means.

There is no command. Treaties are agreements between equals and custom grows out of practice. Neither is an order from above.

There is no reliable sanction. No international police force arrests a State, and no international bailiff attaches its property.

Austin's conclusion followed: the rules between nations are not law properly so called, but positive international morality, in the same class as the rules of honour or the rules of fashion. He did not mean this as an insult; he meant it as a classification.

The five things the objectors point to, and what can be said about each

An examiner wants the objections stated fairly and answered specifically, so take them one at a time.

1. There is no legislature

The objection. No body can make a rule binding on a State without that State's consent. The General Assembly can only recommend, and article 10 of the Charter says so.

The answer. Consent is a strange thing to hold against a legal system: a contract binds because the parties agreed, and nobody says contracts are not law. More importantly, the claim that everything depends on consent is no longer wholly true. Customary rules bind a new State that never voted for them, as every State that became independent after 1945 discovered. Peremptory norms bind whether or not a State agreed, and no treaty against them is valid. And in narrow fields the Security Council can create obligations binding on all Members, which it has done in resolutions requiring States to legislate against terrorist financing.

munotes.in19

Is International Law Really Law?

What honesty requires. The absence of a legislature is real. It means international law changes slowly and unevenly, and that new problems can wait decades for a rule.

2. There is no compulsory court

The objection. Article 34 of the Statute of the International Court of Justice allows only States to be parties, and article 36 makes jurisdiction depend on consent, whether by special agreement, by a compromissory clause in a treaty, or by a declaration under the optional clause. A State that has consented to none of these cannot be sued.

The answer. Consent is required to start a case, not to be bound by the law. A State that refuses to appear is still in breach if it has broken a rule; it has merely avoided an adjudication. And the picture is far less bleak than the objection suggests: the World Trade Organization has a standing dispute settlement system that has decided hundreds of disputes between States, the International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea and Annex VII tribunals decide law of the sea cases, including the two your syllabus names, and regional human rights courts give judgments against States as a matter of routine.

What honesty requires. Some of the most serious disputes never reach any court, and a State can withdraw its optional-clause declaration when it fears a case.

3. There is no police force

The objection. When a State breaks the law nothing happens to it, so the rule was not really a rule.

The answer. Something does happen, but it happens differently. Self-help is lawful within limits: an injured State may take countermeasures, meaning conduct that would otherwise be unlawful, to induce the wrongdoer to comply, and the limits on that are in [Circumstances Precluding Wrongfulness, and Reparation]. Collective measures exist: under article 41 the Security Council may impose measures short of force, including complete or partial interruption of economic relations and of rail, sea, air, postal, telegraphic and radio communication, and under article 42 it may authorise the use of force. Those are stronger sanctions than most municipal legal systems apply to anybody. And the ordinary sanction is reciprocity and reputation: a State that repudiates its treaties finds its treaties repudiated and its future agreements distrusted.

What honesty requires. Enforcement is selective, and the veto means it is selective in a way that favours five States. That is the strongest form of the objection and it should be conceded.

munotes.in20

Is International Law Really Law?

4. The rules are broken

The objection. Wars are fought in defiance of article 2(4), so the rule is not real.

The answer. This proves less than it looks. Murder is committed daily and nobody concludes that the law of murder is not law. What matters is not whether a rule is broken but how the breach is treated. States that use force almost never say they are entitled to break the law. They argue self-defence under article 51, or invitation by the government, or Security Council authorisation. The very fact that a State in breach constructs a legal justification is evidence that it regards the rule as binding; a State that thought there were no rule would not bother.

What honesty requires. The breaches in this field are of a scale and consequence unlike those in a domestic system, and pointing to murder rates is a debating answer rather than a complete one.

5. It is really politics

The objection. Decisions in the Security Council are political, so international law is politics with legal vocabulary.

The answer. Some of it is, and the Council is a political organ. But most of international law never goes near the Council. Aircraft land, letters arrive, ships pass, patents are respected, extradition requests are processed and treaties are performed, every day, according to rules whose content is technical and whose application is not seriously contested. The politically charged fraction of the subject is the visible fraction, which distorts the impression.

The jurisprudential answers

The objection is a claim about what law is, so the answers are claims about that too.

Hart

H.L.A. Hart answered Austin by rejecting the command model altogether. In The Concept of Law he argued that a developed legal system is a union of primary rules, which tell people what to do, and secondary rules, which are rules about the rules: a rule of recognition identifying what counts as law, rules of change for making new law, and rules of adjudication for settling disputes.

Hart's own view of international law was mixed. He accepted that it is law rather than morality, because its rules are argued about in legal terms and are not felt as merely moral. But he doubted whether it had a rule of recognition, and thought it resembled the primary rules of a simple society more than a developed system.

That doubt is now weaker than it was when he wrote. Article 38 of the Statute of the International Court of Justice looks very much like a rule of recognition: it tells you what counts as international law and where to find it. The Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties is a set of rules of change: how a rule is made, amended and ended. And the courts and tribunals named above are rules of adjudication, imperfect but real.

munotes.in21

Is International Law Really Law?

Kelsen

Hans Kelsen put international law at the top rather than the bottom. In his pure theory, every legal norm derives its validity from a higher norm, up to a basic norm, the Grundnorm. Kelsen argued that the basic norm of the whole legal order is international, and identified it with the principle pacta sunt servanda, meaning agreements must be kept, or with the principle that States ought to behave as they customarily have behaved.

On that view municipal law derives its validity from international law, not the other way round. This is the strong form of monism and it is dealt with in [International Law and Municipal Law].

The Austinian answer on its own terms

Even accepting Austin's framework, the modern answer is that sanctions do exist. Article 41 measures are sanctions. Countermeasures are sanctions. Suspension or expulsion from an organisation under article 6 of the Charter is a sanction. They are decentralised and unevenly applied, but Austin's own test asked whether an evil is likely to be visited on disobedience, not whether it is certain.

The argument that settles it in practice

Leave theory aside and ask what States do.

Every State maintains a legal adviser's department in its foreign ministry. Every State, when accused of a breach, answers in legal terms rather than saying the accusation is meaningless. Every State enters into treaties in the expectation that they will be performed, and performs the overwhelming majority of its own. Every State pleads international law in its own courts when it suits, and complains when another State ignores it.

A rule that nobody regarded as binding would not be argued about in this way. That is the practical answer, and it is stronger than any of the theoretical ones, because it is a fact about behaviour rather than a claim about definitions.

Distinctions that carry marks

LawMoralityComity
What it isA rule regarded as legally obligatoryA rule regarded as rightA courtesy States extend to one another
Breach producesA claim of illegality, a right to reparationBlameComplaint, and withdrawal of the courtesy
ExampleArticle 2(4) of the CharterAn obligation to give development aidCeremonial honours to a visiting head of State

Comity is the one students most often confuse with law. Comity means practices States follow out of goodwill or convenience, without regarding themselves as legally bound. When a State stops, the other State may be annoyed but cannot say a legal wrong has been done. The distinction is exactly the distinction between practice and custom in [Custom]: whether the practice is accompanied by a belief that the law requires it.

munotes.in22

Is International Law Really Law?

A worked example

State X and State Y share a river. For sixty years State X has released water from its dam every March so that State Y's farmers can irrigate. This year State X keeps the water. State Y protests, calling it a breach of international law.

Ask the three questions this chapter has been building towards.

Is there a rule? That depends on whether the sixty-year practice was accompanied by a belief on both sides that it was legally required, or was a neighbourly courtesy. If there is a treaty, the question answers itself. If there is not, State Y must show custom, and the test is in [Custom].

If there is a rule, is it law even though no court can be seized? Yes. If neither State has consented to the jurisdiction of the International Court, State Y cannot sue, but State X is in breach and owes reparation. Absence of a forum is not absence of an obligation, which is the answer to the second objection above.

What can State Y actually do? Protest formally, which preserves its position and prevents its silence being read as acquiescence. Propose negotiation, good offices, mediation, conciliation or arbitration under article 33 of the Charter, which is [Pacific Settlement of Disputes]. Take proportionate countermeasures, such as suspending its own obligations to State X under the same arrangement. Raise the matter in a regional organisation or the General Assembly.

Notice that the answer to "is it law" made no practical difference to any of that. What made the difference was whether a rule existed and what remedies were available, which are legal questions in exactly the ordinary sense.

What it does NOT mean

Saying it is law does not mean it is effective. Effectiveness and legal quality are different. A statute that is widely ignored is still a statute.

Saying it is weak does not mean it is optional. A State that breaks a rule and escapes consequences has still broken the rule, and the breach can be relied on against it later, in a claim, in a negotiation, or before a tribunal it eventually accepts.

The absence of a sanction in a particular case does not prove the absence of a legal rule. Municipal systems are full of legal obligations with no practical sanction, including many constitutional obligations of the State.

Limits and criticism

The strongest version of the sceptical case is not Austin's. It is this: international law is law, but it is law that operates most reliably where least is at stake, and least reliably where most is. Its enforcement machinery is structurally unavailable against five States and their close allies, and no amount of jurisprudence about rules of recognition changes that.

munotes.in23

Is International Law Really Law?

The honest answer is not to deny it but to say what follows. The subject remains worth knowing and using because the fraction of international relations that is contested by force is small, because the law shapes even the arguments of those who break it, and because the alternative to an imperfect legal order between States is not a perfect one but none.

Quick revision

The objection is Austin's: law is the command of a sovereign backed by a sanction; international law has no sovereign, no command and no reliable sanction, so it is positive international morality, not law.

The five heads of objection: no legislature, no compulsory court, no police, the rules are broken, it is really politics.

Answers: consent is not a defect, and custom, jus cogens and binding Security Council decisions already go beyond it; consent is needed to start a case, not to be bound; sanctions exist as countermeasures, article 41 measures and article 42 force; a State in breach argues self-defence or authorisation, which shows it accepts the rule; and most of the subject is technical and uncontested.

Hart: law is a union of primary and secondary rules. Article 38 of the ICJ Statute functions as a rule of recognition, the Vienna Convention as rules of change, the courts as rules of adjudication.

Kelsen: the Grundnorm of the whole legal order is international, identified with pacta sunt servanda.

The practical answer: States employ legal advisers, answer accusations in legal terms, and perform the overwhelming majority of their obligations. Nobody argues that hard about a rule they do not regard as binding.

Distinguish law from morality and from comity. Comity is courtesy, and its breach gives no legal claim.

Test yourself

1. State Austin's objection precisely, and identify the definition of law it rests on.

Austin defined law as the command of a determinate sovereign, habitually obeyed by the bulk of society and itself obeying nobody, backed by a sanction. International law has no determinate superior above States, its rules arise from agreement and practice rather than command, and no centralised sanction enforces them. Austin therefore classified it as positive international morality rather than law properly so called. The objection rests entirely on the command theory; it disappears if that theory of law is rejected.

2. How does Hart's account change the answer?

Hart rejected the command theory and defined a developed legal system as a union of primary rules of obligation with secondary rules of recognition, change and adjudication. On that account international law is law rather than morality, because its rules are treated and argued about as legally obligatory. Hart himself doubted whether it had a rule of recognition, but article 38 of the Statute of the International Court of Justice performs that function, the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties supplies rules of change, and the standing courts and tribunals supply rules of adjudication.

munotes.in24

Is International Law Really Law?

3. "International law cannot be law because it is constantly broken." Answer this in three sentences.

Frequency of breach does not determine whether a rule is law, or the law of murder would not be law. What matters is how breaches are treated, and States that use force almost invariably plead a legal justification such as self-defence under article 51 or Security Council authorisation, which shows they accept the rule and dispute only its application. A State that believed there was no rule would not construct an argument under it.

4. Distinguish law from comity, and give the test.

Law is a rule regarded as legally obligatory, so its breach founds a claim of illegality and a right to reparation. Comity is a practice followed out of goodwill or convenience without any sense of legal obligation, so its discontinuance gives ground for complaint but not for a legal claim. The test is the same as the test that separates practice from custom: whether the conduct is accompanied by a belief that the law requires it.

5. What sanctions does international law actually have? Name four.

Countermeasures by the injured State, meaning conduct otherwise unlawful taken to induce compliance, subject to proportionality. Measures not involving force decided by the Security Council under article 41, including interruption of economic relations and of communications. Force authorised by the Security Council under article 42. And institutional sanctions such as suspension of the rights of membership or expulsion under articles 5 and 6 of the Charter, together with the everyday sanctions of reciprocity, retorsion and loss of reputation.

6. Give the strongest form of the sceptical case, and the best reply to it.

The strongest form is not Austin's but this: international law works most reliably where the stakes are lowest and least reliably where they are highest, and its collective enforcement machinery is structurally unavailable against the five permanent members and their allies because of the veto. The best reply concedes the point and adds three things: most international relations are not contested by force and are governed effectively; the law shapes the conduct and the arguments even of those who breach it; and the alternative to an imperfect legal order between sovereign States is not a better one but none at all.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in25

Chapter Four

Theories of the Basis of International Law

Syllabus topic 1.3, "Fundamentals of International Law, Theories and Doctrines in International Laws"

In one line

These theories all answer one question: why is a State bound?

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the theories of the basis of international law seek to explain the source of its binding force. The naturalists locate it in reason or in a higher law; the positivists locate it in the consent of States, expressed through treaties and through custom; and the modern theories locate it in the necessities of social life, in the objective validity of a basic norm, or in a combination of consent and community interest.

Why the question is not academic

It looks like a question for philosophers, and it decides real cases.

If obligation rests entirely on consent, then a State that has never agreed to a rule is not bound by it. That would mean a State newly independent in 1960 could pick and choose among the customary rules made before it existed, and it would mean no rule could bind a State that objected loudly enough.

If obligation rests on something beyond consent, then some rules bind everybody, and the practical form of that idea is jus cogens, in article 53 of the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties: a treaty is void if it conflicts with a peremptory norm accepted and recognised by the international community of States as a whole as one from which no derogation is permitted.

So the theory you adopt decides whether a State can lawfully agree by treaty to permit slavery. That is not academic.

Naturalism

What it says

The naturalist school holds that international law is binding because it is part of a higher law, discoverable by reason, which exists independently of what any State has agreed. Rules are not made; they are found.

Grotius, whose place in the subject's history is in [What International Law Is, and Where It Came From], is the great name here, though he is more accurately a hybrid. He grounded the law between nations in a natural law that would hold good, he said, even if there were no God, which was a startling thing to write in 1625, and separately recognised the law made by the will of nations. His followers split along that line.

Samuel Pufendorf took the pure naturalist position: there is no international law except natural law applied to States. There is no separate, man-made law of nations at all.

Francisco de Vitoria and Francisco Suarez, writing in sixteenth-century Spain, applied natural law to the conquest of the Americas and concluded that the indigenous peoples had rights of property and dominion that Spain was bound to respect. That is naturalism doing exactly what its defenders claim for it: providing a standard by which the conduct of the powerful can be condemned.

munotes.in26

Theories of the Basis of International Law

What is right about it

It explains obligations that consent cannot. It explains why genocide is unlawful for a State that never ratified the Genocide Convention. It supplies a standard for criticising the law rather than merely describing it, and it is where the moral energy of the human rights movement came from.

What is wrong with it

It cannot say what the rules are. Reason, appealed to by different people in different centuries, has produced opposite answers. Natural law was used to justify the colonisation it was also used to condemn, and doctrines of a natural hierarchy of civilisations were defended in the same vocabulary.

It has no way of settling a dispute. If two States both appeal to reason and disagree, nothing in the theory tells you which is right.

It makes the actual practice of States irrelevant, which is a strange result for a subject in which the practice of States is most of the evidence.

Positivism

What it says

The positivist school holds that international law is binding because States have consented to it. Law is not found, it is made, and it is made by the will of the States that are bound.

The evidence is the practice: treaties are agreements, and custom is a general practice accepted as law. Both look like consent.

Consent theory in its simple form says a State is bound only by what it has agreed to, expressly by treaty or tacitly by participating in the formation of a custom.

The auto-limitation theory, associated with Georg Jellinek, refines it. A sovereign State cannot be subjected to a will outside its own, so obligation must come from the State limiting itself. The State's own will, self-restricted, is the source of the obligation.

Bynkershoek and, in the nineteenth century, jurists such as Triepel and Anzilotti, developed the positivist account. Anzilotti built the whole system on pacta sunt servanda, meaning agreements must be kept, treated as an axiom that needs no further justification.

What is right about it

It matches how the subject actually works. Treaties are negotiated, signed and ratified; reservations are entered and objected to; States argue about whether they participated in a practice. All of that is the language of consent, and any theory that cannot account for it is describing some other subject.

It also matches the sources: article 38 of the Statute of the International Court of Justice lists conventions and custom first, and both are consent-based on their face.

What is wrong with it

New States. A State that became independent in 1960 was bound at once by the customary law of the sea, of diplomatic relations and of State responsibility, none of which it had participated in making. Pure consent theory has no comfortable answer, and the usual one, that the new State impliedly consents by entering the international community, is a fiction that does the work by assumption.

munotes.in27

Theories of the Basis of International Law

Jus cogens. Article 53 makes some norms non-derogable by agreement. If consent were the whole basis, States could agree to anything.

Auto-limitation is circular. If the State's own will is the source of obligation, the State can withdraw its will and end the obligation. A promise that binds only so long as the promisor wishes to be bound is not a promise. Anzilotti's answer, that pacta sunt servanda is an axiom outside the system, concedes that at least one rule is not consensual, which is exactly the naturalist's point.

Custom does not really need consent. The persistent objector rule, which the Fisheries case supports and which is set out in [Custom], allows a State to escape a new rule by objecting from the start. But a State that simply says nothing is bound, and silence is not consent in any ordinary sense.

The modern theories

Kelsen and the pure theory

Hans Kelsen tried to remove morality and politics from the account altogether. Every norm derives validity from a higher norm, and the chain must end somewhere, in a Grundnorm, a basic norm that is presupposed rather than derived.

For Kelsen the Grundnorm of the whole legal order is international, and he identified it either with pacta sunt servanda or with the principle that States ought to behave as they have customarily behaved. Municipal legal orders then derive their validity from international law, which is the strong monist position taken up in [International Law and Municipal Law].

The strength of this is its rigour. Its weakness is that a presupposed basic norm explains obligation only in the sense of naming the place where the explanation stops.

The sociological school

Leon Duguit and Georges Scelle held that law arises from the facts of social life. Human beings and communities are interdependent, that interdependence generates rules, and the State is not a mystical sovereign but a set of officials who happen to act. Scelle's dedoublement fonctionnel, or role splitting, describes how State officials act simultaneously as organs of their own State and as organs of the international community, because there are no separate international organs to do it.

This explains something the other theories struggle with: why the law grows fastest where interdependence is greatest, which is why aviation, posts, shipping, telecommunications, health and trade are its most developed fields.

The doctrine of fundamental rights

An older theory, still asked about, holds that States have certain fundamental rights inherent in statehood, usually listed as independence, equality, self-preservation and jurisdiction over their territory, and that international law is derived from these. It is closely tied to naturalism.

munotes.in28

Theories of the Basis of International Law

Its defect is that it is derived from a fiction. States are not people, and self-preservation as a legal right was used for a century to justify almost anything, until article 2(4) of the Charter and the narrow exception in article 51 replaced it with a rule.

The consent-plus-community view

Most working international lawyers today hold something less tidy than any of the above: that consent explains the great bulk of international law, that a narrow core of peremptory norms binds regardless of consent, and that the community interest expressed through the United Nations and through obligations owed to all States has grown at the expense of pure bilateralism.

That is not a compromise for want of nerve. It is what article 38 plus article 53 of the Vienna Convention actually amount to when read together.

The doctrines you must be able to state

Three phrases recur in this module and every one of them is a doctrine, not merely a maxim.

Pacta sunt servanda, agreements must be kept. Article 26 of the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties puts it in statutory form: every treaty in force is binding upon the parties to it and must be performed by them in good faith. It is worked in [Rights and Duties of the Parties, and Third States].

Jus cogens, a peremptory norm. Article 53: a norm accepted and recognised by the international community of States as a whole as one from which no derogation is permitted and which can be modified only by a subsequent norm of the same character. A treaty conflicting with one is void. It is worked in [Validity of Treaties, and Jus Cogens].

Rebus sic stantibus, things standing thus. The doctrine that a fundamental change of circumstances may allow a party to withdraw from a treaty. Article 62 of the Vienna Convention states it in a deliberately narrow form, and it is worked in [Termination and Suspension of Treaties].

Distinctions table

NaturalismPositivismSociological
Source of obligationA higher law found by reasonThe consent of StatesThe facts of social interdependence
Rules areDiscoveredMadeGenerated by needs
Chief namesVitoria, Suarez, Pufendorf, Grotius in partBynkershoek, Triepel, Anzilotti, JellinekDuguit, Scelle
Explains jus cogensEasilyWith difficultyReasonably
Explains treaty practiceWith difficultyEasilyPartly
Main defectCannot say what the rules areCannot explain non-consensual rulesDescriptive rather than normative

A worked example

State P has never ratified any human rights treaty and has never voted for any resolution on torture. Its officials torture a detainee, a national of State Q. State Q protests that State P has violated international law. State P replies that it has consented to no such rule.

munotes.in29

Theories of the Basis of International Law

On pure consent theory State P has an argument, and it is the argument that shows the theory's limits.

On naturalist theory State P is bound because the prohibition of torture is part of a higher law that consent cannot reach. The difficulty is that this proves too much and too easily; the same reasoning has been used to support propositions that were merely the speaker's convictions.

On the modern view State P is bound and the reasoning is legal rather than moral. The prohibition of torture is a rule of customary international law, established by the general practice of States accepted as law, and State P did not object to it as it formed. It is further a peremptory norm within article 53, so no State can contract out of it even by treaty. State P's consent is therefore not required, and the argument fails.

Notice that the modern answer used the positivist machinery of custom and then reached beyond it. That is exactly the hybrid position described above, and it is the answer to write.

What it does NOT mean

These are not rival descriptions of different subjects. They are rival explanations of the same rules, and a good answer treats them as competing accounts of one thing.

Positivism does not mean the law is whatever powerful States say. It means the law is what States have accepted as law, which is a different and much more constrained claim.

Naturalism is not the same as morality. A naturalist claims the higher law is legally binding, not merely that it ought to be followed. Confusing the two collapses the distinction the last chapter was built on.

A "theory" is not a source. Nobody wins a case by proving Kelsen right. The sources are in [The Sources of International Law], and they are the same whichever theory explains them.

Limits and criticism

The whole debate has a suspicious quality: it is largely a debate about how to describe a practice that goes on regardless. States concluded treaties and observed customs for centuries without agreeing on why they were bound, and they still do.

The debate earns its place for one reason. When a genuinely novel question arises, whether a new State is bound by old custom, whether a treaty permitting a monstrous thing is valid, whether a rule can bind an objector, no source settles it and the answer has to come from an account of why States are bound at all. That is when these theories stop being ornamental.

munotes.in30

Theories of the Basis of International Law

Quick revision

The question is: why is a State bound?

Naturalism: because of a higher law found by reason. Vitoria, Suarez, Pufendorf, and Grotius in part. Explains jus cogens; cannot say what the rules are.

Positivism: because States have consented, expressly by treaty or tacitly by custom. Bynkershoek, Triepel, Anzilotti. Auto-limitation (Jellinek): the State limits its own will. Explains treaty practice; cannot explain new States, jus cogens, or its own circularity.

Kelsen: validity flows from a presupposed Grundnorm, which is international, identified with pacta sunt servanda.

Sociological (Duguit, Scelle): law arises from social interdependence; Scelle's role splitting has State officials acting as organs of the international community.

Fundamental rights doctrine: States have inherent rights of independence, equality, self-preservation and jurisdiction. Now largely displaced by article 2(4) and article 51 of the Charter.

The working modern position: consent explains most of it, a peremptory core binds regardless of consent, and community interest has grown at the expense of pure bilateralism.

Three doctrines to be able to state: pacta sunt servanda (VCLT article 26), jus cogens (article 53), rebus sic stantibus (article 62).

Test yourself

1. Explain the auto-limitation theory and give the objection to it.

Jellinek's auto-limitation theory holds that since a sovereign State cannot be subjected to any will outside its own, the binding force of international law must come from the State restricting its own will. The objection is circularity: if the obligation exists only because the State wills it, the State can un-will it, and an obligation that lasts only as long as the obligor wishes is not an obligation at all. Anzilotti's response, treating pacta sunt servanda as an axiom outside the system, concedes that at least one rule does not rest on consent.

2. Why do new States create difficulty for consent theory, and how is the difficulty answered?

A State that became independent after the main body of customary law had formed never participated in making it, yet is bound by it from the moment of independence. Consent theory answers by implied consent: by entering the international community and claiming its benefits, the new State accepts its rules. The answer is a fiction, since no actual act of consent occurs and no new State has ever been permitted to opt out. The honest position is that custom binds by community acceptance rather than individual agreement, subject only to the persistent objector rule, which is available to a State that objects as the rule forms and not to one that did not exist then.

3. State article 53 of the Vienna Convention and explain which theory it supports.

munotes.in31

Theories of the Basis of International Law

A treaty is void if, at the time of its conclusion, it conflicts with a peremptory norm of general international law, meaning a norm accepted and recognised by the international community of States as a whole as one from which no derogation is permitted and which can be modified only by a subsequent norm of the same character. It supports the naturalist side of the argument, since it places some rules beyond the reach of consent, though it does so in positivist language by making the community's acceptance the test.

4. What does Scelle's role splitting explain?

That international law has almost no organs of its own, so the officials of States perform double duty: a national judge applying a treaty, or a naval officer arresting a pirate on the high seas, acts both as an organ of his own State and as an organ of the international community. It explains how a decentralised system functions at all, and it is a better description of enforcement in this subject than any analogy with a police force.

5. "The theories of the basis of international law are of no practical use." Discuss.

There is force in the criticism for ordinary cases: a treaty dispute is decided by the Vienna Convention and a boundary dispute by the law of the sea, and no tribunal needs to choose between Grotius and Anzilotti. The criticism fails for hard cases. Whether a newly independent State is bound by custom it never made, whether a treaty permitting slavery is void, and whether a persistent objector escapes a rule are all questions that no source answers on its face, and each requires a view about why States are bound at all. The theories are not tools of daily practice; they are what is left when the sources run out.

6. Distinguish pacta sunt servanda, jus cogens and rebus sic stantibus in one sentence each.

Pacta sunt servanda, in article 26 of the Vienna Convention, is the rule that every treaty in force binds the parties and must be performed in good faith. Jus cogens, in article 53, is a norm from which no derogation is permitted, so that a treaty conflicting with it is void. Rebus sic stantibus, in article 62, is the narrow doctrine that a fundamental and unforeseen change in circumstances that formed an essential basis of consent may be invoked to terminate or withdraw from a treaty.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in32

Chapter Five

Subjects of International Law

Syllabus topic none names it. It is covered under house rule 1.3 because MU's printed COURSE OBJECTIVES require the student to understand "the basic concepts of International Law and its complex nature", and because every later module assumes it: Module III is about an organisation, and an organisation can only sue, be bound and hold rights if it is a subject.

In one line

A subject of international law is an entity that has rights and duties under international law directly, and can act to enforce them.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: a subject of international law is an entity possessing international legal personality, that is, capable of possessing international rights and duties, of bringing international claims to vindicate those rights, and, in some cases, of making treaties. The primary subjects are States; international organisations, individuals and certain other entities are subjects to a limited and derived extent.

Two words first

Legal personality means the capacity to have rights and duties in a legal system. In Indian law a company has legal personality: it can own property, sue and be sued in its own name, quite separately from its shareholders. A partnership firm, in general, does not.

Object and subject are the pair to keep straight. A subject has rights of its own. An object is something the law is about but which has no rights of its own. Under the classical theory an individual was an object of international law: the law said things about the treatment of aliens, but the right belonged to the alien's State and not to the alien.

Why the question matters

Three practical things turn on it, and they are the reason this is not a definitional exercise.

Who can claim. If an entity is not a subject, it cannot bring an international claim. A person whose rights are violated abroad must persuade his own State to take up his case, and the State may refuse for reasons of its own.

Who is bound. If an entity is not a subject, it cannot be liable under international law. A commander who orders a massacre would answer only to his own State's law.

Who can make law. Treaty-making capacity is the sharpest test of personality, and it is where organisations and States differ from everybody else.

States: the primary subjects

States are the original and full subjects. A State has every capacity there is: it makes treaties, sends and receives ambassadors, brings claims, bears responsibility, and participates in making customary law.

What makes an entity a State is the subject of [Recognition of States], and the four criteria are permanent population, defined territory, government, and capacity to enter into relations with other States.

Only States may be parties in cases before the International Court of Justice: article 34, paragraph 1, of the Statute says so in terms. That single provision tells you how much of the system is still built around States.

International organisations

The problem in 1949

The United Nations sent Count Folke Bernadotte to Palestine as a mediator in 1948 and he was assassinated. The Organization wanted to claim against the responsible authorities. Could it? Nothing in the Charter said the United Nations had legal personality on the international plane, and the classical theory said only States could bring international claims.

munotes.in33

Subjects of International Law

The General Assembly asked the Court.

The case

Facts. Reparation for Injuries Suffered in the Service of the United Nations, ICJ Reports 1949, page 174, was an advisory opinion given on 11 April 1949. By a resolution of 3 December 1948 the General Assembly asked whether, where an agent of the United Nations suffers injury in the performance of his duties in circumstances involving the responsibility of a State, the Organization has the capacity to bring an international claim against the responsible de jure or de facto government for the damage caused to the Organization and to the victim, and how such a claim is to be reconciled with the rights of the victim's national State.

Held. The Court answered the first question unanimously and the second by eleven votes to four: the Organization has the capacity to bring an international claim, whether or not the responsible State is a Member. The Charter does not say so expressly, so the Court asked what characteristics the Charter was intended to give the Organization. It found that the Charter conferred on it rights and obligations different from those of its Members and entrusted it with the maintenance of international peace and security. The Court concluded that the Organization possesses a large measure of international personality and the capacity to operate on the international plane, though it is certainly not a super-State. As to the claim for the victim, there is no bond of nationality between the Organization and its agents, so the analogy of diplomatic protection does not by itself supply the answer. But agents may be sent on important missions to disturbed parts of the world and must be assured of effective protection, and the powers necessary to that end must be regarded as a necessary implication arising from the Charter. The Organization therefore has the capacity to exercise functional protection of its agents, resting on the breach of an obligation owed to the Organization itself. On the third question, by ten votes to five, competition between functional protection and the national State's diplomatic protection is to be reconciled case by case and by agreement.

Why it matters. Three separate doctrines come out of this one opinion, and each is asked about on its own.

International personality of organisations. After 1949 it is settled that an international organisation can be a subject of international law. The personality is derived, because it comes from the treaty its members made, and it is functional, because it extends only so far as the organisation's purposes require. That is the difference between an organisation and a State, whose personality is original and general.

munotes.in34

Subjects of International Law

Objective personality. The Court held the capacity good against a non-member. Fifty States, it said, representing the vast majority of the members of the international community, had the power to bring into being an entity possessing objective international personality. So the United Nations is not merely a creature effective between its own members.

Implied powers. Powers not written into the constituent treaty may be implied where they are necessary for the performance of the organisation's functions. This is now the standard method of reading the constitutions of international organisations.

The Charter's own provisions

The Charter itself deals with personality in a curiously modest way. Article 104 provides that the Organization shall enjoy in the territory of each of its Members such legal capacity as may be necessary for the exercise of its functions and the fulfilment of its purposes. Article 105 gives it privileges and immunities on the same functional test.

Notice that both provisions are about capacity in the territory of Members, which is municipal legal personality. Neither says anything about the international plane. That is precisely why the Court had to reason from the Charter's structure rather than quote a provision, and it is why the case is a leading one.

Individuals

The classical position

Under the classical theory the individual was an object, not a subject. An injury to a national abroad was an injury to his State, and it was the State's claim to bring, to settle or to abandon. That doctrine survives, in a much modified form, in [Treatment of Aliens and Diplomatic Protection].

How that changed

Duties came first. The Nuremberg Tribunal after the Second World War convicted individuals of crimes against peace, war crimes and crimes against humanity, and rejected the defence that they had acted as organs of a State. The Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court, in force since 2002, now gives a standing court jurisdiction over individuals for genocide, crimes against humanity, war crimes and aggression. Piracy is the older example: any State may try a pirate, whoever he is and whatever his nationality, and that rule is now in article 105 of the Convention on the Law of the Sea, in [The High Seas].

Rights came next. Human rights treaties give individuals rights against their own State, and several give them a procedure. Under the Optional Protocol to the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights an individual may complain to the Human Rights Committee against a State that has accepted the Protocol. Regional systems in Europe, the Americas and Africa go further and let individuals bring cases to a court.

munotes.in35

Subjects of International Law

How far it has gone, stated exactly

An answer that says "individuals are now subjects of international law" without qualification is too strong. The precise position is this.

Individuals have duties directly under international law, and can be punished for breaching them by international tribunals, without any State's law intervening.

Individuals have rights directly under some treaties, and under a smaller set can enforce them before an international body.

Individuals cannot make treaties, cannot participate in making custom, and cannot be parties before the International Court of Justice, because article 34 permits only States.

The correct formulation is that individuals are subjects of international law to a limited extent, in defined respects, and that the extent has grown steadily since 1945.

Other entities

Your syllabus does not name these, but an examiner asking about subjects expects a candidate to know they exist.

The Holy See and the Vatican City. The Holy See makes treaties, called concordats, sends and receives diplomatic representatives, and is a party to several conventions. Its personality is not in doubt even though the Vatican City is minute.

Insurgents and belligerents. A rebel movement that controls territory and conducts hostilities in an organised way may acquire a limited personality: the law of armed conflict applies to it and it may make agreements about the conduct of hostilities.

National liberation movements. In the decolonisation era several were granted observer status at the United Nations and treaty-making capacity for limited purposes.

Non-governmental organisations. They are not subjects. They are creatures of some national law, they cannot make treaties, and their standing at the United Nations rests on the consultative status that article 71 of the Charter allows the Economic and Social Council to grant. That is influence, not personality, and the distinction is the whole point of [Amnesty International and Non-Governmental Organisations].

Multinational corporations. Also not subjects, in the orthodox view. They contract with States, and investment treaties allow them to arbitrate against States, but the capacity comes from the treaty between States rather than from any personality of their own.

Distinctions table

StateInternational organisationIndividualNGO
PersonalityOriginal and generalDerived and functionalLimited, in defined respectsNone in international law
Source of itStatehood itselfThe constituent treatyParticular treaties and customary rulesA national law
Makes treatiesYesYes, within its functionsNoNo
Brings an international claimYesYes, for injury to itself and its agentsOnly where a treaty provides a procedureNo
Bears responsibilityYesYesCriminal responsibility for international crimesNo
Party before the ICJYes, article 34No, but may request an advisory opinion through an authorised organNoNo
munotes.in36

Subjects of International Law

A worked example

The United Nations sends a mission to State R, which is not a member of the United Nations. A mission vehicle is destroyed and Ms S, a Canadian national employed by the mission, is seriously injured, both through the fault of State R's police.

Can the United Nations claim for the vehicle? Yes. It has international personality, which includes the capacity to bring a claim for damage to itself, and the Reparation opinion held that this holds good against a non-member because the personality is objective.

Can the United Nations claim for Ms S? Yes, by way of functional protection, because she is its agent injured in the performance of her duties, and the claim rests on State R's breach of an obligation owed to the Organization.

Can Canada claim for Ms S? Yes, by way of diplomatic protection, because she is its national. Both claims exist, and the Court expressly declined to lay down a priority: the competition is resolved case by case and by agreement, which in practice means the Organization and the national State coordinate.

Can Ms S claim in her own name? Not before the International Court, since article 34 permits only States to be parties. She may have a remedy in State R's own courts, and a remedy before a human rights body if State R has accepted the relevant procedure. That gap is the practical meaning of saying an individual is a subject only to a limited extent.

What it does NOT mean

"Subject" does not mean "equal". Saying an organisation or an individual is a subject says only that it has some rights and duties of its own. It says nothing about how many.

Personality is not conferred by a label. An entity does not become a subject because a treaty calls it a legal person. The test is functional: what can it actually do?

Being affected by international law is not the same as being a subject of it. A shipping company is affected by the law of the sea every day and is not a subject of it.

An organisation's personality does not make it a State. The Court was explicit that the United Nations is not a super-State, and its personality is limited to what its functions require.

Limits and criticism

The orthodoxy is under pressure from two directions and a good answer notices both.

From below. Corporations conclude agreements with States that look very like treaties, and arbitrate against States under investment treaties. Insisting they have no personality is increasingly a statement about form rather than substance.

From the side. The functional theory of organisational personality is elastic. If powers may be implied whenever they are necessary for an organisation's purposes, and the organisation itself decides what its purposes require, the constituent treaty stops being much of a limit. That objection was made at the time of the Reparation opinion and has never been fully answered.

munotes.in37

Subjects of International Law

Quick revision

A subject has rights and duties under international law directly and can act on them. An object is merely something the law is about.

States are the primary subjects: original, general personality. Article 34 of the ICJ Statute: only States may be parties before the Court.

International organisations: Reparation for Injuries Suffered in the Service of the United Nations, ICJ Reports 1949, page 174. The United Nations has a large measure of international personality, though it is not a super-State; the personality is objective, good against non-members; and it may exercise functional protection of its agents. The opinion is also the source of the doctrine of implied powers. Charter articles 104 and 105 give only municipal capacity and immunities, which is why the Court had to reason from structure.

Individuals: duties directly (Nuremberg, the Rome Statute, piracy), rights directly under some treaties with a procedure under fewer, but no treaty-making capacity and no standing before the ICJ. Subjects to a limited extent.

Others: the Holy See, insurgents and belligerents, national liberation movements. NGOs are not subjects; article 71 consultative status is influence, not personality.

Test yourself

1. Define a subject of international law and give the test.

A subject of international law is an entity possessing international legal personality, meaning the capacity to have rights and duties under international law directly, to bring international claims to vindicate them, and in some cases to make treaties. The test is functional rather than formal: not what a treaty calls the entity, but what it can actually do on the international plane.

2. State the facts and holding of the Reparation for Injuries opinion, and name the three doctrines that come out of it.

The General Assembly asked whether the United Nations could bring an international claim against a State responsible for injury to its agent, and how such a claim would sit with the rights of the agent's national State. The Court held that the Organization has a large measure of international personality and the capacity to operate on the international plane, though it is not a super-State; that it may claim against non-members as well as members; and that it may exercise functional protection of its agents, resting on breach of an obligation owed to the Organization, with the competing claim of the national State to be reconciled case by case. The three doctrines are the international personality of organisations, objective personality opposable to non-members, and implied powers.

munotes.in38

Subjects of International Law

3. Distinguish functional protection from diplomatic protection.

Diplomatic protection is a State's claim for injury to its national, and it rests on the bond of nationality; the classic authority on that bond is Nottebohm, in [Nationality]. Functional protection is an organisation's claim for injury to its agent, and it rests not on nationality, of which there is none, but on the breach of an obligation owed to the organisation itself. Both may exist at once on the same facts, and the Reparation opinion declined to rank them.

4. "Individuals are now subjects of international law." How would you qualify that statement?

They are subjects to a limited extent and in defined respects. They bear duties directly, and international tribunals from Nuremberg to the International Criminal Court have punished them without any national law intervening; piracy is the older instance of the same idea. They hold rights directly under human rights treaties, and under a smaller number they may petition an international body. But they cannot make treaties, cannot participate in the formation of custom, and cannot be parties before the International Court of Justice, since article 34 of its Statute admits only States.

5. Why is an international organisation's personality described as derived and functional, and what follows from that?

Derived because it comes from the treaty its member States concluded, unlike a State's personality, which comes from statehood itself. Functional because it extends only so far as the organisation's purposes require, which is the same test the Charter uses in articles 104 and 105 for capacity and immunities. What follows is that different organisations have different capacities, that an organisation cannot act outside its purposes, and that the doctrine of implied powers, which fills gaps by reference to those purposes, is both the strength and the weakness of the theory.

6. Are non-governmental organisations subjects of international law? Give reasons.

No. An NGO is incorporated under some national law, has no capacity to make treaties, bears no international responsibility, and cannot bring an international claim. What it has is access: article 71 of the Charter permits the Economic and Social Council to make arrangements for consultation with non-governmental organisations, and many have consultative status and considerable practical influence on the making of treaties and the reporting of breaches. Influence is not personality, and a candidate who confuses the two will get the question on Amnesty International wrong.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in39

Chapter Six

Nationality

Syllabus topic 1.4, "Definition of Nationality, Concept of Double Nationality, Distinction between Nationality and citizenship"

In one line

Nationality is the legal bond that ties a person to a State, and it is what allows that State to speak for him in international law.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: nationality is the legal status by which an individual is a member of a particular State and owes it allegiance, and by virtue of which that State is entitled to exercise diplomatic protection on his behalf. Each State determines by its own law who its nationals are, but whether that determination must be recognised by other States is a question of international law.

Why international law cares

A State cannot deal with seven billion individuals. It deals with States. So international law needs a rule that attaches every individual to some State, and nationality is that rule.

Three consequences follow, and they are the whole practical importance of the topic.

Diplomatic protection. Only the State of nationality may take up an individual's claim against another State. If a person has no nationality, nobody can speak for him, which is why statelessness is treated as a defect in the system rather than a curiosity.

Jurisdiction. A State may make laws for its nationals even when they are abroad, which is the nationality principle of jurisdiction, in [State Jurisdiction].

Admission and expulsion. A State must admit its own nationals and cannot expel them. Nobody else is under that obligation, which is why a stateless person can be shuffled from border to border indefinitely.

Who decides nationality

The starting rule is that nationality is a matter for each State's own law. Every State decides for itself who its nationals are, and no rule of international law tells India whom it must naturalise.

That rule is not the end of the matter, and the Nottebohm case is where the qualification comes from.

Facts. Nottebohm Case (Liechtenstein v. Guatemala), Second Phase, ICJ Reports 1955, page 4, decided on 6 April 1955. Friedrich Nottebohm was born at Hamburg and was a German national. He went to Guatemala in 1905 and made it the centre of his business, which prospered, and his fixed abode remained there until 1943. He visited Liechtenstein occasionally, where a brother had lived since 1931. On 9 October 1939, a month after Germany attacked Poland, he applied for naturalisation in Liechtenstein. The three-year residence requirement was waived, and he was naturalised by a Supreme Resolution of the Prince on 13 October 1939. He obtained a Liechtenstein passport, had it visaed by Guatemala's Consul General in Zurich on 1 December 1939, and returned to Guatemala at the beginning of 1940 to resume his business. Liechtenstein later claimed restitution and compensation from Guatemala for its treatment of him.

munotes.in40

Nationality

Held. By eleven votes to three, Liechtenstein's claim was inadmissible. It is the bond of nationality between the State and the individual that alone confers the right of diplomatic protection. The conferment of nationality is within a State's domestic jurisdiction, but to exercise protection is to place oneself on the plane of international law, and acts done within domestic jurisdiction do not necessarily have international effect. The question was therefore not whether the naturalisation was valid under Liechtenstein law, which the Court declined to examine, but whether it could be relied on against Guatemala. Arbitrators and courts faced with competing nationalities have preferred the real and effective nationality, that which accords with the facts and rests on the stronger factual ties. Nottebohm's connection with Liechtenstein was tenuous and his connection with Guatemala long-standing and close, and the naturalisation had been sought not to associate himself with the population of Liechtenstein but to substitute the status of a neutral for that of a national of a belligerent. It could not therefore be invoked against Guatemala.

Why it matters. It is the source of the genuine link doctrine. A State may confer its nationality on whom it likes, but other States need not recognise a nationality that has no factual foundation, and a claim brought on such a nationality is inadmissible. The same idea reappears at sea in the requirement of a genuine link between a ship and its flag State, in [The High Seas].

The modes of acquiring nationality

Six modes are recognised, and every legal system uses some combination of the first two with the rest as supplements.

By birth

Two competing principles, and their Latin names are asked for.

Jus soli, the law of the soil: a person acquires the nationality of the territory in which he is born. Common in the Americas.

Jus sanguinis, the law of blood: a person acquires the nationality of his parents wherever he is born. Common in Europe and Asia.

Most States mix them, and India is a good example of a State that has moved from one to the other. Section 3 of the Citizenship Act 1955 gives citizenship by birth in India, but the conditions have been tightened three times: for those born on or after 26 January 1950 and before 1 July 1987, birth in India was enough; for those born on or after 1 July 1987 and before the commencement of the Citizenship (Amendment) Act 2003, either parent had to be a citizen at the time of the birth; and for those born on or after that commencement, which the Act's own footnotes date at 3 December 2004, either both parents must be citizens or one must be a citizen and the other must not be an illegal migrant at the time of the birth. Section 3(2) excludes two cases whatever the dates: where a parent has diplomatic immunity and is not an Indian citizen, and where a parent is an enemy alien and the birth occurs in a place under enemy occupation. That is a shift from jus soli towards jus sanguinis, and it is a good illustration for an answer.

munotes.in41

Nationality

By descent

Section 4 gives citizenship by descent to a person born outside India whose parent was a citizen at the time of the birth, subject to registration at an Indian consulate within a prescribed period. This is jus sanguinis in its pure form.

By naturalisation

The grant of nationality to a foreigner who applies and satisfies conditions, usually residence, good character, knowledge of a language and an intention to reside. Section 6 of the Citizenship Act, read with the Third Schedule, sets India's conditions.

Naturalisation is where the Nottebohm problem arises, because it is the mode most easily used to manufacture a nationality of convenience.

By registration

A simpler route than naturalisation, offered to defined classes with an existing connection. Section 5 covers, among others, persons of Indian origin ordinarily resident in India for the prescribed period, persons married to Indian citizens, and minor children of Indian citizens.

By marriage

In older laws a woman took her husband's nationality automatically on marriage. That is now rare and is regarded as discriminatory. Modern statutes, including India's, treat marriage as a ground for eligibility to apply, not as an automatic transfer.

By subjugation, cession or option

When territory changes hands, the population of the transferred territory generally acquires the nationality of the successor State, often with a right of option to keep the old one within a period. This connects to [State Succession].

The modes of losing nationality

By renunciation. Section 8 of the Citizenship Act allows a citizen of full age and capacity who is also a national of another country to make a declaration renouncing Indian citizenship, and minor children lose it with the parent, with a right to resume it within a year of attaining majority.

By termination. Section 9(1) is the provision to know for the next chapter: any citizen of India who by naturalisation, registration or otherwise voluntarily acquires the citizenship of another country ceases upon that acquisition to be a citizen of India. There is a proviso suspending the rule during a war in which India is engaged, until the Central Government directs otherwise. Section 9(2) leaves the determination of whether, when and how another citizenship was acquired to a prescribed authority.

By deprivation. Section 10 allows the Central Government to deprive a citizen of citizenship in defined cases, and it applies only to citizens by naturalisation or registration, or by virtue of certain constitutional provisions, and not to citizens by birth. The five grounds in section 10(2) are that the registration or certificate of naturalisation was obtained by fraud, false representation or concealment of a material fact; that the citizen has shown himself by act or speech to be disloyal or disaffected towards the Constitution; that he has, during a war in which India is engaged, unlawfully traded or communicated with an enemy or assisted one in business; that he has within five years after registration or naturalisation been sentenced in any country to imprisonment for not less than two years; and that he has been ordinarily resident outside India for a continuous period of seven years without, during that period, being a student abroad, in the service of a Government in India or of an international organisation of which India is a member, and without registering annually at an Indian consulate his intention to retain his citizenship.

munotes.in42

Nationality

Two safeguards sit on top of those grounds and are easy marks. Under section 10(3) the Central Government may not deprive a person unless it is satisfied that it is not conducive to the public good that he should continue to be a citizen. Under sections 10(4) to 10(6) it must give written notice of the ground, and on any ground except the seven-year residence ground the person may require the case to be referred to a Committee of Inquiry chaired by someone who has held judicial office for at least ten years, with two other members.

By long residence abroad, in some legal systems, and by substitution when a new nationality is acquired, which is what section 9 does.

Nationality of things that are not people

The word is used of ships, aircraft and corporations, and each has its own rule.

Ships have the nationality of the State whose flag they fly, and article 91 of the Convention on the Law of the Sea requires a genuine link between the State and the ship. This is [The High Seas].

Aircraft have the nationality of the State of registration, under article 17 of the Chicago Convention, in [International Air Law].

Corporations have, for most purposes, the nationality of the State of incorporation and of the registered office, and the question of who may protect a company and its shareholders is dealt with in [Treatment of Aliens and Diplomatic Protection].

A worked example

Mr T is born in Mumbai on 1 January 2006. His father is an Indian citizen and his mother holds a foreign passport but is lawfully resident in India. At twenty-two Mr T takes a job in State V and, after five years, accepts State V's offer of naturalisation. Two years later State V's police detain and beat him.

munotes.in43

Nationality

Was he an Indian citizen at birth? Yes. He was born after 3 December 2004, so section 3 required one parent to be a citizen, which the father was, and the other not to be an illegal migrant, which the mother was not.

What happened when he took State V's nationality? Section 9(1) applied automatically. By voluntarily acquiring the citizenship of another country he ceased upon that acquisition to be a citizen of India, and no order or hearing was needed.

Who can now protect him? State V, if anyone. India cannot, because he is no longer its national. But State V is the very State that injured him, and the general rule is that a State cannot exercise diplomatic protection against a State of which the injured person is also a national, still less against itself. In practice his remedy is State V's own courts and, if State V has accepted the procedure, a human rights body.

Would the answer change if State V's naturalisation had been a paper transaction with no residence and no ties? For India, no: section 9 turns on the fact of voluntary acquisition, not on its quality. For international law, possibly: on the Nottebohm reasoning another State could decline to recognise a nationality with no genuine link. The two systems can therefore give different answers to the same question, which is the point the chapter has been building towards.

Distinctions that carry marks

Jus soliJus sanguinis
TestPlace of birthNationality of the parents
Effect on migrantsChildren of migrants become nationals at onceChildren of migrants may remain foreign for generations
Risk it createsLittle statelessness; more double nationalityMore statelessness; fewer accidental nationals
In Indian lawSection 3, but progressively narrowed since 1987Section 4, and increasingly the dominant principle

What it does NOT mean

A passport is not nationality. A passport is evidence of nationality and a request to allow the bearer to pass. It can be issued in error and it can be withheld from a national.

Domicile is not nationality. Domicile is a connection with a legal system for the purposes of private international law, chiefly succession and family law. A person can be an Indian national domiciled in England.

Nationality is not race, language or religion. Nationality here is a legal bond with a State. The word is used in ordinary speech for ethnic identity and that usage has no place in this answer.

The genuine link does not invalidate a nationality. Nottebohm did not hold that Nottebohm was not a national of Liechtenstein. It held that Liechtenstein could not use that nationality to bring a claim against Guatemala. The nationality remained good for every other purpose, including in Liechtenstein itself.

munotes.in44

Nationality

Limits and criticism

Nottebohm is narrower than students are taught. The Court dealt with a naturalisation obtained during a war for the express purpose of changing a belligerent status into a neutral one, and it repeatedly confined itself to the admissibility of Liechtenstein's claim against Guatemala. Read as a general requirement that every nationality must have a genuine link before any other State need respect it, the case would make millions of ordinary naturalised citizens vulnerable, and later practice, including the International Law Commission's work on diplomatic protection, has not read it that way.

The domestic-jurisdiction rule has costs. Because each State decides who its nationals are, and no State is obliged to grant nationality to anyone, statelessness can be created by legislative accident and nobody is obliged to cure it. That is the subject of the next chapter.

Investment citizenship strains the doctrine. Several States now sell nationality for a payment, with residence requirements that are nominal or absent. That is Nottebohm's problem in a modern form, and the law has not settled it.

Quick revision

Nationality is the legal bond between an individual and a State, and it is what entitles that State to exercise diplomatic protection for him.

Each State decides by its own law who its nationals are, but Nottebohm (ICJ Reports 1955, page 4) held that a nationality without a genuine link cannot be invoked against another State: the Court prefers the real and effective nationality, that which accords with the facts.

Modes of acquisition: birth (jus soli, place; jus sanguinis, blood), descent, naturalisation, registration, marriage, and subjugation or cession with a right of option.

Indian law: section 3 citizenship by birth, narrowed in 1987 and again on 3 December 2004; section 4 by descent; section 5 by registration; section 6 by naturalisation with the Third Schedule conditions; section 6A for the Assam Accord; section 6B inserted by Act 47 of 2019.

Modes of loss: section 8 renunciation, section 9(1) termination on voluntarily acquiring another citizenship, section 10 deprivation, which reaches only citizens by naturalisation or registration and never a citizen by birth.

Distinguish nationality from passport, from domicile and from ethnic identity.

Test yourself

1. Define nationality and say what turns on it in international law.

Nationality is the legal bond by which an individual is a member of a State and owes it allegiance. Three things turn on it: only the State of nationality may exercise diplomatic protection for the individual; a State may legislate for its nationals abroad under the nationality principle of jurisdiction; and a State must admit its own nationals and cannot expel them.

munotes.in45

Nationality

2. State the facts and holding of Nottebohm.

Nottebohm was a German national who lived and did business in Guatemala from 1905. In October 1939, a month after the war began, he obtained naturalisation in Liechtenstein with the residence requirement waived, and returned to Guatemala. Liechtenstein later claimed against Guatemala for its treatment of him. The Court held the claim inadmissible: conferring nationality is a matter of domestic jurisdiction, but exercising protection places the State on the international plane, and a nationality may be invoked against another State only where it reflects a genuine connection. His ties with Liechtenstein were tenuous and with Guatemala close, and the naturalisation was sought to exchange a belligerent status for a neutral one, so it could not be relied on against Guatemala.

3. Distinguish jus soli from jus sanguinis and say which India follows.

Jus soli confers nationality by place of birth; jus sanguinis confers it by descent from a national parent. India began with a broad jus soli in section 3 of the Citizenship Act 1955, then required one parent to be a citizen for births on or after 1 July 1987, and for births on or after 3 December 2004 requires one parent to be a citizen and the other not to be an illegal migrant. India therefore now applies a qualified jus soli heavily conditioned by descent, alongside a full jus sanguinis rule in section 4.

4. In what circumstances can an Indian citizen be deprived of citizenship, and who is protected from deprivation?

Section 10 of the Citizenship Act 1955 permits deprivation for obtaining citizenship by fraud, false representation or concealment of a material fact; disloyalty by act or speech towards the Constitution; unlawfully trading or communicating with an enemy in wartime; being sentenced in any country to imprisonment for not less than two years within five years after registration or naturalisation; and ordinary residence outside India for a continuous period of seven years without the exceptions and the annual registration that clause (e) requires. Section 10(3) adds that the Government must be satisfied that continued citizenship is not conducive to the public good, and sections 10(4) to 10(6) give a right to notice and, except on the residence ground, to a Committee of Inquiry. It applies only to citizens by naturalisation or registration and by virtue of certain constitutional provisions. A citizen by birth cannot be deprived under section 10 at all.

5. "The genuine link requirement makes a State's grant of nationality reviewable by other States." Is that right?

munotes.in46

Nationality

Not as stated. Nottebohm did not hold the naturalisation invalid, and the Court expressly declined to examine its validity under Liechtenstein law. What it held was that Liechtenstein could not invoke that nationality against Guatemala for the purpose of a claim. So other States are not reviewing the grant; they are declining to give it a particular international effect. Read more widely, the doctrine would unsettle the position of very large numbers of ordinary naturalised citizens, and later practice has not read it that way.

6. Mr A, an Indian citizen by birth, takes the citizenship of State B by naturalisation while working there. He does not tell anyone in India. What is his status?

He ceased to be an Indian citizen at the moment of acquisition, by force of section 9(1) of the Citizenship Act 1955, which operates automatically on voluntary acquisition of the citizenship of another country and requires no order. His silence is irrelevant to the result, though any question about whether, when or how he acquired the other citizenship falls to be determined under section 9(2) by the prescribed authority in the prescribed manner. India cannot thereafter exercise diplomatic protection for him, because he is no longer its national.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in47

Chapter Seven

Double Nationality and Statelessness

Syllabus topic 1.4, "Concept of Double Nationality"

In one line

Double nationality is being a national of two States at once; statelessness is being a national of none; and both happen for the same reason, that every State decides its own nationality law without reference to anyone else's.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: double or dual nationality arises where two States each apply their own nationality rules to the same person and both conclude that he is their national, most commonly through a conflict of jus soli and jus sanguinis. Statelessness arises where no State's rules cover him. International law tolerates both, seeks to reduce statelessness by treaty, and resolves the practical problems of double nationality through the doctrine of the dominant and effective nationality.

How the two situations arise

They come from the same source, which is worth stating once and clearly.

Every State decides for itself who its nationals are. No State is obliged to consult any other, and there is no register that reconciles them. So when two sets of rules overlap you get double nationality, and when they leave a gap you get statelessness.

The ways a person acquires two nationalities

Birth under conflicting principles. A child born in a jus soli State to parents from a jus sanguinis State acquires both. A child born in Brazil to Italian parents is Brazilian by soil and Italian by blood, and neither State has done anything unusual.

Descent from parents of different nationalities, where both States confer nationality by descent.

Naturalisation without renunciation. A State that grants its nationality without requiring the applicant to give up his old one, where the old State also does not withdraw it automatically, produces a dual national.

Marriage, under older laws that gave a wife the husband's nationality without taking away her own.

Transfer of territory, where the successor State confers its nationality and the predecessor does not withdraw its own.

The ways a person becomes stateless

By conflict of laws at birth. A child born in a jus sanguinis State to parents who are nationals of a jus soli State may take neither.

By deprivation. A State strips a person of nationality and no other State takes him. Mass denationalisation on political or ethnic grounds is the historical form of this and produced the largest stateless populations of the twentieth century.

By automatic loss on acquiring another nationality, where the new acquisition then fails or is annulled.

By State succession, where a new State defines its nationals narrowly and the predecessor has ceased to exist.

By administrative failure. Very large numbers of stateless people today are stateless not by any rule but because their births were never registered and they cannot prove the connection their own State's law requires.

munotes.in48

Double Nationality and Statelessness

The problems double nationality creates

An examiner asks what is actually wrong with holding two passports. Five things.

Competing diplomatic protection. If A is a national of both State X and State Y and is injured by State Z, both X and Y may wish to claim, and Z faces two claimants for one injury.

Protection against the other State of nationality. This is the sharper problem. May State X claim against State Y on behalf of a person who is a national of both? The older rule said no, on the ground that the two claims cancel out. The modern rule, reflected in the International Law Commission's work on diplomatic protection, is that X may claim against Y where X's nationality is predominant, which is the Nottebohm idea applied to a different question.

Double military service. Both States may claim the person's compulsory service, and performing it for one may be treason to the other.

Double taxation and conflicting allegiance, resolved in practice by tax treaties rather than by nationality law.

Conflicting obligations in wartime. A dual national of two belligerents is in an impossible position, and the Nottebohm facts show what people do about it.

How international law handles them

The dominant and effective nationality

The working solution is not to deny that a person has two nationalities but to ask which one counts for the purpose in hand.

That is the doctrine of the dominant and effective nationality, and its clearest statement is the passage in the [Nationality] chapter from the Nottebohm case: where two States have conferred their nationality on the same individual and the situation extends beyond the domestic jurisdiction of either, arbitrators and courts have preferred the real and effective nationality, that which accords with the facts and rests on stronger factual ties.

The factors are habitual residence, the centre of family and business life, participation in public life, attachment shown for a country and inculcated in children, and the place where taxes are paid and duties performed.

The treaties

The Hague Convention on Certain Questions relating to the Conflict of Nationality Laws, 1930 is the classical instrument, and four of its articles are worth knowing by number.

Article 1 states the position this whole chapter turns on: it is for each State to determine under its own law who are its nationals, and this law shall be recognised by other States in so far as it is consistent with international conventions, international custom, and the principles of law generally recognised with regard to nationality. That second sentence is the treaty ancestor of the genuine-link reasoning in Nottebohm.

munotes.in49

Double Nationality and Statelessness

Article 3 accepts double nationality rather than denying it: a person having two or more nationalities may be regarded as its national by each of the States whose nationality he possesses.

Article 4 contains the rule about claims: a State may not afford diplomatic protection to one of its nationals against a State whose nationality such person also possesses.

Article 5 supplies the answer for everybody else: within a third State, a person having more than one nationality shall be treated as if he had only one, and that third State shall recognise exclusively either the nationality of the country in which he is habitually resident or the nationality of the country with which in the circumstances he appears to be in fact most closely connected. That is the dominant and effective nationality test, written into a treaty twenty-five years before Nottebohm.

The Convention relating to the Status of Stateless Persons, 1954 defines a stateless person as one who is not considered as a national by any State under the operation of its law, and gives such persons a status, identity papers and travel documents.

The Convention on the Reduction of Statelessness, 1961 obliges contracting States to grant nationality to a person born in their territory who would otherwise be stateless, and restricts deprivation of nationality where it would produce statelessness.

India is a party to none of the three. That is a fact worth stating in an answer rather than glossed over, and it is why the Indian discussion below runs on Indian statute alone.

India's position: no dual citizenship

India does not permit dual citizenship, and it says so twice.

Article 9 of the Constitution provides that no person shall be a citizen of India by virtue of article 5, or be deemed to be a citizen of India by virtue of article 6 or article 8, if he has voluntarily acquired the citizenship of any foreign State.

Section 9(1) of the Citizenship Act 1955 carries the rule forward beyond the commencement of the Constitution: any citizen of India who by naturalisation, registration or otherwise voluntarily acquires, or has at any time between 26 January 1950 and the commencement of the Act voluntarily acquired, the citizenship of another country shall upon that acquisition cease to be a citizen of India. There is a proviso: the sub-section does not apply to a citizen of India who during any war in which India may be engaged voluntarily acquires the citizenship of another country, until the Central Government otherwise directs. Section 9(2) leaves the question whether, when and how another citizenship was acquired to be determined by a prescribed authority in a prescribed manner and on prescribed rules of evidence.

Two points about the operation of section 9 are worth writing down.

munotes.in50

Double Nationality and Statelessness

It is automatic. The Indian citizenship ends at the moment of voluntary acquisition. No order is made and no hearing is held, which is what distinguishes it from deprivation under section 10, where an order, a notice and in most cases a Committee of Inquiry are required.

It turns on voluntariness. A nationality conferred by operation of another State's law without any act of the individual is not voluntarily acquired.

Overseas Citizenship of India

Because the pressure for dual citizenship from the Indian diaspora was real, Parliament created something that is deliberately not citizenship. Sections 7A to 7D of the Citizenship Act provide for registration as an Overseas Citizen of India Cardholder.

The name is misleading and the misdirection is the exam point. An OCI cardholder is a foreign national. The card gives a lifelong visa and certain parity with non-resident Indians in economic and educational matters, and it does not give the political rights that define citizenship: no right to vote, no eligibility for public office, no eligibility for public employment, and no right to acquire agricultural land. Section 7D allows the Central Government to cancel registration on stated grounds.

So India's answer to double nationality is to give the practical benefits people wanted while withholding the status, and a candidate who writes that India permits dual citizenship through the OCI card has made the error the provision was drafted to invite.

A worked example

Ms N is born in India in 1990 to Indian parents, so she is an Indian citizen by birth under section 3. She moves to State W for work at twenty-five, and at thirty-five she is naturalised there. She keeps her Indian passport and continues to use it when she visits her parents. At forty she is arrested and mistreated by the police of State Z while on holiday there.

Is she still an Indian citizen? No. Section 9(1) ended her Indian citizenship at the moment she was naturalised in State W, automatically. Continuing to hold and use an Indian passport does not preserve the status; the passport has simply become invalid, and using it knowingly is an offence.

Can India protect her against State Z? No, because she is no longer an Indian national and the right of diplomatic protection follows nationality.

Can State W protect her against State Z? Yes. She is its national and no competing nationality now exists.

Change the facts: suppose State W's law had made her a national at birth by descent through a grandparent, without any act of hers. Then she would be a dual national from birth, and section 9(1) would not have operated, because nothing was voluntarily acquired. India and State W could both wish to claim against State Z, and the question of which claim prevails, or whether both proceed, would be answered by asking which nationality is dominant and effective on the Nottebohm factors: habitual residence, the centre of her life, and the attachment she has shown.

munotes.in51

Double Nationality and Statelessness

Change them again: suppose it is State W itself that mistreats her. Now India would be claiming against the other State of her nationality. Under the 1930 Hague Convention's rule a State may not protect a national against a State whose nationality that person also possesses. The modern position is more flexible and permits the claim where the claimant State's nationality is predominant, and an answer that gives both positions and says which is modern will score better than one that gives only the older rule.

Distinctions table

Double nationalityStatelessness
What it isA national of two or more StatesA national of none
Typical causeOverlap of jus soli and jus sanguinisGap between them, or deprivation
Practical problemCompeting protection, double military serviceNo protection at all, no right of entry anywhere
International responseDominant and effective nationality; the 1930 Hague ConventionThe 1954 and 1961 Conventions; a duty to reduce it
India's positionNot permitted: article 9 and section 9(1); OCI is not citizenshipNot a party to the 1954 or 1961 Conventions

What it does NOT mean

An OCI cardholder is not a citizen. No vote, no public office, no public employment, no agricultural land, and the registration can be cancelled under section 7D.

Statelessness is not the same as being a refugee. A refugee has a nationality and cannot or will not seek his State's protection because of a well-founded fear of persecution. A stateless person has no nationality at all. Many people are both, and the two categories are governed by different conventions.

Losing Indian citizenship under section 9 is not deprivation under section 10. Section 9 is automatic and applies to every citizen, including a citizen by birth. Section 10 requires an order and applies only to citizens by naturalisation or registration and by virtue of certain constitutional provisions.

Holding two passports does not by itself prove double nationality, and it usually proves that one of them should have been surrendered.

Limits and criticism

The world is moving the other way from India. A large and increasing number of States now tolerate dual nationality, on the view that it reflects how people actually live and that the old objections, chiefly military service and allegiance, have weakened. The Indian rule is a policy choice and can be defended, but an answer that presents it as the universal rule is wrong.

munotes.in52

Double Nationality and Statelessness

The 1961 Convention has few parties, so the strongest legal answer to statelessness binds a minority of States. The practical work is done by national law reform and by birth registration campaigns, not by international obligation.

The dominant nationality test is unpredictable. It asks a court to weigh residence, family, business and attachment with no fixed weights, which produces a defensible answer in a clear case and very little guidance in a close one.

Quick revision

Both problems come from one fact: every State writes its own nationality law and none is obliged to coordinate.

Double nationality arises from conflicting jus soli and jus sanguinis, from descent from parents of different nationalities, from naturalisation without renunciation, from marriage under older laws, and from transfers of territory.

Statelessness arises from the mirror gap, from deprivation, from failed acquisition, from State succession, and in practice most often from unregistered births.

The solution to double nationality is the dominant and effective nationality, the Nottebohm test: habitual residence, centre of family and business life, participation in public life, attachment shown.

Treaties: the Hague Convention on Certain Questions relating to the Conflict of Nationality Laws 1930, the Convention relating to the Status of Stateless Persons 1954, and the Convention on the Reduction of Statelessness 1961. India is a party to none of them.

India permits no dual citizenship: article 9 of the Constitution and section 9(1) of the Citizenship Act 1955, which operates automatically on voluntary acquisition. Sections 7A to 7D create the Overseas Citizen of India Cardholder, who is a foreign national with a lifelong visa and no political rights.

Test yourself

1. Explain how a person can come to hold two nationalities at birth, and why international law tolerates it.

Because States apply different principles. A child born in a State that follows jus soli, the law of the soil, to parents who are nationals of a State that follows jus sanguinis, the law of blood, acquires both nationalities at the moment of birth, and neither State has done anything irregular. International law tolerates it because the alternative would be to tell States whom they may treat as their nationals, which cuts against the settled rule that nationality is a matter for each State's own law.

2. May State A exercise diplomatic protection for a person who is a national of both A and B, against B?

Under the classical rule, no: article 4 of the 1930 Hague Convention provides that a State may not afford diplomatic protection to one of its nationals against a State whose nationality that person also possesses. The modern position, reflected in the International Law Commission's work on diplomatic protection, allows the claim where the claimant State's nationality is predominant, both at the date of injury and at the date of the claim. The test of predominance is the Nottebohm test of real and effective nationality.

munotes.in53

Double Nationality and Statelessness

3. Distinguish section 9 from section 10 of the Citizenship Act 1955.

Section 9 terminates citizenship automatically on the voluntary acquisition of the citizenship of another country. It needs no order, no notice and no hearing, and it applies to every citizen including a citizen by birth. Section 10 is deprivation by order of the Central Government on five stated grounds, it requires that the Government be satisfied that continued citizenship is not conducive to the public good, it requires written notice of the ground, and on every ground except long residence abroad the person may require a Committee of Inquiry. It applies only to citizens by naturalisation or registration and by virtue of certain constitutional provisions.

4. Is an Overseas Citizen of India a citizen of India? Give reasons.

No. Registration under sections 7A to 7D makes the holder a cardholder, not a citizen, and he remains a foreign national. The card confers a lifelong visa and parity with non-resident Indians in specified economic and educational matters. It confers none of the political incidents of citizenship: no right to vote, no eligibility for public office or public employment, and no right to acquire agricultural land. Section 7D permits cancellation of the registration. The name of the scheme invites the error, and the error is the point of the question.

5. What is statelessness, and what does international law do about it?

A stateless person is one who is not considered a national by any State under the operation of its law, which is the definition in the 1954 Convention relating to the Status of Stateless Persons. That Convention gives such persons a status, identity papers and travel documents. The 1961 Convention on the Reduction of Statelessness requires contracting States to confer nationality on a person born in their territory who would otherwise be stateless, and restricts deprivation that would cause statelessness. Both bind only their parties, and India is a party to neither.

6. "India's refusal to allow dual citizenship is out of step with international practice." Discuss briefly.

It is out of step in the descriptive sense: a large and growing number of States now tolerate dual nationality, on the view that it matches how people live and that the classical objections, chiefly competing military service and divided allegiance, have lost much of their force. India's position rests on article 9 of the Constitution and section 9(1) of the Citizenship Act and is a deliberate policy choice, softened in practice by the Overseas Citizen of India card, which supplies the economic benefits people sought while withholding political rights. Whether that is the right balance is arguable; what is not arguable is that the rule is a choice rather than a requirement of international law, which leaves nationality to each State.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in54

Chapter Eight

Nationality and Citizenship Distinguished

Syllabus topic 1.4, "Distinction between Nationality and citizenship"

In one line

Nationality is what you are to the outside world; citizenship is what you are inside your own State.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: nationality is a status conferred by a State on an individual which international law recognises as the link entitling that State to exercise diplomatic protection and to claim his allegiance. Citizenship is a status conferred by municipal law which carries the full set of civil and political rights within the State. Every citizen is a national, but not every national is necessarily a citizen.

The two directions the words face

The cleanest way to hold the distinction is to notice which way each word points.

Nationality points outwards. It is the word international law uses. It answers questions asked at a border, in a foreign court or before an international tribunal: who may protect this person, whose laws follow him abroad, which State must take him back.

Citizenship points inwards. It is the word municipal law uses. It answers questions asked inside the State: who may vote, who may stand for public office, who may hold public employment, who may own certain kinds of property.

That single observation answers most questions on this topic, and the rest of the chapter is detail hanging off it.

The classical illustration

The distinction became visible in legal systems that had subjects who were not citizens.

Colonial empires are the standard example. Before 1947, inhabitants of British India were British subjects, and that was their nationality: it was the status Britain asserted at the international level, and it was Britain that protected them abroad. It was not citizenship in the modern sense, because it carried nothing like the political rights held in Britain.

The same pattern existed in other empires and in the older law of many States: a class of persons owed allegiance, and were protected abroad, but held few or no political rights at home. Nationality without citizenship is exactly that class.

The four differences to write down

NationalityCitizenship
Which law confers itMunicipal law, but its effects are recognised by international lawMunicipal law alone
Which system uses the wordInternational lawConstitutional and municipal law
What it givesDiplomatic protection, a right of entry to the State, allegiance owedCivil and political rights: voting, public office, public employment, certain property rights
Who can hold itIndividuals, and by analogy ships, aircraft and corporationsIndividuals only
How it is lostBy renunciation, termination or deprivation under nationality lawBy loss of nationality, or by disqualification without loss of nationality
Can you have one without the otherYes: a national who is not a citizenNot usually: citizenship presupposes nationality
munotes.in55

Nationality and Citizenship Distinguished

Two rows of that table deserve a sentence each.

Nationality attaches to things that cannot vote. A ship has the nationality of its flag State, an aircraft of its State of registration, and a company of its State of incorporation. Nobody speaks of a citizen ship. That alone shows the two words are not synonyms.

A person can lose citizenship rights without losing nationality. A convicted prisoner may be disqualified from voting in many systems and remains a national throughout, so the State must still admit him and may still protect him abroad.

The position in Indian law

India uses the word citizenship in its Constitution and in its statute, and uses nationality almost nowhere. That is a drafting choice, not a denial of the distinction, and three features of Indian law show the distinction operating.

The Constitution deals with citizenship, and only at the commencement

Part II of the Constitution, articles 5 to 11, is headed Citizenship, and it is narrower than students expect. It determines who was a citizen at the commencement of the Constitution and then hands the subject to Parliament.

Article 5 makes a person a citizen at commencement if he had his domicile in India and was born in India, or either of whose parents was born in India, or who had been ordinarily resident in India for not less than five years immediately preceding the commencement.

Articles 6 and 7 deal with the migrations of Partition, in both directions.

Article 8 covers persons of Indian origin residing outside India, on registration with a diplomatic or consular representative.

Article 9, dealt with in [Double Nationality and Statelessness], excludes a person who has voluntarily acquired the citizenship of a foreign State.

Article 10 continues the rights of citizenship subject to any law Parliament may make.

Article 11 is the operative delegation: Parliament shall have the power to make any provision with respect to the acquisition and termination of citizenship and all other matters relating to citizenship. The Citizenship Act 1955 is made under it.

The Constitution then distinguishes citizens from persons

The distinction between a citizen and a mere national or foreigner does real work in Indian constitutional law, because some fundamental rights are given to citizens and others to persons.

Rights available only to citizens include those in article 15, prohibiting discrimination on grounds of religion, race, caste, sex or place of birth; article 16, equality of opportunity in public employment; article 19, the six freedoms including speech, assembly, association, movement, residence and profession; and article 29, protection of the interests of minorities.

Rights available to every person, citizen or not, include article 14, equality before the law, article 20, protection in respect of conviction for offences, article 21, protection of life and personal liberty, and article 25, freedom of conscience and religion.

munotes.in56

Nationality and Citizenship Distinguished

That division is the constitutional expression of exactly the distinction this chapter is about: some things follow from being inside the community, and some follow from being human and present.

The Overseas Citizen of India: the clearest Indian illustration

Sections 7A to 7D of the Citizenship Act 1955 create the Overseas Citizen of India Cardholder, and the scheme is the best single illustration of the distinction available to an Indian student.

The cardholder is a foreign national. He holds another State's nationality and India's card. He gets a lifelong visa, and parity with non-resident Indians in specified economic, financial and educational fields. He does not get the vote, eligibility for public office, eligibility for public employment, or the right to acquire agricultural or plantation property. Section 7D permits cancellation of the registration.

So the OCI scheme hands over a package of practical benefits while withholding the political core. It is citizenship with the citizenship taken out, and the word in its name is the trap.

A worked example

Mr K holds the passport of State L. His grandfather was born in undivided India, so he qualifies for and obtains an OCI card. He lives in Mumbai for nine years, runs a business, pays Indian tax, and buys a flat.

Is he an Indian citizen? No. He is a national of State L, and his OCI card does not change that.

Can he vote in a Lok Sabha election? No. The vote is an incident of citizenship and the card confers none.

Can he be appointed to a post in the Union public service? No, for the same reason, and article 16's guarantee of equality of opportunity in public employment is in terms a right of citizens.

Can he buy an apartment? Yes, under the parity the scheme gives with non-resident Indians. Can he buy a farm? No; agricultural and plantation property is excluded.

If he is arrested in Mumbai, can he claim article 21? Yes. Article 21 protects every person, not only citizens. Can he claim article 19's freedom of movement? No; article 19 is a right of citizens.

If he is mistreated on a business trip to State M, which State can protect him? State L, because that is his State of nationality. India cannot, because he is not its national, and the card does not create the bond that diplomatic protection requires.

Notice how the same person is treated differently by the two systems, and how each answer followed from asking whether the question pointed inwards or outwards.

munotes.in57

Nationality and Citizenship Distinguished

What it does NOT mean

Nationality is not the weaker status. It is the status that matters at the international level; citizenship is the status that matters domestically. Neither is a subset of the other in importance.

They are not always distinguished in drafting. Many statutes, and many States, use the two words as synonyms, and the United Kingdom's own legislation has used several categories of nationality with different citizenship consequences. A candidate should say the distinction is analytical and is not always reflected in the words a legislature chooses.

Citizenship is not the same as domicile or residence. Domicile is a private international law connection used for succession and family law; residence is a fact. A person can be an Indian citizen domiciled abroad, and a foreign national resident in India for decades.

An OCI cardholder is not an overseas citizen. The name says he is. The statute says he is a foreign national with a card. Trust the statute.

Limits and criticism

The distinction is blurring. In most modern States nationality and citizenship coincide exactly, because the class of nationals who are not citizens has all but disappeared with the empires that created it. Some writers say the distinction now survives mainly in textbooks.

But it has not disappeared. It survives wherever a State keeps a status that carries protection without political rights, and India has deliberately created such a status in the OCI card. It also survives structurally, because the word nationality still does work that citizenship cannot: it attaches to ships, aircraft and corporations, and it is the word that international tribunals use.

The gap it leaves is a real one. A person can be a lawful resident of a State for decades, pay its taxes, raise children who are its citizens, and have no vote in it, and this is a matter of policy that nationality law does not resolve.

Quick revision

Nationality points outwards and is the international law word: it entitles a State to protect the individual, obliges it to admit him, and follows him abroad.

Citizenship points inwards and is the municipal law word: it carries civil and political rights within the State.

Every citizen is a national; not every national is a citizen. The classical example is the colonial subject, protected abroad and without political rights at home.

Nationality attaches to ships, aircraft and corporations; citizenship does not.

Indian law: Part II of the Constitution, articles 5 to 11, fixes citizenship at commencement and article 11 hands the subject to Parliament, which enacted the Citizenship Act 1955.

Rights of citizens only: articles 15, 16, 19 and 29. Rights of every person: articles 14, 20, 21 and 25.

munotes.in58

Nationality and Citizenship Distinguished

Sections 7A to 7D: the Overseas Citizen of India Cardholder is a foreign national with a lifelong visa and economic parity with non-resident Indians, and with no vote, no public office, no public employment and no agricultural land. Section 7D allows cancellation.

Test yourself

1. Distinguish nationality from citizenship, and give one example of each without the other.

Nationality is the status recognised by international law that links an individual to a State, entitling that State to exercise diplomatic protection and obliging it to admit him; citizenship is the municipal status carrying full civil and political rights within the State. Nationality without citizenship: the inhabitant of a colony who was a British subject, protected abroad but without political rights. Citizenship without nationality: this does not ordinarily arise for individuals, because citizenship presupposes membership of the State, but the point is illustrated in reverse by ships and aircraft, which have nationality and can have no citizenship at all.

2. Which fundamental rights in the Indian Constitution are available only to citizens?

Article 15, prohibition of discrimination on grounds of religion, race, caste, sex or place of birth; article 16, equality of opportunity in matters of public employment; article 19, the six freedoms; and article 29, protection of the interests of minorities. Articles 14, 20, 21 and 25 are available to every person, citizen or not.

3. Does the Constitution of India lay down a complete law of citizenship? Explain.

No. Part II, articles 5 to 11, determines who was a citizen at the commencement of the Constitution and deals with the migrations of Partition and with persons of Indian origin abroad. Article 9 excludes anyone who has voluntarily acquired a foreign citizenship, and article 10 continues the rights of citizenship subject to parliamentary law. Article 11 then expressly gives Parliament power to make any provision with respect to the acquisition and termination of citizenship and all other matters relating to it. The working law of citizenship is therefore the Citizenship Act 1955, made under article 11.

4. Explain the status of an Overseas Citizen of India, and why the name is misleading.

Registration under sections 7A to 7D of the Citizenship Act 1955 makes a person an Overseas Citizen of India Cardholder. He remains a national of some other State and is a foreign national in India. He receives a lifelong visa and parity with non-resident Indians in specified economic, financial and educational matters. He receives none of the political incidents of citizenship: no vote, no eligibility for public office or public employment, and no right to acquire agricultural or plantation property. Section 7D allows the registration to be cancelled. The name is misleading because the word citizen appears in a status that is expressly not citizenship, and India permits no dual citizenship at all.

munotes.in59

Nationality and Citizenship Distinguished

5. Mr P, a national of State Q, has lived in India for twenty years on an OCI card. He is detained by the police without being told the grounds. Which constitutional rights can he invoke?

Article 21 and article 22 protections extend to every person, so he may complain of deprivation of personal liberty otherwise than according to procedure established by law, and of the failure to inform him of the grounds of arrest. Article 14, equality before the law, and article 20, protection in respect of conviction for offences, also extend to persons. He cannot invoke article 19, because the six freedoms are guaranteed to citizens, nor articles 15, 16 or 29. The division follows exactly the distinction between rights that attach to membership of the community and rights that attach to being a person within the State's power.

6. "The distinction between nationality and citizenship is of no practical importance today." Discuss.

There is something in it, because in most modern States the two classes coincide exactly, the colonial category of nationals without political rights having disappeared with the empires that created it. But the distinction has not lost its work. It survives in India in the Overseas Citizen of India scheme, which deliberately confers benefits without the political core. It survives structurally, because nationality attaches to ships under article 91 of the Convention on the Law of the Sea, to aircraft under article 17 of the Chicago Convention, and to corporations, and citizenship attaches to none of them. And it survives functionally, because international tribunals ask about nationality and never about citizenship: it was nationality, not citizenship, that decided Nottebohm.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in60

Chapter Nine

The Sources of International Law

Syllabus topic 1.5, "Sources of International Law"

In one line

The sources of international law are the places a rule comes from, and the list is in article 38 of the Statute of the International Court of Justice.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the sources of international law are enumerated in article 38(1) of the Statute of the International Court of Justice, namely international conventions, international custom as evidence of a general practice accepted as law, the general principles of law recognised by civilised nations, and, as subsidiary means for the determination of rules of law, judicial decisions and the teachings of the most highly qualified publicists of the various nations. Article 38(2) permits the Court to decide a case ex aequo et bono if the parties agree.

Why article 38 is treated as the list

Article 38 does not say "these are the sources of international law". It says what the Court shall apply.

It has nevertheless been accepted, almost universally, as the authoritative statement of the sources, for three reasons worth knowing.

It was drafted for the Permanent Court in 1920 by a committee of jurists that set out to identify what international law consisted of, and it was reproduced in 1945 without material change.

Every Member of the United Nations is a party to the Statute, by article 93(1) of the Charter, so it is a text to which almost every State in the world has subscribed.

No competing list has ever been produced. Courts, tribunals, foreign ministries and writers all work from it.

The text

Article 38 reads, so far as it matters here:

1. The Court, whose function is to decide in accordance with international law such disputes as are submitted to it, shall apply:

a. international conventions, whether general or particular, establishing rules expressly recognized by the contesting states;

b. international custom, as evidence of a general practice accepted as law;

c. the general principles of law recognized by civilized nations;

d. subject to the provisions of Article 59, judicial decisions and the teachings of the most highly qualified publicists of the various nations, as subsidiary means for the determination of rules of law.

2. This provision shall not prejudice the power of the Court to decide a case ex aequo et bono, if the parties agree thereto.

Four things in that text are worth noticing before going further, because each is a question an examiner can ask on its own.

"Shall apply." The Court has no discretion to ignore a source.

"As evidence of a general practice accepted as law." The wording is famously back to front. Custom is not evidence of a practice; the practice is evidence of the custom. Everyone reads it as though it said "international custom, as evidenced by a general practice accepted as law", and the drafting slip has never been corrected.

munotes.in61

The Sources of International Law

"Recognized by civilized nations." The phrase is a relic of 1920 and is dealt with in [General Principles of Law Recognised by Civilised Nations].

"Subsidiary means for the determination of rules of law." Paragraph (d) is not a source of law at all. Judicial decisions and writings are ways of finding out what the law is, not ways of making it.

Formal and material sources

This is a distinction the standard textbooks make and examiners ask for.

A formal source is what gives a rule its legal validity, the process that makes it law. In this subject the formal sources are treaty and custom, with general principles a third.

A material source is where you find evidence of the rule's content: judgments, resolutions, treaty collections, diplomatic correspondence, the writings of jurists, the reports of the International Law Commission.

The distinction explains paragraph (d) exactly. Judicial decisions and the teachings of publicists are material sources: they tell you what the law is without making it.

Is there a hierarchy?

Students often assume article 38 lists the sources in order of authority. That is not quite right, and the exact position is worth stating.

There is no formal hierarchy in article 38. The order (a) to (d) is not stated to be an order of precedence, and the words "in the following order" were considered by the 1920 drafters and dropped.

There is a practical order. A court asked to decide a dispute will look first at any treaty binding both parties, because that is the most specific expression of what they agreed. Failing that, custom. Failing that, general principles, which in practice fill gaps rather than decide cases.

Paragraph (d) is expressly subordinate, being described as subsidiary means.

But three ordinary rules of legal reasoning apply, and they cut across the list. Lex specialis derogat legi generali: a special rule prevails over a general one, so a treaty between two States prevails over a general custom on the same point. Lex posterior derogat legi priori: the later rule prevails over the earlier, between the same parties. And jus cogens prevails over everything, so a treaty conflicting with a peremptory norm is void under article 53 of the Vienna Convention, whatever the parties agreed.

So the honest answer is: no hierarchy on the face of article 38, a working order in practice, and one true supremacy, that of peremptory norms.

The seven items MU lists, and where each is dealt with

MU prints topic 1.5 with a heading and then seven items, and each has a chapter.

munotes.in62

The Sources of International Law

Custom is [Custom]. The general practice and the belief that law requires it.

Treaties are [Treaties as a Source]. How a treaty binds parties, and how a treaty rule can pass into custom and bind non-parties.

General principles of law recognised by civilised nations are [General Principles of Law Recognised by Civilised Nations]. What the phrase means and which principles have actually been applied.

Judicial decisions and writings of jurists are [Judicial Decisions and the Writings of Jurists], and they are one chapter because article 38(d) treats them together as subsidiary means.

Equity is [Equity], including article 38(2)'s ex aequo et bono.

Resolutions of the General Assembly are [Resolutions of the General Assembly], which is the modern question article 38 does not mention at all.

What article 38 leaves out

This is the sharpest question on the topic and a good answer names four omissions.

Resolutions of international organisations. Article 38 was drafted before organisations produced resolutions in volume. General Assembly resolutions are not binding by themselves under articles 10 to 14 of the Charter, but they can express or crystallise custom, and some Security Council decisions bind all Members under article 25. Neither appears in article 38.

Unilateral acts. A State can bind itself by a public declaration intended to be binding, and no source in article 38 covers it.

Jus cogens. Article 38 is a list of where rules come from; it has nothing to say about a class of rules that outrank others. Article 53 of the Vienna Convention supplied that in 1969.

Soft law. Codes of conduct, guidelines, declarations and standards that are not binding but are widely followed. They are not law, and they are not nothing, and article 38 has no room for them.

A worked example

State A and State B dispute the boundary of their continental shelf. Where does a tribunal look, and in what order?

First, any treaty between them. If they have a delimitation treaty, that governs, because it is the most specific expression of their agreement, and lex specialis applies.

Second, any treaty in force between both on the subject generally. If both are parties to the Convention on the Law of the Sea, articles 76 and 83 govern, which is [The Continental Shelf].

Third, custom, if one of them is not a party. This is precisely the situation in the North Sea Continental Shelf cases, worked in [Delimitation of Maritime Boundaries], where Germany had signed but not ratified the 1958 Convention, so the tribunal had to ask whether the treaty rule had passed into custom.

Fourth, general principles, which here supply the vocabulary of equity but not the boundary.

And throughout, judicial decisions and writings, not as law but as evidence of what the law is. The tribunal will read the earlier delimitation judgments closely, and it is not bound by any of them, because article 59 provides that a decision of the Court has no binding force except between the parties and in respect of that particular case.

munotes.in63

The Sources of International Law

Distinctions table

Formal sourceMaterial source
What it doesMakes a rule lawShows what the law is
Article 38(a), (b), (c)(d)
ExamplesA treaty; a customary ruleA judgment; a treatise; an ILC report
Can it create an obligationYesNo

What it does NOT mean

Article 38 is not a statute of the whole world. It is a direction to one court about what that court shall apply. Its authority as a list of sources comes from universal acceptance, not from its own terms.

A source is not the same as a basis of obligation. The basis of obligation is the question in [Theories of the Basis of International Law]. The source is the question of where a particular rule comes from and how to prove it.

Article 38(d) does not make judicial decisions binding precedents. Article 59 says a decision has no binding force except between the parties and for that case. The Court in practice follows itself closely, which is a different thing.

Ex aequo et bono is not equity. It is a power to decide outside the law altogether, and it needs the agreement of both parties. No party has ever given it. That distinction is worked in [Equity].

Limits and criticism

The list is a century old and shows it. It has nothing on resolutions, nothing on soft law, nothing on unilateral acts and nothing on peremptory norms, all of which are now part of any serious account of how international obligations arise.

"Civilized nations" should have been amended at some point in a hundred years and has not been.

The two main sources are becoming harder to tell apart. Multilateral conventions codify custom, custom then develops through the practice of parties to those conventions, and the two feed each other continuously. The North Sea cases had to unpick that relationship and it has only become more tangled since.

Quick revision

Article 38(1) of the Statute of the International Court of Justice is the accepted list: (a) international conventions, (b) international custom as evidence of a general practice accepted as law, (c) the general principles of law recognised by civilised nations, (d) subject to article 59, judicial decisions and the teachings of the most highly qualified publicists, as subsidiary means. Article 38(2): ex aequo et bono with the parties' agreement.

Its authority comes from universal acceptance and from article 93(1) of the Charter making every Member a party to the Statute.

munotes.in64

The Sources of International Law

The (b) wording is back to front: practice is evidence of custom, not the other way round.

Formal sources make law: treaty, custom, general principles. Material sources show what the law is: judgments, writings, resolutions, ILC reports.

No formal hierarchy, but a working order, plus lex specialis, lex posterior, and the true supremacy of jus cogens under article 53 of the Vienna Convention.

Omitted from article 38: resolutions of international organisations, unilateral acts, jus cogens, and soft law.

Article 59: a decision of the Court has no binding force except between the parties and in respect of that particular case.

Test yourself

1. Reproduce article 38(1) and identify which of its four heads is not a source of law.

The Court, whose function is to decide in accordance with international law such disputes as are submitted to it, shall apply: (a) international conventions, whether general or particular, establishing rules expressly recognized by the contesting states; (b) international custom, as evidence of a general practice accepted as law; (c) the general principles of law recognized by civilized nations; and (d) subject to the provisions of Article 59, judicial decisions and the teachings of the most highly qualified publicists of the various nations, as subsidiary means for the determination of rules of law. Head (d) is not a source: it is expressly a subsidiary means for determining rules of law, that is, a material rather than a formal source.

2. Is there a hierarchy among the sources?

Not on the face of article 38, which does not state an order of precedence and from whose draft the words indicating one were removed. There is a working order: a tribunal looks first to a treaty binding both parties, then to custom, then to general principles, and treats judicial decisions and writings as evidence throughout. Three rules cut across this: lex specialis, so a special rule prevails over a general one; lex posterior, so a later rule prevails over an earlier between the same parties; and the supremacy of jus cogens, which voids any treaty conflicting with it under article 53 of the Vienna Convention.

3. Distinguish formal from material sources with an example of each.

A formal source is the process that makes a rule legally valid: a treaty, or a custom formed by general practice accepted as law. A material source is evidence of the content of a rule: a judgment of the International Court, a report of the International Law Commission, or a treatise. A formal source can create an obligation; a material source can only show that one exists. Article 38(a) to (c) are formal, article 38(d) is material.

munotes.in65

The Sources of International Law

4. What does article 38 omit, and does the omission matter?

Resolutions of international organisations, unilateral acts of States, jus cogens, and soft law. It matters in the sense that any complete modern account of how international obligations arise has to deal with all four, and none of them can be fitted into the text without strain. It matters less than it seems, because resolutions and unilateral acts do their work largely through custom and through good faith, and jus cogens was given statutory form in article 53 of the Vienna Convention in 1969, which article 38 does not need to repeat.

5. Why is the wording of article 38(1)(b) criticised?

It says international custom is evidence of a general practice accepted as law, which reverses the logical relationship. Custom is the rule; the general practice accepted as law is the evidence from which the existence of the rule is inferred. Every court and writer reads the provision as though it said custom as evidenced by a general practice accepted as law, and the drafting has never been corrected.

6. State A obtains a judgment of the International Court against State B on a point of law. State C is later in dispute with State D on the same point. Is the earlier judgment binding?

No. Article 59 of the Statute provides that a decision of the Court has no binding force except between the parties and in respect of that particular case, and article 38(1)(d) is expressly made subject to article 59. There is no doctrine of stare decisis in international law. In practice the Court follows its own reasoning closely and departs from it only for good reason, so the earlier judgment will carry very great weight as a subsidiary means for the determination of the rule, but it binds nobody in the later dispute.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in66

Chapter Ten

Custom

Syllabus topic 1.5, "Sources of International Law: Custom"

In one line

A customary rule is one that States generally follow because they believe the law requires it, and both halves of that sentence have to be proved.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: international custom, under article 38(1)(b) of the Statute of the International Court of Justice, is a general practice accepted as law. It has two elements: a material element, the general and consistent practice of States, and a psychological element, opinio juris sive necessitatis, the belief that the practice is required by law. Practice without that belief is usage or comity and creates no obligation.

Why custom matters more than it looks

A student meeting a subject full of long conventions may wonder why an unwritten source still matters. Three reasons.

It binds States that have signed nothing. A treaty binds its parties. A customary rule binds every State, including those that were not consulted and those that came into existence afterwards.

It is what fills the gaps. No treaty covers every question, and custom is what a tribunal reaches for when the treaty runs out.

It is what makes codification possible. Every great convention in this book, on treaties, on the sea, on diplomatic relations, was largely a writing down of custom, and the rules in them bind non-parties to the extent that the custom survives alongside the treaty.

The two elements

The material element: general practice

What counts as practice. State practice is not only what States do physically. It includes diplomatic correspondence, statements by government officials, national legislation, decisions of national courts, votes and explanations of vote in international organisations, military manuals, and the conclusion of treaties. Anything a State does or says in its official capacity can be practice.

Whose practice. All States count, but not equally. The practice of States particularly affected by a rule carries more weight, which is why maritime States matter most for the law of the sea and space-faring States for space law.

How general. Not universal. The requirement is generality, not unanimity. What is required is that the practice be extensive and virtually uniform, including the practice of States whose interests are specially affected.

How consistent. Substantially consistent. Minor departures do not destroy a rule; they are treated as breaches of it. That is a point students get wrong, and the reasoning is important: if a State that departs from a rule defends itself by appealing to exceptions or justifications recognised within the rule, its conduct confirms rather than weakens the rule.

How long. There is no fixed period. The North Sea judgment says the passage of only a short period is not necessarily a bar, provided that within that period the practice has been extensive and virtually uniform. The idea of instant custom is associated with space law, where the practice of a handful of States over a few years produced the rule that outer space is not subject to appropriation.

munotes.in67

Custom

The psychological element: opinio juris

Opinio juris sive necessitatis means the belief that the conduct is required by law or by a sense of legal obligation.

It is what separates a customary rule from a courtesy. States have for centuries given a departing ambassador a ceremonial send-off; nobody thinks a legal obligation exists, so no custom has formed. States have for centuries refrained from arresting foreign diplomats; that is a rule, because States believe they are bound.

How it is proved. Opinio juris is a state of mind, and States do not have minds. In practice it is inferred from what States say when they act: from protests, from claims, from the terms of national legislation, from the reasons given for votes, and from the arguments States make when accused of a breach.

The paradox. For a new custom to form, some State must act first, and at the moment it acts there is no rule, so its belief that the law requires the act is false. The usual answer is that the belief may be prospective: the State asserts a rule and other States acquiesce, and the rule crystallises around the assertion. That is exactly what happened with the continental shelf, and the Truman Proclamation of 28 September 1945 is the standard example.

The leading case on how a treaty rule becomes custom

Facts. North Sea Continental Shelf Cases (Federal Republic of Germany/Denmark; Federal Republic of Germany/Netherlands), ICJ Reports 1969, page 3, decided 20 February 1969. Germany, Denmark and the Netherlands had agreed partial continental shelf boundaries near the coast in 1964 and 1965 but could not agree on their prolongation. Denmark and the Netherlands wanted the equidistance method of article 6 of the 1958 Geneva Convention on the Continental Shelf. Germany's North Sea coast is concave, and equidistance lines drawn from a recessing coast meet a short way out and cut the State behind them off from the shelf beyond. Germany had signed the 1958 Convention but never ratified it. By two special agreements of 20 February 1967 the parties asked the Court to state the applicable principles.

Held. By eleven votes to six, equidistance was not obligatory. Germany was not bound by article 6, having never ratified, and no estoppel arose against it. Equidistance was not inherent in the concept of the continental shelf, whose basis is the natural prolongation of the land territory, giving rights that exist ipso facto and ab initio. And article 6 had not passed into customary law. For that to happen the provision would have to be, at all events potentially, of a norm-creating character, and article 6 was not: it puts the obligation to use equidistance after a primary obligation to delimit by agreement, it is qualified by the notion of special circumstances whose meaning was controverted, and reservations to it were permitted, which the Court took as a legitimate inference that it was not thought to reflect emergent customary law. Further, a very widespread and representative participation in a convention might show that a conventional rule had become general law, but the number of ratifications and accessions was hardly sufficient. As to time, the passage of only a short period was not necessarily a bar, but within the period, however short, State practice, including that of States whose interests are specially affected, should have been both extensive and virtually uniform, and should have occurred in such a way as to show a general recognition that a rule of law was involved.

munotes.in68

Custom

Why it matters. This is the leading statement of how a treaty rule becomes custom, and the three conditions it sets, norm-creating character, widespread and representative participation including specially affected States, and extensive and virtually uniform practice accompanied by opinio juris, are the answer to the standard essay question.

How a court finds a rule of custom: The Paquete Habana

The Paquete Habana; The Lola, 175 U.S. 677 (1900), Supreme Court of the United States, 5 January 1900.

Facts. Two fishing smacks, the sloop Paquete Habana and the schooner Lola, were regularly engaged in fishing on the coast of Cuba, sailing under the Spanish flag, each owned by a Spanish subject residing in Havana, with crews who also resided there and took shares of the catch. Each left Havana on a coast fishing voyage and was returning with a cargo of live fish when she was captured near Havana by a vessel of the United States blockading squadron during the war with Spain. Neither carried arms or ammunition; neither knew of the blockade or even of the war until stopped; neither ran the blockade or resisted; and there was no evidence that either vessel or crew was likely to aid the enemy. The District Court condemned both vessels and their cargoes as prize of war and they were sold.

Held, reversing the decrees, that the captures were unlawful and without probable cause, the proceeds of the sales to be restored to the claimants with damages and costs. Fuller CJ, with Harlan and McKenna JJ, dissented.

The method, which is why the case is in this chapter. International law is part of our law, and must be ascertained and administered by the courts of justice of appropriate jurisdiction, as often as questions of right depending upon it are duly presented for their determination. For that purpose, where there is no treaty, and no controlling executive or legislative act or judicial decision, resort must be had to the customs and usages of civilized nations; and, as evidence of these, to the works of jurists and commentators, not for the speculations of their authors concerning what the law ought to be, but for trustworthy evidence of what the law really is.

munotes.in69

Custom

The rule found. Applying that method to several centuries of orders, treaties and practice, the Court held that at the present day, by the general consent of the civilized nations of the world, and independently of any express treaty or other public act, it is an established rule of international law that coast fishing vessels, with their implements and supplies, cargoes and crews, unarmed, and honestly pursuing their peaceful calling of catching and bringing in fresh fish, are exempt from capture as prize of war, and that prize courts administering the law of nations are bound to take judicial notice of that rule and to give effect to it in the absence of any treaty or other public act of their own government.

Three things to take from it.

It shows the two elements being proved. Centuries of practice, and orders and treaties showing that the practice was followed as a matter of obligation rather than of grace, which is opinio juris in the material a court can actually examine.

It fixes the place of the writings of publicists, and it is a better statement of article 38(1)(d) than the article itself: they are evidence of what the law is, not authority for what it should be. [Judicial Decisions and the Writings of Jurists] works that point.

It is the standard illustration of a municipal court applying custom directly, and it belongs with [International Law and Municipal Law] and with the Indian position in [International Law in Indian Courts], where the corresponding proposition comes from Gramophone Company of India Ltd v. Birendra Bahadur Pandey.

Local and regional custom

Custom need not be universal. A rule can bind a group of States, or even two.

Facts. Asylum Case (Colombia v. Peru), ICJ Reports 1950, page 266, decided 20 November 1950. On 3 October 1948 a military rebellion broke out in Peru and was suppressed the same day. Victor Raul Haya de la Torre, head of the American People's Revolutionary Alliance, was prosecuted for military rebellion. On 3 January 1949 the Colombian Ambassador in Lima granted him asylum, qualified him as a political offender and asked Peru for a safe-conduct. Peru refused, saying he had committed common crimes. The two States submitted the dispute to the Court.

munotes.in70

Custom

Held. By fourteen votes to two, Colombia was not entitled to qualify unilaterally, and in a manner binding on Peru, the nature of the offence. The Court rejected each treaty Colombia relied on: the Bolivarian Agreement of 1911 recognised asylum in accordance with the principles of international law, and those principles do not entail a right of unilateral qualification; the Havana Convention of 1928 conferred no such right expressly or by implication; and the Montevideo Convention of 1933 had not been ratified by Peru. As to a regional American custom, Colombia had not proved the existence, regionally or locally, of a constant and uniform practice of unilateral qualification as a right of the State of refuge and an obligation on the territorial State, because the facts disclosed too much contradiction and fluctuation to disclose a usage peculiar to Latin America and accepted as law. By fifteen votes to one the Court also held Peru was not bound to grant a safe-conduct, and by fifteen to one rejected Peru's contention that Haya de la Torre was accused of common crimes, military rebellion not being in itself a common crime.

Why it matters. Two things. It establishes that a regional or local custom can exist but must be proved by the party asserting it, and to a strict standard: a constant and uniform practice accepted as law. And it is the leading case on diplomatic asylum, worked for that purpose in [Asylum].

The persistent objector

A State that objects to a rule from the beginning, and keeps objecting, is not bound by it when it crystallises.

The authority is the Fisheries case, worked in [Baselines and the Territorial Sea], where the Court held that the ten-mile rule for closing lines of bays had not acquired the authority of a general rule of international law and, in any event, was inapplicable as against Norway inasmuch as she had always opposed its application to the Norwegian coast.

Three limits on the doctrine are worth writing down.

The objection must be from the start. A State that acquiesces while a rule forms and objects afterwards is bound. Silence is treated as acquiescence.

It must be maintained. An objection abandoned is an objection lost.

It cannot work against jus cogens. No State can persistently object its way out of the prohibition of genocide.

Distinctions that carry marks

CustomUsage or comityTreaty
PracticeYesYesNot required
Opinio jurisYesNoNot required; consent instead
BindsAll States, subject to persistent objectionNobodyThe parties
Breach givesA claim of illegalityComplaint onlyA claim of illegality
ProofThe party asserting it must prove practice and opinio jurisNot applicableProduce the treaty
munotes.in71

Custom

A worked example

For forty years the States bordering the Gulf of Aral have permitted each other's fishing vessels to shelter in their ports during storms without formality or charge. State E now begins charging State F's vessels a fee. State F protests that a customary rule has been broken.

Is there practice? Yes: forty years, consistent, and by all the States concerned. That is the easy half.

Is there opinio juris? That is the question, and State F must prove it. Evidence would include any statement by a government that the shelter was granted as of right, any legislation framing it as an obligation, any earlier occasion on which a State tried to charge and was told it could not, and any diplomatic protest. Evidence against would include statements describing the practice as a courtesy, or occasions on which shelter was refused without any complaint being made.

Whose custom would it be? Regional or local, binding only the Gulf States. On the Asylum reasoning State F must prove a constant and uniform practice accepted as law, and contradiction and fluctuation in the record will defeat it.

Could State E escape as a persistent objector? Only if it had objected as the rule formed and kept objecting. Forty years of granting shelter without protest is acquiescence, not objection.

What if there were a treaty? Then this whole analysis would be unnecessary, which is why a tribunal looks for a treaty first.

What it does NOT mean

Custom is not old practice. Age helps, but the North Sea judgment says a short period is not necessarily a bar. What matters is that the practice was extensive and virtually uniform and accompanied by the belief that law required it.

Custom is not unanimity. Generality is required, not universal participation. A State that says nothing is treated as acquiescing.

Breach of a customary rule does not destroy it. If the State in breach justifies itself by exceptions recognised within the rule, the rule is confirmed. It is only if States generally claim a right to act inconsistently that the rule erodes.

A treaty codifying custom does not abolish the custom. The two run in parallel, which is why non-parties remain bound by the customary rule and why a party that withdraws from the treaty remains bound by it.

Limits and criticism

Proving opinio juris is close to impossible in a hard case. Tribunals often infer it from the practice itself, which makes the two elements collapse into one and is circular. This is the most common criticism of the doctrine and it is a fair one.

munotes.in72

Custom

It advantages the powerful. The practice of specially affected States counts for more, and States with navies, satellites and global reach are specially affected more often than others. Newly independent States made exactly this objection in the 1960s and 1970s, and it is why they preferred codification by treaty, where every State has one vote.

The relationship with treaties is now tangled. Conventions codify custom, parties then develop the custom through their practice under the convention, and non-parties are affected by rules they never joined. The North Sea judgment tried to keep the categories apart and the practice has run ahead of it.

Quick revision

Article 38(1)(b): international custom, as evidence of a general practice accepted as law. Two elements: general practice, and opinio juris sive necessitatis.

Practice includes acts, statements, legislation, national judgments, votes and treaties; it must be extensive and virtually uniform, including the practice of specially affected States; generality, not unanimity; no fixed duration.

Opinio juris is inferred from what States say when they act, and it is what separates custom from usage and comity.

North Sea Continental Shelf (ICJ Reports 1969, page 3): a treaty rule becomes custom only if the provision is of a norm-creating character, there is widespread and representative participation including specially affected States, and practice is extensive and virtually uniform with opinio juris. Article 6 of the 1958 Convention failed all three, partly because reservations to it were permitted.

Asylum (ICJ Reports 1950, page 266): local and regional custom exists but must be proved by the asserting party as a constant and uniform practice accepted as law; contradiction and fluctuation defeat it.

Persistent objector: Fisheries (ICJ Reports 1951, page 116). Norway had always opposed the ten-mile rule, so it was inapplicable to her. The objection must be from the start, maintained, and it cannot defeat jus cogens.

Test yourself

1. State the two elements of custom and explain why the second is needed.

The material element is a general and consistent practice of States; the psychological element is opinio juris sive necessitatis, the belief that the practice is required by law. The second is needed because practice alone cannot distinguish a legal rule from a habit. States have always shown courtesies to one another without regarding themselves as bound, and if practice alone made law every such courtesy would become an obligation and no State could ever stop.

2. What did the North Sea Continental Shelf cases decide about the passage of a treaty rule into custom?

That it can happen but requires three things. The provision must be, at all events potentially, of a norm-creating character, which article 6 was not, since it subordinated equidistance to prior agreement, was qualified by a controverted notion of special circumstances, and was open to reservation. There must be very widespread and representative participation in the convention, and the ratifications and accessions there were hardly sufficient. And State practice, including that of specially affected States, must have been extensive and virtually uniform, and must have occurred in a way showing general recognition that a rule of law was involved. A short passage of time is not by itself a bar.

munotes.in73

Custom

3. Can a custom bind only two States? Give authority.

Yes. The Asylum case accepted in principle that a custom could be regional or even local, but held that Colombia had failed to prove one: she had not established a constant and uniform practice of unilateral qualification as a right of the State of refuge and an obligation upon the territorial State, because the facts disclosed too much contradiction and fluctuation to reveal a usage peculiar to Latin America and accepted as law. The burden lies on the State asserting the special custom and the standard is strict.

4. Explain the persistent objector rule and its three limits.

A State that has objected to a rule consistently from the time of its formation is not bound by it when it crystallises; the Fisheries case is the authority, the Court holding the ten-mile bay rule inapplicable to Norway because she had always opposed its application to her coast. The limits are that the objection must begin before the rule crystallises, since silence during formation counts as acquiescence; it must be maintained, since an abandoned objection is lost; and it cannot be raised against a peremptory norm, from which no derogation is permitted.

5. "Breach of a customary rule proves the rule does not exist." Is that right?

No, and the reasoning matters. If a State that departs from a rule seeks to justify itself by appealing to exceptions or justifications contained within the rule, its conduct confirms the rule rather than weakening it, because the State is not claiming a right to act inconsistently but arguing that its act falls within the rule. The rule erodes only where States generally claim a right to depart from it, and inconsistent conduct is then met without protest.

6. What is instant custom, and where is it said to have occurred?

The proposition that a customary rule can form very quickly where practice is extensive and virtually uniform and is accompanied by clear opinio juris, notwithstanding that little time has passed. The North Sea judgment leaves it open by saying that a short period is not necessarily a bar. It is usually illustrated by space law: within a few years of 1957 the practice of a very small number of space-faring States, with the acquiescence of everyone else, produced the rules that outer space is free for exploration by all and is not subject to national appropriation, which were then written into the Outer Space Treaty and are dealt with in [International Space Law].

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in74

Chapter Eleven

Treaties as a Source

Syllabus topic 1.5, "Sources of International Law: Treaties"

In one line

A treaty makes law for the States that agree to it, and can go on to make law for everyone if its rule passes into custom.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: under article 38(1)(a) of the Statute of the International Court of Justice the Court applies international conventions, whether general or particular, establishing rules expressly recognised by the contesting States. A treaty binds the parties by virtue of pacta sunt servanda in article 26 of the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties, and does not of itself create obligations for a third State without its consent, but a rule contained in a treaty may become binding on non-parties as a rule of customary international law.

Why a treaty is listed first

Article 38(1)(a) comes first for a practical reason rather than a hierarchical one, and the reason is worth stating in an answer.

A treaty is certain. Its text is written, its parties are listed, its date of entry into force is recorded, and its scope is defined. Custom has to be proved from scattered practice and inferred states of mind. Faced with a treaty binding both parties on the point in dispute, a tribunal has no reason to look further.

A treaty is also specific, so the maxim lex specialis derogat legi generali applies: as between the parties, the treaty rule displaces a general customary rule on the same subject.

Two kinds of treaty

The distinction is a favourite examination question and its practical importance is limited but real.

Law-making treaties, sometimes called traites-lois, lay down general rules of conduct for a large number of States. The Charter of the United Nations, the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties, the Convention on the Law of the Sea and the Geneva Conventions are examples. They look like legislation, and they are the closest this system comes to it.

Treaty contracts, traites-contrats, are agreements between two or a few States about a particular matter: a boundary, an extradition arrangement, an air services agreement, a loan. They create obligations between those States and lay down no general rule.

Article 38(1)(a) covers both, and says so: conventions whether general or particular.

Why the distinction matters: only a law-making treaty is a plausible candidate for passing into custom, because only it contains a rule capable of general application. A boundary treaty between two States is not going to become a rule for anybody else. That is the whole practical point of the classification, and an answer that gives the classification without the point is half an answer.

How a treaty binds: pacta sunt servanda

Article 26 of the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties states the rule in one sentence: every treaty in force is binding upon the parties to it and must be performed by them in good faith.

munotes.in75

Treaties as a Source

Two consequences follow immediately, and both have their own provisions.

A party may not plead its own internal law as a reason for failing to perform. That is article 27, and its importance for an Indian student is dealt with in [International Law in Indian Courts].

A treaty binds only the parties. That is the next section.

Third States: the rule and its exceptions

The rule. Article 34 of the Vienna Convention: a treaty does not create either obligations or rights for a third State without its consent. The Latin tag is pacta tertiis nec nocent nec prosunt, agreements neither harm nor benefit third parties.

Obligations for a third State. Article 35 allows one, but on strict terms: the parties must intend the provision to create the obligation, and the third State must expressly accept it in writing.

Rights for a third State. Article 36 is easier: a right arises if the parties intend to accord it and the third State assents, and assent is presumed so long as the contrary is not indicated, unless the treaty provides otherwise.

Revocation. Article 37 provides that an obligation so created may be revoked only with the consent of the parties and of the third State, unless otherwise agreed; a right may generally be revoked by the parties alone, unless it was intended not to be revocable without the third State's consent.

And the exception that swallows the rule. Article 38 preserves the possibility that a rule set out in a treaty becomes binding on a third State as a rule of customary international law. That is the route that matters, and it is the next section.

How a treaty rule becomes binding on non-parties

This is the most heavily examined point in the topic, and the authority is the case worked in [Custom].

Facts. North Sea Continental Shelf Cases (Federal Republic of Germany/Denmark; Federal Republic of Germany/Netherlands), ICJ Reports 1969, page 3, decided 20 February 1969. Germany had signed but never ratified the 1958 Geneva Convention on the Continental Shelf. Denmark and the Netherlands, both parties, argued that the equidistance method in its article 6 bound Germany anyway, either because Germany had by its conduct assumed the obligations of the Convention or because article 6 had become a rule of customary international law.

Held. Neither argument succeeded. On conduct, only a very definite and very consistent course of conduct could justify holding a State bound where it had not carried out the formalities the convention itself laid down for becoming bound, and estoppel would require that Denmark or the Netherlands had detrimentally changed position in reliance, of which there was no evidence. On custom, the Court set out the three conditions: the treaty provision must be, potentially at least, of a norm-creating character; there must be very widespread and representative participation in the convention, including the States whose interests are specially affected; and State practice must have been extensive and virtually uniform in the sense of the provision invoked, and must have occurred in such a way as to show a general recognition that a rule of law or legal obligation was involved. Article 6 satisfied none of them.

munotes.in76

Treaties as a Source

Why it matters here. It is the answer to "can a treaty bind a non-party?". The answer is that the treaty cannot, but the rule in it can, if it has become custom, and the three conditions are the test.

The three relationships between a treaty and custom

Writers and tribunals describe three ways a convention and a customary rule can relate, and naming them is worth a mark.

Declaratory, where the treaty writes down a rule that was already custom. Much of the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties is declaratory, which is why its rules are applied to States that are not parties to it, and why India, which has not ratified it, is nevertheless governed by most of its content.

Crystallising, where a rule is emerging and the conclusion of the convention settles it.

Generating, where the convention creates a new rule that afterwards passes into custom through the practice of States, parties and non-parties alike. The exclusive economic zone is the standard example: invented in the negotiations that produced the 1982 Convention, and accepted as custom before that Convention entered into force.

Treaties and India

Three facts belong in an Indian answer and they are often missed.

India is not a party to the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties. It signed neither. It is nevertheless bound by most of the Convention's content, because those rules are declaratory of custom. So an answer that says "under the Vienna Convention India must..." is loose; the accurate form is that the rule binds India as custom, and the Convention states it.

The power to make treaties is executive, not legislative. Under article 73 of the Constitution the executive power of the Union extends to matters on which Parliament may make laws, and entries 13 and 14 of List I of the Seventh Schedule cover participation in international conferences and the entering into and implementing of treaties and agreements. So the Union executive may conclude a treaty without Parliament.

But implementing it may need legislation. Article 253 gives Parliament power to make any law for implementing any treaty, agreement or convention, notwithstanding the ordinary division of legislative powers. Whether a treaty is enforceable in an Indian court without such a law is the subject of [International Law in Indian Courts].

munotes.in77

Treaties as a Source

A worked example

State G, State H and thirty other States conclude the Convention on the Protection of Migratory Fish, which requires coastal States to close their fisheries for two months in the breeding season. State J, a major fishing State, does not sign. Ten years later, most States in the world, including many non-parties, have adopted closed seasons and defend them in the language of legal obligation. State J refuses.

Does the Convention bind State J? No. Article 34: a treaty does not create obligations for a third State without its consent, and State J has consented to nothing.

Has the rule become custom? Apply the North Sea test. Is the provision norm-creating? A flat obligation to close fisheries for a defined period looks norm-creating, unlike article 6 of the 1958 Convention with its priority for agreement and its special-circumstances escape. Is participation widespread and representative, including specially affected States? Thirty-two parties may not be enough by itself, but the relevant question is whether the great fishing States are among them. Has practice been extensive and virtually uniform with opinio juris? The facts say most States, including non-parties, have adopted closed seasons and defend them as legal obligations, which is exactly the evidence required.

Can State J escape as a persistent objector? Only if it objected from the start and has kept objecting. Ten years of silence followed by refusal is not enough, and this is where many answers go wrong.

What if State J had signed but not ratified? Then the North Sea reasoning applies directly: signature without ratification does not bind, and only very definite and consistent conduct, relied on to another State's detriment, could produce an estoppel.

Distinctions table

Law-making treatyTreaty contract
PartiesManyTwo or a few
ContentGeneral rules of conductA particular transaction
ExampleThe Charter; UNCLOS; the Geneva ConventionsA boundary treaty; an extradition treaty
Can pass into customYes, if the North Sea conditions are metIn practice, no
Covered by article 38(1)(a)Yes, as a general conventionYes, as a particular convention

What it does NOT mean

A treaty is not superior to custom. Between the parties it prevails because it is more specific and usually later, not because treaties outrank custom in some hierarchy. Article 38 states no hierarchy.

Signing is not being bound. Signature usually authenticates the text and, under article 18 of the Vienna Convention, obliges the State not to defeat the treaty's object and purpose pending ratification. It does not make the State a party. Germany's position in the North Sea cases is the classic illustration.

munotes.in78

Treaties as a Source

A treaty codifying custom does not extinguish the custom. The customary rule continues in parallel, which is why non-parties remain bound and why a party that denounces the treaty is not released from the rule.

"Convention", "covenant", "protocol", "charter" and "pact" are all treaties. Nothing turns on the name.

Limits and criticism

The consent principle produces uneven law. The most powerful States can decline to join the conventions that would constrain them, and can then argue that the rules have not become custom because their own practice, as specially affected States, points the other way.

The North Sea test is demanding and vague at once. "Norm-creating character" and "extensive and virtually uniform" are not tests that decide a close case, and the Court's reliance on the permissibility of reservations as evidence that a provision was not thought to state emerging custom has been criticised as reading too much into a drafting choice.

Codification can freeze the law. Once a rule is written into a widely ratified convention, developing it through practice becomes harder, because departures now look like breaches of the treaty rather than the beginnings of a new custom.

Quick revision

Article 38(1)(a): international conventions, whether general or particular, establishing rules expressly recognised by the contesting States.

Law-making treaties lay down general rules; treaty contracts settle a particular matter. Only the first is a realistic candidate to pass into custom.

Article 26 VCLT, pacta sunt servanda: every treaty in force is binding on the parties and must be performed in good faith. Article 27: no plea of internal law.

Third States: article 34, no obligations or rights without consent (pacta tertiis nec nocent nec prosunt); article 35, an obligation needs express acceptance in writing; article 36, a right needs assent, which is presumed; article 37, revocation; article 38, the customary-law route is preserved.

North Sea Continental Shelf (ICJ Reports 1969, page 3): a treaty rule binds non-parties only as custom, and needs a norm-creating provision, widespread and representative participation including specially affected States, and extensive and virtually uniform practice with opinio juris. Signature without ratification does not bind, and estoppel requires detrimental reliance.

Three relationships between convention and custom: declaratory, crystallising, generating.

India has not ratified the VCLT but is bound by most of its content as custom. Treaty-making is executive under article 73 and List I entries 13 and 14; article 253 empowers Parliament to legislate to implement.

munotes.in79

Treaties as a Source

Test yourself

1. Distinguish law-making treaties from treaty contracts and say why the distinction matters.

A law-making treaty lays down general rules of conduct for a large number of States, such as the Charter or the Convention on the Law of the Sea. A treaty contract settles a particular matter between two or a few States, such as a boundary or an extradition arrangement. Article 38(1)(a) covers both, since it speaks of conventions whether general or particular. The distinction matters because only a law-making treaty contains a rule capable of general application, and so only a law-making treaty is a realistic candidate for passing into customary international law and binding non-parties.

2. Can a treaty bind a State that is not a party to it?

Not as a treaty. Article 34 of the Vienna Convention provides that a treaty does not create either obligations or rights for a third State without its consent, and article 35 requires express acceptance in writing before an obligation can arise. But article 38 preserves the possibility that a rule set out in a treaty becomes binding on a non-party as a rule of customary international law, and the North Sea Continental Shelf cases set the conditions: a norm-creating provision, widespread and representative participation including specially affected States, and extensive and virtually uniform practice accompanied by opinio juris.

3. Germany had signed the 1958 Convention. Why was that not enough?

Because signature is not the act by which a State becomes bound where the convention itself provides for ratification, and Germany never ratified. Denmark and the Netherlands argued that Germany's conduct had nonetheless assumed the obligations, but the Court held that where a convention specifically provides how the intention to be bound is to be manifested, it is not lightly to be presumed that a State which has not carried out those formalities has become bound another way. Only a very definite and consistent course of conduct, on which the other States had detrimentally relied so as to create an estoppel, would have sufficed, and there was no evidence of that.

4. Explain the three relationships a convention can have with custom, with an example of each.

Declaratory: the convention writes down a rule already customary, as much of the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties does, which is why its rules bind States that never ratified it, India among them. Crystallising: a rule is emerging and the conclusion of the convention settles it. Generating: the convention creates a new rule which afterwards becomes custom through subsequent practice, the standard example being the exclusive economic zone, which was accepted as customary before the 1982 Convention entered into force.

5. India has not ratified the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties. Is India bound by the rule that treaties must be performed in good faith?

munotes.in80

Treaties as a Source

Yes, but not by the Convention. Pacta sunt servanda is a rule of customary international law of great antiquity, and article 26 of the Convention is declaratory of it. So India is bound by the rule as custom, and the Convention is the best statement of its content. The correct way to put it in an answer is that the rule binds India as custom and the Convention states it, not that the Convention binds India.

6. Who in India has power to make a treaty, and can a treaty be enforced in an Indian court?

The power is executive. Article 73 of the Constitution extends the executive power of the Union to matters on which Parliament may legislate, and entries 13 and 14 of List I of the Seventh Schedule cover participation in international conferences and the entering into and implementing of treaties and agreements, so the Union executive may conclude a treaty without Parliament. Whether it can be enforced in a court is a separate question: article 253 empowers Parliament to legislate to implement any treaty notwithstanding the ordinary distribution of legislative powers, and the general position, worked out in [International Law in Indian Courts], is that a treaty affecting private rights or requiring a change in the law needs implementing legislation before a court will give effect to it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in81

Chapter Twelve

General Principles of Law Recognised by Civilised Nations

Syllabus topic 1.5, "Sources of International Law: General principles of Law, Recognized by Civilized Nations"

In one line

Where treaty and custom run out, a court may apply a principle that the legal systems of the world have in common.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: under article 38(1)(c) of the Statute of the International Court of Justice the Court applies the general principles of law recognised by civilised nations, meaning principles found in the domestic legal systems of the world generally which are capable of application to relations between States. They exist to prevent a court from having to declare a case incapable of decision for want of a rule.

Why the source exists at all

The drafters of the Permanent Court's Statute in 1920 faced a practical problem. If a court could apply only treaty and custom, then a case falling outside both would have to be dismissed for want of law, a non liquet, meaning "it is not clear". A court that regularly said "there is no law on this" would not look much like a court.

Paragraph (c) was the answer. It gave the judges a reservoir to draw on: the principles that every developed legal system contains, because every legal system has had to solve the same basic problems of proof, procedure, good faith and remedy.

The phrase, and the problem with it

"Civilized nations" meant something specific in 1920, and it was not innocent. It reflected the nineteenth-century division of the world into civilised, barbarous and savage nations, and the international law of that era was made by a small group of European States and applied to everyone else.

The phrase was reproduced without change in 1945 and has never been amended. It is now read as meaning nothing more than the legal systems of the world generally, and no State is excluded from the comparison. The International Law Commission has recommended dropping the adjective, and modern instruments and writers use "the general principles of law recognised by the community of nations" or simply "general principles of law".

An answer should say all of that in two sentences and move on. Reproducing the phrase without noticing the problem reads badly; refusing to state it at all misquotes the Statute.

What kind of principles qualify

Two views, and the difference is examinable.

The narrow view, which is the orthodox one, is that paragraph (c) points to principles found in municipal legal systems generally, and imported into international law where they fit. The comparison is with domestic law, and the test is whether the principle appears across the major legal systems of the world.

The broad view is that it includes principles of international law itself, and principles derived from the nature of the international community, such as the sovereign equality of States.

munotes.in82

General Principles of Law Recognised by Civilised Nations

The safer answer in an examination is the narrow view, with the acknowledgement that the Court has sometimes used the phrase loosely, and that the International Law Commission's recent work recognises both a category derived from national legal systems and a category formed within the international legal system itself.

Three limits operate whichever view is taken. The principle must be found in legal systems generally, not in one system. It must be transposable: rules built on institutions that have no international counterpart, such as a public prosecutor or a bankruptcy court, cannot cross over. And it applies only where treaty and custom do not, which is why paragraph (c) decides very few cases on its own.

The principles that have actually been applied

An answer that lists principles without authority is weak. These are the ones with a real pedigree.

Reparation for a breach. The proposition comes from the case worked below and is expressly framed as a principle of law in general, not merely of international law.

Facts. Factory at Chorzow (Germany v. Poland), Merits, PCIJ Series A, No. 17, judgment of 13 September 1928. Poland had taken measures of dispossession against two German-owned concerns at Chorzow in Upper Silesia, the owner and the operator of a nitrate factory. The Court had held in 1926 that this was not in conformity with the Geneva Convention concerning Upper Silesia of 22 May 1922. Negotiations on the consequences failed, and Germany began fresh proceedings in February 1927 claiming an indemnity.

Held. The obligation to make reparation exists, because it is a principle of international law, or even of law in general, that any breach of an engagement involves an obligation to make reparation. As to measure, restitution must in principle be in kind, or, if that is impossible, a sum corresponding to the value of the thing that cannot be restored, because reparation must as far as possible wipe out all the consequences of the illegal act and re-establish the situation which would, in all probability, have existed if that act had not been committed. Compensation for a seizure of property that could not lawfully be expropriated need not be limited to the value of the undertaking, and the Court ordered an expert enquiry to fix the value. It also held that although the loss fell on the companies, the claim was between States: reparation owed to a State does not change its character because a private person's loss measures it, and the rules of international law apply.

Why it matters. It is the classic instance of paragraph (c) at work, and both of its propositions are now in the ILC Articles on State Responsibility, worked in [State Responsibility] and [Circumstances Precluding Wrongfulness, and Reparation].

munotes.in83

General Principles of Law Recognised by Civilised Nations

Good faith. Every system has it, and it appears throughout international law: in pacta sunt servanda in article 26 of the Vienna Convention, in the obligation to negotiate meaningfully stated in the North Sea cases, and in the interpretation rule in article 31.

Estoppel, sometimes called preclusion. A State that has by its conduct led another to rely on a state of affairs to its detriment cannot afterwards deny it. The North Sea cases discuss it and find it not established on the facts, which is itself instructive.

Res judicata. A matter finally decided cannot be reopened between the same parties. Article 60 of the Statute of the Court, providing that a judgment is final and without appeal, is its statutory expression.

Nobody may be a judge in his own cause, and the related rules of natural justice: notice, and an opportunity to be heard.

Circumstantial evidence and inference. The Corfu Channel case, worked in [Innocent Passage, and Straits], allowed a State that cannot get at evidence held inside the respondent's territory a more liberal recourse to inferences and circumstantial evidence, and that is a rule of proof taken from domestic systems.

Unjust enrichment, prescription, subrogation and abuse of rights appear in the case law and the literature, some of them more contested than others.

What paragraph (c) is not

It is not equity. Equity is dealt with in [Equity], and the difference matters: a general principle is a rule of law, applied because it is law. Equity in the sense of article 38(2), ex aequo et bono, is a power to decide outside the law and needs the parties' agreement.

It is not natural law. The principles are found by comparing legal systems, not by reasoning from first principles about what is right.

It is not a licence to invent. A judge who says "the general principles of law require X" without showing that X is found in legal systems generally has decided the case on his own view, and that is exactly the criticism made of this source.

A worked example

State M and State N conclude a treaty for a joint hydroelectric project. State N spends heavily on preparatory works after repeated written assurances by State M's minister that the project will proceed. State M then abandons it, and points out that the treaty contains no clause about withdrawal, that no custom governs the point, and that the Vienna Convention rules on termination do not cover a case like this.

There is no treaty rule, no custom, and no convention provision, and the tribunal cannot say the case is incapable of decision. This is where paragraph (c) does its work.

munotes.in84

General Principles of Law Recognised by Civilised Nations

Good faith. The obligation to perform in good faith is common to every legal system and is expressly stated for treaties in article 26 of the Vienna Convention.

Estoppel. State M made clear representations, State N relied on them, and the reliance was detrimental. The North Sea cases show the elements a tribunal will look for and show that they must genuinely be established.

Reparation. If a wrong is found, the Chorzow principle supplies the remedy: as far as possible, wipe out all the consequences of the illegal act and re-establish the situation that would have existed. In practice that means compensation for the wasted preparatory works.

Notice that none of these three principles came from a treaty or from State practice. Each came from the shared content of domestic legal systems, and each was applied because it fits relations between States.

Distinctions table

TreatyCustomGeneral principles
Where it comes fromAgreement of the partiesPractice plus opinio jurisThe domestic legal systems of the world
How it is provedProduce the textProve practice and opinio jurisShow the principle is general and transposable
Who it bindsThe partiesAll States, subject to persistent objectionAll States
How often it decides a case aloneConstantlyOftenRarely; it fills gaps

What it does NOT mean

It is not a third-rank source. Article 38 states no hierarchy. Paragraph (c) is used less because treaty and custom usually answer the question first.

"Civilized nations" excludes nobody today. Any answer must say so.

Not every domestic rule crosses over. A principle tied to an institution international law does not have cannot be transposed, however universal it is at home.

Limits and criticism

It is the least predictable source. No agreed method exists for showing that a principle is general: no tribunal surveys all the world's legal systems, and in practice a handful of familiar ones stand in for the rest, which are usually the civil law and the common law of Europe.

It can conceal judicial law-making. A tribunal that wants a result and lacks a rule can reach for a "general principle", and there is no reliable check on it.

Its historical framing is still in the text. A century after the phrase was written, and eighty years after the Charter promised the sovereign equality of all its Members, the Statute still refers to civilised nations.

Quick revision

Article 38(1)(c): the general principles of law recognised by civilised nations.

Purpose: to prevent a non liquet, a declaration that the case cannot be decided for want of a rule.

"Civilized nations" is a 1920 relic, reproduced in 1945, never amended; read today as the legal systems of the world generally, excluding nobody.

munotes.in85

General Principles of Law Recognised by Civilised Nations

Narrow view: principles drawn from municipal legal systems and transposable to relations between States. Broad view: also principles inherent in the international community. Three limits: generality, transposability, and subsidiarity to treaty and custom.

Principles actually applied: reparation for breach and the measure of it (Factory at Chorzow, PCIJ Series A No. 17); good faith; estoppel; res judicata; nobody a judge in his own cause; circumstantial evidence (Corfu Channel); unjust enrichment, prescription and abuse of rights.

Chorzow, the two sentences to remember: any breach of an engagement involves an obligation to make reparation; and reparation must as far as possible wipe out all the consequences of the illegal act and re-establish the situation which would, in all probability, have existed if that act had not been committed.

Distinguish general principles from equity and from natural law.

Test yourself

1. Why was article 38(1)(c) included in the Statute?

To prevent a non liquet. If a court could apply only treaty and custom it would have to dismiss for want of law any case falling outside both, and a court that regularly declared cases incapable of decision would not function as a court. Paragraph (c) gave the judges the shared content of the world's legal systems to draw on where the specific sources ran out.

2. What does "civilised nations" mean today, and how should a candidate handle the phrase?

Nothing more than the legal systems of the world generally. The phrase was written in 1920, when international law was made by a small group of European States, and it was reproduced without change in 1945 and never amended. A candidate should quote the provision accurately, state in a sentence that the adjective is a historical relic that excludes no State today, note that the International Law Commission has recommended dropping it, and then answer the question asked.

3. Give three general principles that have been applied, with authority for one.

Reparation for breach, good faith and estoppel. The authority for reparation is Factory at Chorzow, PCIJ Series A No. 17, where the Permanent Court held that it is a principle of international law, or even of law in general, that any breach of an engagement involves an obligation to make reparation, and that reparation must as far as possible wipe out all the consequences of the illegal act and re-establish the situation which would in all probability have existed had it not been committed.

4. Can any rule of Indian law be a general principle of law under article 38(1)(c)?

Only if two conditions are satisfied. It must be general, that is, found across the major legal systems of the world and not peculiar to India, since the source rests on what legal systems have in common. And it must be transposable to relations between sovereign States, which excludes rules built on institutions that have no international counterpart. A rule of the Code of Civil Procedure about the powers of a district court fails both tests; the principle of res judicata that underlies it satisfies both.

munotes.in86

General Principles of Law Recognised by Civilised Nations

5. Distinguish a general principle of law from equity.

A general principle is a rule of law, applied because it is law, identified by comparing legal systems and imported where transposable. Equity, in the sense of article 38(2), is ex aequo et bono, a power to decide a case outside the law on grounds of fairness, which requires the express agreement of both parties and has never been given. Equity in a weaker sense, meaning fairness applied within the law, operates as part of the reasoning under the other sources, and is dealt with in [Equity].

6. "Article 38(1)(c) is a licence for judges to make law." Discuss.

There is force in it. No agreed method exists for establishing that a principle is general; no tribunal surveys the world's legal systems, and in practice a small number of familiar systems stand in for the rest. A tribunal that wants a result and has no rule can reach for a general principle and face little check. The answer is threefold: the source is genuinely necessary, because the alternative is a non liquet; the principles actually applied, reparation, good faith, estoppel, res judicata, natural justice, are uncontroversially common to legal systems everywhere; and paragraph (c) decides very few cases on its own, because treaty and custom answer the question first almost every time.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in87

Chapter Thirteen

Judicial Decisions and the Writings of Jurists

Syllabus topic 1.5, two items: "Judicial Decisions" and "Writings of Jurists"

In one line

Judgments and textbooks do not make international law; they are the best evidence of what it already is.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: under article 38(1)(d) of the Statute of the International Court of Justice, judicial decisions and the teachings of the most highly qualified publicists of the various nations are subsidiary means for the determination of rules of law, and are applied subject to article 59, which provides that a decision of the Court has no binding force except between the parties and in respect of that particular case. They are therefore material and not formal sources: they show what the law is without making it.

The words that decide the topic

Two phrases in paragraph (d) carry the whole answer.

"Subsidiary means for the determination of rules of law." Not a source of rules; a means of determining them. The rule exists already, by treaty, custom or general principle, and a judgment or a treatise helps you find it and state it.

"Subject to the provisions of Article 59." Article 59 reads: the decision of the Court has no binding force except between the parties and in respect of that particular case. So there is no doctrine of binding precedent in international law, and paragraph (d) is expressly written to avoid creating one.

Judicial decisions

There is no stare decisis, and the Court follows itself anyway

Both halves of that sentence are true and an answer needs both.

No binding precedent. Article 59 is unambiguous. A ruling in a case between State A and State B binds nobody in a later case between State C and State D, and does not even bind A and B on a different subject.

Very great persuasive weight. In practice the Court cites its own earlier judgments constantly, treats them as settling questions unless there is reason to depart, and States argue their cases by reference to them. The reasons are practical: consistency is what makes a legal system usable, and a court that decided each case afresh would give nobody any guidance.

The right formulation is that the Court's decisions are not binding but are highly persuasive, and that the Court departs from its own reasoning only for stated reasons.

Why article 59 exists

Two reasons, and the second is the interesting one.

States are sovereign and equal. A rule that bound State C by a judgment given in a dispute it was not party to and could not appear in would sit badly with the consensual basis of the Court's jurisdiction.

It protects the intervention rules. If judgments bound non-parties, every State with a distant interest would have to intervene in every case. Article 62 allows a State with an interest of a legal nature which may be affected to request permission to intervene, and article 63 gives a right to intervene where the construction of a convention to which it is a party is in question, in which case the construction given is equally binding on it. Article 59 is what makes that scheme coherent.

munotes.in88

Judicial Decisions and the Writings of Jurists

Which decisions count

The International Court of Justice and its predecessor, the Permanent Court of International Justice, whose judgments the present Court cites as its own line of authority.

Other international tribunals: the International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea, arbitral tribunals under Annex VII of the Convention on the Law of the Sea, including the two your syllabus names, the Permanent Court of Arbitration, the World Trade Organization panels and Appellate Body, and the international criminal tribunals.

Arbitral awards, which for much of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries were where international law was actually made, and which remain important on territory and the sea.

National courts. This surprises students and it should not. A decision of the Supreme Court of India, or of any national court, applying international law is State practice as well as a subsidiary means, and so can help establish custom. That is a double function worth stating: a national judgment is evidence of what the law is, and is also part of the practice from which the law is made.

The writings of jurists

What they were

In the formative period they were the law's main repository. There was no world court, few reported arbitrations and no systematic record of State practice, so a court or a foreign ministry looking for the rule read Grotius, Bynkershoek, Vattel and their successors. Their authority was real and sometimes decisive.

What they are now

Their weight has fallen sharply, for the good reason that better evidence exists. Where there are judgments, treaty texts, published State practice and the reports of the International Law Commission, a court has no need to rely on a professor's opinion.

They still matter in three situations. Where the law is new and no case has arisen. Where practice is scarce or contradictory. And as a way of organising and stating what the sources show, which is what a court is doing when it says the position is settled and cites a treatise.

Whose writings

Article 38 says the most highly qualified publicists of the various nations, and the last three words are doing work: the writings drawn on should not all come from one legal tradition. In practice the Court rarely cites individual writers in its judgments, though individual judges do so freely in separate and dissenting opinions.

munotes.in89

Judicial Decisions and the Writings of Jurists

Collective writings carry more weight than individual ones, and this is the modern position that matters most. The International Law Commission, established by the General Assembly in 1947 to promote the progressive development of international law and its codification, is composed of persons of recognised competence and its draft articles and commentaries are treated with a respect no individual author now receives. The ILC Articles on State Responsibility of 2001 are the clearest example: not a treaty, not binding, and cited by the International Court as the statement of the law. The Institut de Droit International and the International Law Association occupy a similar, lesser place.

A worked example

State P and State Q are in dispute about whether State P may exercise jurisdiction over a foreign ship on the high seas in a situation no treaty covers. Counsel for State Q wants to argue that a customary rule prohibits it. What may she use, and how?

A judgment of the International Court on the same point in an earlier case between two other States. She may cite it, and it will carry great weight, but she must not say it binds State P: article 59 prevents that, and an opponent will say so. The correct submission is that the Court there stated the customary rule and that the rule, not the judgment, binds.

An arbitral award. The same, with somewhat less weight depending on the tribunal.

A decision of State P's own Supreme Court. This is the strongest material she has, and it does double duty: it is a subsidiary means for determining the rule, and it is State practice of the very State she is arguing against, which may also found an estoppel.

The ILC Articles on State Responsibility and their commentary, if the point concerns responsibility. Not binding, and treated as an authoritative statement.

A leading treatise. Usable, and weakest of all. If the treatise is the only support she has, she should expect the tribunal to notice.

Distinctions table

Formal sourceSubsidiary means
Article 38(a), (b), (c)(d)
FunctionCreates the obligationShows that the obligation exists
Effect if a party disputes itThe rule binds regardlessThe tribunal weighs it
ExampleThe Charter; the customary rule of innocent passageA judgment stating that rule; a treatise describing it

What it does NOT mean

Article 59 does not mean judgments are unimportant. It means they do not bind non-parties. The Court's jurisprudence is the single most valuable body of material in the subject.

A judgment is not a source even between the parties. It binds them because article 59 says so and because they submitted to the Court, and article 94(1) of the Charter obliges every Member to comply with the decision in any case to which it is a party. That is the force of a judgment, not the force of a rule of law.

munotes.in90

Judicial Decisions and the Writings of Jurists

"Publicists" does not mean journalists. It means writers on public international law.

The International Law Commission is not a legislature. Its draft articles become binding only if a convention is concluded on them and enters into force, or if their content is or becomes custom.

Limits and criticism

The absence of precedent is a real cost. States and their advisers cannot predict outcomes as confidently as in a domestic system, and the Court's practice of following itself is a convention rather than a rule.

The distribution of writers is uneven. The most cited publicists have overwhelmingly come from a small number of countries, so the phrase "of the various nations" describes an aspiration more than a practice.

The line between (d) and the other paragraphs is thinner than the Statute suggests. When the International Court states a customary rule in confident terms, that statement becomes the thing every later tribunal and every foreign ministry relies on, and the practical difference between finding the law and making it narrows.

Quick revision

Article 38(1)(d): subject to article 59, judicial decisions and the teachings of the most highly qualified publicists of the various nations, as subsidiary means for the determination of rules of law. Material sources, not formal ones.

Article 59: a decision of the Court has no binding force except between the parties and in respect of that particular case. No stare decisis, and the Court follows itself closely all the same.

Article 60: the judgment is final and without appeal. Article 94(1) of the Charter: every Member undertakes to comply with the decision in any case to which it is a party.

Article 62 intervention with permission; article 63 intervention as of right on the construction of a convention, with the construction equally binding on the intervener.

Decisions that count: the ICJ and the PCIJ; ITLOS, Annex VII tribunals, the PCA, WTO panels; arbitral awards; and national court decisions, which are both a subsidiary means and State practice.

Writings: decisive in the formative period, much weaker now. Collective writings, above all the International Law Commission, carry far more weight than individual authors.

Test yourself

1. Are judicial decisions a source of international law?

Not a formal one. Article 38(1)(d) describes them as subsidiary means for the determination of rules of law, and makes them subject to article 59, under which a decision of the Court has no binding force except between the parties and in respect of that particular case. So a judgment does not create a rule; it states one that already exists by treaty, custom or general principle. In practice the Court's judgments are the most authoritative statements of international law there are, and the Court follows its own reasoning unless there is reason to depart.

munotes.in91

Judicial Decisions and the Writings of Jurists

2. Explain article 59 and give two reasons for it.

It provides that the decision of the Court has no binding force except between the parties and in respect of that particular case. First, the Court's jurisdiction rests on consent, and it would be inconsistent to bind a State by a judgment in proceedings it was not party to and could not appear in. Second, it makes the intervention scheme coherent: article 62 lets a State with an interest of a legal nature request permission to intervene and article 63 gives a right of intervention where the construction of a convention to which it is a party is in question, in which case the construction is equally binding on it. If judgments bound everyone, those provisions would be pointless.

3. What weight does a decision of a national court carry?

Two kinds at once. It is a subsidiary means under article 38(1)(d) for determining what the rule is. It is also State practice of the State whose court gave it, and so can contribute to the formation and proof of a customary rule and may found an estoppel against that State. A national judgment against the interests of its own State is therefore particularly valuable evidence.

4. Why have the writings of jurists lost weight, and where do they still matter?

Because better evidence now exists. In the formative period there were no reported international judgments, few arbitrations and no systematic record of practice, so Grotius, Bynkershoek and Vattel were where the law was found. Today a tribunal has treaty texts, a large body of judgments, published State practice and the reports of the International Law Commission. Writings still matter where the law is new and no case has arisen, where practice is scarce or contradictory, and as an organised statement of what the other sources show. Collective writings, above all those of the International Law Commission, carry far more weight than individual authors.

5. The ILC Articles on State Responsibility are not a treaty. Why are they cited as if they were law?

Because much of their content is a statement of customary international law, and because their author is a body established by the General Assembly and composed of persons of recognised competence, which gives them an authority no individual writer commands. They are formally a subsidiary means under article 38(1)(d), and their binding force, where it exists, comes from the custom they state and not from the Commission's adoption of them.

munotes.in92

Judicial Decisions and the Writings of Jurists

6. "There is no precedent in international law." Is that a complete statement of the position?

No. It is accurate as a statement of formal doctrine, because article 59 excludes any binding force beyond the parties and the particular case, and article 38(1)(d) is expressly made subject to it. It is incomplete as a description of practice, because the Court cites its own judgments and those of the Permanent Court constantly, treats settled points as settled, and departs from its reasoning only for stated reasons. The accurate statement is that international law has no doctrine of binding precedent but does have a strong practice of consistency, and that the practical difference between the two is smaller than the doctrine suggests.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in93

Chapter Fourteen

Equity

Syllabus topic 1.5, "Sources of International Law: Equity"

In one line

Equity in international law means fairness, and everything turns on whether a tribunal is applying fairness inside the law or deciding a case outside it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: equity operates in international law in three ways. As equity infra legem, within the law, it guides the application and interpretation of existing rules and is part of ordinary judicial reasoning. As equity praeter legem, beside the law, it fills gaps. As equity contra legem, against the law, it would displace a rule, and a tribunal may do that only under article 38(2) of the Statute of the International Court of Justice, which permits a decision ex aequo et bono if the parties agree.

The three kinds, which is the whole topic

An examiner asking about equity is almost always asking for this classification, and the marks are in keeping the three apart.

Equity infra legem, or intra legem: within the law. The tribunal applies existing rules and uses equitable considerations to choose among permissible constructions and to apply a rule to particular facts. This needs no special authority and no agreement of the parties: it is simply what judging is. When the Court in the Fisheries case said that regard may be had to certain economic interests peculiar to a region when their reality and importance are clearly evidenced by long usage, it was reasoning equitably inside the law.

Equity praeter legem: beside the law. The tribunal uses equity to fill a gap the rules leave. This is close to the general principles of law in [General Principles of Law Recognised by Civilised Nations], and the two overlap: unjust enrichment, estoppel and abuse of rights can each be described either way.

Equity contra legem: against the law. The tribunal sets a rule aside because applying it would be unfair. A court cannot do this on its own authority. Article 38(2) provides the only route, and it requires the agreement of the parties.

Article 38(2) and ex aequo et bono

Article 38(2) reads: this provision shall not prejudice the power of the Court to decide a case ex aequo et bono, if the parties agree thereto.

Ex aequo et bono means according to what is equitable and good. A decision on that basis is a decision on the merits of fairness, and the Court is not confined to the existing rules; it may disregard them.

Three points, and the third is the one students miss.

It requires agreement. Both parties must confer the power, and the Court cannot assume it.

It has never been used. No party has ever agreed to it in a case before the Permanent Court or the present Court, in more than a century. States that go to law want the law.

munotes.in94

Equity

It is not the same as equitable principles. This is the distinction the whole chapter exists for. When the Court applies equitable principles in a maritime delimitation it is applying the law, because the law of delimitation itself requires an equitable result. It is not deciding ex aequo et bono, and it says so.

Where equity actually does its work: the sea

Maritime delimitation is where equity has been most important, and the two cases MU names are the authorities.

The North Sea Continental Shelf cases, ICJ Reports 1969, page 3, decided 20 February 1969, are worked in full in [Delimitation of Maritime Boundaries] and in [Custom]. On equity, what matters is the Court's conclusion: having rejected equidistance as neither a treaty obligation binding Germany nor a rule of custom, it held that the boundary lines were to be drawn by agreement between the parties and in accordance with equitable principles, taking account of the relevant circumstances, and that the parties were under an obligation to negotiate meaningfully rather than to go through a formal process. Equity there was not an escape from the law; it was the content of the applicable rule.

Continental Shelf (Tunisia/Libyan Arab Jamahiriya), ICJ Reports 1982, page 18, decided 24 February 1982, shows what that means in practice. By special agreement the parties expressly asked the Court to take account of equitable principles, the relevant circumstances characterising the area, and the new accepted trends at the Third UN Conference on the Law of the Sea. The Court found a single continental shelf common to both States, so physical criteria of natural prolongation could not determine what belonged to each, and it applied equitable principles to the relevant circumstances: the land frontier at Ras Ajdir, the conduct of the parties in granting petroleum concessions, the change of direction of the Tunisian coast at the Gulf of Gabes, and the Kerkennah Islands. It used proportionality between the shelf allotted and the length of the relevant coast as a test of equity, and described a two-segment line.

The point to take from both. The parties in Tunisia/Libya asked for equitable principles and did not confer power to decide ex aequo et bono. The Court decided according to law throughout. That is the clearest possible demonstration that equitable principles and ex aequo et bono are different things.

Article 83(1) of the Convention on the Law of the Sea now states the rule in treaty form: delimitation of the continental shelf between States with opposite or adjacent coasts shall be effected by agreement on the basis of international law in order to achieve an equitable solution. Article 74(1) says the same for the exclusive economic zone.

munotes.in95

Equity

Other places equity appears

Equitable use of shared resources. International watercourse law is built on equitable and reasonable utilisation, which is an equitable standard rather than a mechanical rule.

The common heritage of mankind, in [The Common Heritage of Mankind], carries an explicitly equitable requirement: article 140 of the Convention on the Law of the Sea provides for the equitable sharing of financial and other economic benefits derived from activities in the Area.

Equitable geographical distribution of seats in international organs, which appears throughout the Charter, is a different use of the word: it is a political standard for composition and not a rule of decision.

A worked example

State R and State S have adjacent coasts. Neither has a delimitation treaty with the other. State R proposes a strict equidistance line. State S points out that its coast is concave, so equidistance would cut it off a short distance from shore, and asks the tribunal to do what is fair.

Can the tribunal simply do what seems fair? No, not in that sense. It cannot decide ex aequo et bono without the agreement of both parties, and State R has not agreed.

Must it then apply equidistance? No. The North Sea cases hold that equidistance is neither inherent in the concept of the shelf nor a rule of custom, and if both States are parties to the Convention on the Law of the Sea then articles 74 and 83 require delimitation by agreement on the basis of international law in order to achieve an equitable solution.

So what does it do? It applies equitable principles as the law requires, identifying the relevant circumstances of this area as the Court did in Tunisia/Libya: the general direction of the coasts, the concavity, any islands, the conduct of the parties, and any resource activity. It will check the result against proportionality between the areas allotted and the lengths of the relevant coasts.

What has the tribunal done, in terms of this chapter's classification? Equity infra legem. The applicable rule itself commands an equitable result, so applying equity is applying the law. Nothing has been set aside, and article 38(2) has not been touched.

Distinctions table

Equity infra legemEquity praeter legemEquity contra legem (ex aequo et bono)
What it doesApplies and interprets existing rules fairlyFills a gapDisplaces a rule
Authority neededNone; ordinary judgingNone, though it shades into general principlesArticle 38(2) and the agreement of both parties
ExampleEquitable principles in maritime delimitationUnjust enrichment, estoppelNone; never used
Is it applying the lawYesYesNo
munotes.in96

Equity

What it does NOT mean

Equity here is not the English law of equity. It has nothing to do with the Court of Chancery, trusts, specific performance or injunctions. The word means fairness.

Equitable principles are not ex aequo et bono. The Court said so and decided Tunisia/Libya on that footing. A candidate who writes that the Court decided the continental shelf cases ex aequo et bono has made the central error of the topic.

An equitable result is not an equal one. The Court in the North Sea cases expressly rejected the doctrine of the just and equitable share: its task was to delimit an area already appertaining to a State, not to apportion one, because the coastal State's rights exist ipso facto and ab initio.

Equity is not a source in article 38(1). It appears only in article 38(2), and its everyday operation is inside the other sources rather than alongside them.

Limits and criticism

It is unpredictable. A rule that says the result must be equitable, taking account of all the relevant circumstances, gives a tribunal very wide latitude and gives the parties' advisers very little to work with. The law of maritime delimitation has spent forty years trying to make the standard more predictable, which is why courts now use a structured three-stage method rather than an open weighing of circumstances.

It can conceal a decision made on other grounds. Equity requires no showing of practice or opinio juris, and a tribunal that wants a particular line can usually find circumstances to justify it.

Article 38(2) is a dead letter. A power never once exercised in more than a hundred years tells you something: States submit disputes to a court precisely because they want the law applied, and a State that would accept a decision on fairness alone would generally settle instead.

Quick revision

Three kinds. Infra legem, within the law: fair application and interpretation, needs no authority. Praeter legem, beside the law: gap-filling, overlapping with general principles. Contra legem: displacing a rule, permitted only under article 38(2) with the agreement of the parties.

Article 38(2): the Court may decide a case ex aequo et bono if the parties agree. Never used, before either the Permanent Court or the present Court.

Equitable principles are not ex aequo et bono. In North Sea Continental Shelf (ICJ Reports 1969, page 3) delimitation was to be by agreement in accordance with equitable principles and the relevant circumstances, with an obligation to negotiate meaningfully. In Continental Shelf (Tunisia/Libyan Arab Jamahiriya) (ICJ Reports 1982, page 18) the parties expressly asked for equitable principles and did not confer power to decide ex aequo et bono; the Court weighed the relevant circumstances and used proportionality as a test.

munotes.in97

Equity

UNCLOS articles 74(1) and 83(1): delimitation by agreement on the basis of international law in order to achieve an equitable solution.

An equitable result is not an equal share: the North Sea cases rejected the just-and-equitable-share doctrine because shelf rights exist ipso facto and ab initio.

Test yourself

1. Distinguish equity infra legem, praeter legem and contra legem.

Infra legem operates within the law: the tribunal applies existing rules and uses fairness to choose among permissible constructions and to apply the rule to the facts. It needs no special authority. Praeter legem operates beside the law, filling gaps the rules leave, and overlaps with the general principles of law. Contra legem would displace a rule because applying it would be unfair, and a tribunal may do that only under article 38(2) of the Statute, which requires the agreement of both parties.

2. What is ex aequo et bono, and how often has it been used?

It is the power in article 38(2) to decide a case according to what is equitable and good rather than according to the existing rules, conferred only if the parties agree. It has never been used, in more than a century of the Permanent Court and the present Court, because States that submit a dispute to a court want the law applied and would otherwise settle.

3. "The International Court decided the continental shelf cases ex aequo et bono." Correct this statement.

It is wrong, and the error is the central one in the topic. In both the North Sea cases and Tunisia/Libya the Court decided according to law. The law of maritime delimitation itself requires that the result be equitable, so applying equitable principles is applying the law, not departing from it. In Tunisia/Libya the parties expressly asked the Court by special agreement to take account of equitable principles, the relevant circumstances and the new trends at the Third UN Conference, and expressly did not confer power to decide ex aequo et bono. Articles 74(1) and 83(1) of the Convention on the Law of the Sea now state the rule as delimitation by agreement on the basis of international law in order to achieve an equitable solution.

4. Does an equitable delimitation mean an equal one?

No. In the North Sea cases the Court rejected the doctrine of a just and equitable share, holding that its task was to delimit areas already appertaining to each State and not to apportion them de novo, because the rights of the coastal State in the shelf constituting the natural prolongation of its land territory exist ipso facto and ab initio by virtue of its sovereignty over the land. Proportionality between the areas allotted and the lengths of the relevant coasts is used, as in Tunisia/Libya, as a test of the equity of a result, not as a rule of entitlement.

munotes.in98

Equity

5. Why is equity criticised as a basis for decision?

Because it is unpredictable and hard to police. A rule requiring an equitable result in the light of all the relevant circumstances gives a tribunal wide latitude and gives advisers little guidance, and because equity requires no proof of practice or opinio juris, a tribunal that has decided on other grounds can usually find circumstances to support it. The response has been to structure the discretion: courts now approach maritime delimitation through a defined sequence rather than an open weighing.

6. Is equity a source of international law?

Not under article 38(1), which lists conventions, custom, general principles and, as subsidiary means, judicial decisions and writings. Equity appears only in article 38(2), as a power to decide outside the law with the parties' consent. Its everyday operation is inside the other sources: it guides the application of rules, it fills gaps in a way that shades into the general principles of law, and in some fields, above all maritime delimitation and shared resources, the applicable rule itself demands an equitable result, so that applying equity is applying the law.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in99

Chapter Fifteen

Resolutions of the General Assembly

Syllabus topic 1.5, "Sources of International Law: Resolutions of the General Assembly"

In one line

A General Assembly resolution is a recommendation and binds nobody, and yet some resolutions have changed the law, because a resolution can be evidence of what States accept as law.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: resolutions of the General Assembly are not a source of international law under article 38 of the Statute of the International Court of Justice, and under articles 10 to 14 of the Charter the Assembly may only make recommendations. A resolution may nevertheless have legal significance in three ways: it may be binding on the internal affairs of the Organization, it may declare or crystallise a rule of customary international law, and it may supply evidence of the opinio juris of the States that voted for it.

The Charter's own scheme

Start with what the Charter actually gives the Assembly, because the answer to the whole topic is in the verbs.

Article 10. The General Assembly may discuss any questions or any matters within the scope of the Charter or relating to the powers and functions of any organ provided for in it, and, except as provided in article 12, may make recommendations to the Members or to the Security Council or to both.

Article 11. It may consider the general principles of co-operation in the maintenance of international peace and security, including disarmament and the regulation of armaments, and may make recommendations on those principles.

Article 12. While the Security Council is exercising its Charter functions in respect of a dispute or situation, the Assembly shall not make any recommendation with regard to it unless the Council so requests.

Article 13. The Assembly shall initiate studies and make recommendations for, among other things, encouraging the progressive development of international law and its codification. That is the provision under which the International Law Commission exists.

Article 14. Subject to article 12, it may recommend measures for the peaceful adjustment of any situation it deems likely to impair the general welfare or friendly relations.

The pattern is unmistakable: discuss, consider, recommend. Nowhere does the Assembly decide anything binding on a Member.

Contrast article 25, which is what a binding power looks like: the Members of the United Nations agree to accept and carry out the decisions of the Security Council in accordance with the present Charter.

The exception: resolutions that do bind

There is one category of Assembly resolution that binds, and it is about the Organization rather than about international law.

On the Organization's internal affairs the Assembly decides. It approves the budget and apportions the expenses among Members under article 17, admits Members on the Council's recommendation, elects the non-permanent members of the Council and, with the Council, the judges of the Court, and adopts its own rules of procedure. These are operational decisions and they are binding.

munotes.in100

Resolutions of the General Assembly

Article 18 governs voting: each Member has one vote, and decisions on important questions require a two-thirds majority of the members present and voting, the list of important questions including recommendations on international peace and security, elections, admission, suspension and expulsion of Members, questions relating to the trusteeship system and budgetary questions.

So the accurate statement is: binding on the Organization, recommendatory to the Members.

How a recommendation can still matter in law

This is the substance of the topic, and there are four routes.

As evidence of custom

Custom needs practice and opinio juris. A resolution can supply evidence of the second and sometimes of the first.

The vote of a State for a resolution is a statement by that State, in a formal setting, of its position on a question of law. When a resolution is adopted unanimously or nearly so, and when its language is normative rather than hortatory, and when States afterwards behave consistently with it, the resolution becomes strong evidence that a customary rule exists.

The test to apply is the one from the North Sea Continental Shelf cases, worked in [Custom]. Ask whether the text is of a norm-creating character, whether participation is widespread and representative including the States specially affected, and whether practice has been extensive and virtually uniform with the belief that law required it. A resolution adopted by acclamation and ignored in practice fails the third limb, however impressive the vote.

As a declaration of existing law

Some resolutions are drafted as statements of what the law already is, and are titled Declarations for that reason.

Resolution 2625 (XXV) of 24 October 1970, the Declaration on Principles of International Law concerning Friendly Relations and Co-operation among States in accordance with the Charter of the United Nations, is the outstanding example. It was adopted without a vote after years of negotiation, and it elaborates seven principles: the prohibition of the threat or use of force; the peaceful settlement of disputes; non-intervention in matters within the domestic jurisdiction of any State; the duty of States to co-operate; the equal rights and self-determination of peoples; the sovereign equality of States; and the duty to fulfil in good faith the obligations assumed in accordance with the Charter. It is universally treated as an authoritative statement of how the Charter's article 2 is to be read.

Resolution 217 A (III) of 1948, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, is the other great example. It was not binding when adopted, and much of it is now accepted as customary.

munotes.in101

Resolutions of the General Assembly

Resolution 1514 (XV) of 1960, the Declaration on the Granting of Independence to Colonial Countries and Peoples, is expressly referred to in article 140 of the Convention on the Law of the Sea, which is a striking measure of how far a resolution can travel.

As a step in a treaty's life

Many conventions begin as resolutions. The Assembly adopts a declaration of principles, a negotiating conference follows, and a treaty results. Resolution 1962 (XVIII) of 1963, the Declaration of Legal Principles Governing the Activities of States in the Exploration and Use of Outer Space, was turned almost word for word into the Outer Space Treaty of 1967, which is [International Space Law].

As soft law

Some resolutions are meant to guide conduct without binding: codes of conduct, sets of principles, standards. They are not law and they are not nothing. States comply with them, invoke them against each other, and build them into national legislation, and over time some of them harden.

The developing-country argument, and why it failed

In the 1960s and 1970s newly independent States, then a large majority in the Assembly, argued that Assembly resolutions adopted by an overwhelming majority should be treated as making law. The argument had a real basis: those States had had no part in making the customary law they inherited, and the Assembly was the one place where each State had one vote.

The high point was the New International Economic Order resolutions of 1974, including the Charter of Economic Rights and Duties of States, which asserted, among other things, a right to nationalise foreign property with compensation determined by the nationalising State's own law.

It failed, and the reason is the second limb of the North Sea test. The developed States, whose interests were specially affected, voted against or abstained, and their practice did not follow. Without extensive and virtually uniform practice including the specially affected States, no custom formed, whatever the size of the majority.

The episode is worth knowing because it shows exactly what a resolution can and cannot do: it can express what a majority of States believe the law should be, and it cannot by itself make that belief into law.

A worked example

The General Assembly adopts, by 150 votes to 3 with 20 abstentions, a Declaration on the Protection of Undersea Cables, stating that every State is under an obligation to prosecute persons who damage a submarine cable. Two years later State T's court refuses to prosecute, and State U complains that international law has been broken.

Is the Declaration binding? No. Under articles 10 and 13 the Assembly may only recommend, and a Declaration is a recommendation whatever it is called.

munotes.in102

Resolutions of the General Assembly

Did State T vote for it? If it did, that is evidence of its own view of the law and may found an argument that it is precluded from denying the rule. If it voted against, that is evidence the other way, and if it has objected consistently since, it may be a persistent objector.

Has the Declaration made custom? Apply the North Sea test. The language, an obligation to prosecute, is norm-creating. A vote of 150 to 3 is widespread and representative, but the question is whether the major cable-laying and cable-owning States are among the 150 or among the 3 and the 20, because they are the specially affected States. And what have States actually done in the two years? If several have legislated and prosecuted, the practice limb is being satisfied; if nothing has happened anywhere, it is not.

What is the honest advice to State U? That the Declaration is powerful evidence and not a rule, that its case depends on practice since 1974-style majorities do not by themselves make law, and that the strongest single piece of material would be State T's own vote and any legislation State T has passed in reliance on it.

Distinctions table

General Assembly resolutionSecurity Council decision under Chapter VII
Charter basisArticles 10 to 14Articles 25, 39 to 42
Legal effect on MembersRecommendationBinding: Members agree to accept and carry out
VotingOne vote each; two-thirds on important questions (article 18)Nine of fifteen including the concurring votes of the permanent members
Legal significance otherwiseEvidence of custom; may declare or crystallise lawCreates obligations directly

What it does NOT mean

"Not binding" does not mean "not important". Resolution 2625 is not binding and is cited by the International Court as the authoritative gloss on article 2 of the Charter.

A large majority does not make law. The New International Economic Order resolutions show it. What matters is whether practice, including that of specially affected States, follows.

A resolution binding on the Organization is not binding on international law. A budget assessment binds a Member to pay; it creates no rule for anybody.

Not everything the Assembly adopts is a Declaration. Most resolutions are routine, and the ones that matter for this topic are the small number drafted in normative language and adopted with overwhelming support.

Limits and criticism

The category is unstable. There is no accepted test for when a resolution has crossed from recommendation into custom, so the same resolution can be described as declaratory by one State and aspirational by another, and both can point to respectable authority.

Voting is cheap. A State can vote for a resolution costlessly and behave otherwise, which is why practice, not votes, has to carry the weight. That is also why the second and third limbs of the North Sea test do the real work.

munotes.in103

Resolutions of the General Assembly

Article 38 has never been amended to accommodate any of this. A student is therefore asked to fit into a 1920 list a phenomenon that did not exist when the list was drafted, and the fit is imperfect by construction.

Quick revision

Articles 10 to 14 of the Charter: the Assembly may discuss, consider and recommend. Article 13 is the codification provision, under which the International Law Commission exists. Article 12 bars recommendations while the Council is seised, unless the Council requests.

Contrast article 25: Members agree to accept and carry out the decisions of the Security Council.

Binding on the Organization, recommendatory to Members. Article 17, budget and apportionment of expenses. Article 18: one vote each; two-thirds of members present and voting on important questions.

Four ways a resolution matters: evidence of custom, especially of opinio juris; a declaration of existing law; a step towards a treaty; and soft law.

Resolution 2625 (XXV), 24 October 1970, Friendly Relations Declaration, adopted without a vote: seven principles, including the prohibition of force, peaceful settlement, non-intervention, co-operation, self-determination, sovereign equality, and good faith.

The New International Economic Order resolutions failed to make law because the specially affected States voted against and their practice did not follow: the second and third limbs of the North Sea test.

Test yourself

1. Are resolutions of the General Assembly binding? Give the Charter basis.

Not on Members. Articles 10, 11, 13 and 14 empower the Assembly to discuss, consider and make recommendations, and article 12 restricts even that while the Security Council is seised of a dispute. The contrast is article 25, by which Members agree to accept and carry out decisions of the Security Council. Resolutions on the Organization's own internal affairs do bind: the budget and the apportionment of expenses under article 17, admissions, elections and rules of procedure.

2. How can a non-binding resolution acquire legal effect?

Four ways. It can be evidence of custom, particularly of opinio juris, since a State's vote is a formal statement of its view of the law. It can be a declaration of law that already exists, as Resolution 2625 is of the principles in article 2 of the Charter. It can be a step towards a treaty, as Resolution 1962 (XVIII) of 1963 was towards the Outer Space Treaty. And it can operate as soft law, guiding conduct and hardening over time.

3. What test decides whether a resolution has produced a customary rule?

The test from the North Sea Continental Shelf cases, applied to the resolution's text and its aftermath. The provision must be of a norm-creating character rather than hortatory. Support must be widespread and representative, including the States whose interests are specially affected. And State practice must have been extensive and virtually uniform in the sense of the rule, accompanied by a general recognition that a rule of law was involved. A resolution adopted by acclamation and ignored in practice satisfies the first two limbs and fails the third.

munotes.in104

Resolutions of the General Assembly

4. Why did the New International Economic Order resolutions fail to make law, despite overwhelming majorities?

Because a majority in the Assembly is not the test. The developed States, whose interests were specially affected by rules on nationalisation and compensation, voted against or abstained, and their subsequent practice did not conform. Without extensive and virtually uniform practice including the specially affected States, no customary rule formed. The episode is the clearest demonstration that resolutions express what States think the law should be and cannot by themselves make it so.

5. State the seven principles of Resolution 2625 (XXV).

The prohibition of the threat or use of force against the territorial integrity or political independence of any State; the settlement of international disputes by peaceful means; the duty not to intervene in matters within the domestic jurisdiction of any State; the duty of States to co-operate with one another; the principle of equal rights and self-determination of peoples; the sovereign equality of States; and the duty to fulfil in good faith the obligations assumed in accordance with the Charter.

6. Distinguish the legal effect of a General Assembly resolution from that of a Security Council resolution.

An Assembly resolution is a recommendation to Members under articles 10 to 14, and binds only in the Organization's internal affairs such as the budget under article 17. A Security Council resolution taken under Chapter VII is binding: article 25 provides that Members agree to accept and carry out the decisions of the Council in accordance with the Charter, and article 48 requires the action required to carry out those decisions to be taken by the Members. The difference is one of legal quality and not of importance: Resolution 2625 binds nobody and is treated as an authoritative statement of the Charter's principles.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in105

Chapter Sixteen

International Law and Municipal Law

Syllabus topic 1.6, "Relationship between International Law and Municipal Law, Monistic Theory, Dualistic Theory)"

In one line

Monism says international law and national law are one system; dualism says they are two; and the practical question behind the theory is whether a judge in Delhi can apply a treaty that Parliament has never enacted.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the relationship between international law and municipal law is explained by two rival theories. Monism holds that the two form a single legal order, so that a rule of international law is automatically part of national law and prevails in case of conflict. Dualism holds that they are separate systems with different sources, different subjects and different subject matter, so that international law becomes applicable within a State only when that State transforms it into national law. Most States in practice adopt a mixed position, applying custom automatically and requiring legislation for treaties.

The four questions behind the theory

Strip away the labels and the topic is four practical questions. An answer that organises itself around these is much stronger than one that recites theories.

Is a rule of international law automatically part of national law?

If it is, does it prevail over a conflicting statute?

Can a private individual rely on it in a national court?

And, looking the other way, can a State plead its own national law as an excuse for breaking an international obligation?

The last question has a settled answer that no theory disturbs, and it is worth getting out of the way first.

The one settled rule: national law is no excuse

Article 27 of the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties: a party may not invoke the provisions of its internal law as justification for its failure to perform a treaty. The provision adds that the rule is without prejudice to article 46.

Article 46 is the narrow exception, and it looks the other way: a State may not invoke the fact that its consent to a treaty was expressed in violation of a provision of its internal law regarding competence to conclude treaties as invalidating its consent, unless the violation was manifest and concerned a rule of its internal law of fundamental importance; and a violation is manifest if it would be objectively evident to any State conducting itself in the matter in accordance with normal practice and in good faith.

So the position on the international plane is clear whichever theory you prefer. A State that breaks a treaty because its own constitution or statute required it is in breach, and the excuse fails. What monism and dualism argue about is not that; it is what happens inside the State.

Monism

What it says

International law and municipal law are parts of one legal order. They regulate the same subject matter, ultimately the conduct of individuals, and they derive from a single source of validity.

munotes.in106

International Law and Municipal Law

It follows that a rule of international law is part of national law without any act of transformation, that national courts should apply it, and that in case of conflict international law prevails, because on this view it is the higher of the two.

Its two versions

Kelsen's version is the strict one. Every norm derives its validity from a higher norm, and the chain ends in a Grundnorm. Kelsen located the basic norm in international law, so municipal legal orders derive their validity from it. That is the position described in [Theories of the Basis of International Law].

The natural-law version holds that both systems derive from the same higher law, so neither can contradict the other.

What is right about it

It reflects how the international plane actually works. Article 27 means that from the outside a State's internal law is simply a fact and never a justification.

It also reflects how many States actually behave with custom: a great many legal systems, including the English and the Indian, apply customary international law without any legislation, which is a monist practice whatever the theory says.

What is wrong with it

No State applies it fully. Every legal system reserves the power of its legislature to override, and a monism that lets an unincorporated treaty defeat a statute would put the treaty-making executive above the legislature. That is a constitutional objection, not a technical one.

The two systems have different subjects. International law binds States primarily; municipal law binds individuals. Treating them as one order requires the claim that international law ultimately regulates individuals too, which is arguable but not obvious.

It cannot explain the transformation practice. If international law were automatically part of national law, the elaborate machinery States maintain for incorporating treaties would be pointless.

Dualism

What it says

The two are separate legal systems, and the classic statement of the differences comes from Triepel and Anzilotti.

Different sources. International law comes from the common will of States; municipal law comes from the will of a single State.

Different subjects. International law regulates States; municipal law regulates individuals.

Different subject matter. International law governs relations between States; municipal law governs relations within a State.

It follows that a rule of international law can have no effect inside a State until that State makes it part of its own law, by legislation or otherwise. That process is transformation.

What is right about it

It matches most States' actual constitutional practice for treaties. In India, in the United Kingdom, in Canada, in Australia, a treaty concluded by the executive does not by itself change the law that courts apply.

munotes.in107

International Law and Municipal Law

It also protects the legislature. Since the treaty-making power is executive almost everywhere, unmediated monism would let the executive legislate by treaty.

What is wrong with it

It is too tidy about subjects. Individuals now have rights and duties directly under international law, as [Subjects of International Law] shows, so the clean division between systems by whom they bind is no longer accurate.

It does not describe how custom is treated. Most dualist States apply customary international law without transformation.

It can produce embarrassment. A State can be in clear breach on the international plane while its own courts are obliged to apply the statute that produced the breach.

The doctrines that do the work

The theories are labels; these three doctrines are what a court actually applies.

The doctrine of incorporation, sometimes called adoption. Rules of international law are part of the law of the land automatically, unless they conflict with an Act of Parliament or with settled judicial decision. This is the general position for custom in India and in England.

The doctrine of transformation. Rules of international law are not part of the law of the land unless they have been made so by legislation, judicial decision or long established usage. This is the general position for treaties in India and in England.

Consistent interpretation, sometimes called the presumption of conformity. Where a statute is capable of two readings, a court prefers the reading that conforms to the State's international obligations, because the legislature is presumed not to intend a breach. This is the most practically useful of the three, because it operates even where a treaty has not been incorporated, and its Indian statement is in [International Law in Indian Courts].

Comparative practice, briefly

The United Kingdom. Custom is incorporated; treaties require legislation; a statute prevails over both.

The United States. Article VI of the Constitution makes treaties made under the authority of the United States part of the supreme law of the land, which looks strongly monist. The effect is cut down by the distinction between self-executing and non-self-executing treaties, the latter needing implementing legislation, and by the rule that a later statute prevails over an earlier treaty as a matter of domestic law.

The Netherlands and several civil-law States. Constitutions provide expressly that treaties, once published, have effect and may prevail even over the constitution in defined cases. This is the closest practice comes to genuine monism.

India is dealt with in the next chapter.

A worked example

State D, a dualist State, ratifies a convention requiring it to make torture a criminal offence. Parliament passes no legislation. Two years later an official of State D tortures a detainee. The detainee sues in State D's courts, relying on the convention.

munotes.in108

International Law and Municipal Law

On the international plane. State D is in breach. Article 26 requires performance in good faith and article 27 prevents it pleading the absence of legislation as an excuse. Another State party may invoke its responsibility.

In State D's courts. The convention is not part of the law of the land, so the court cannot convict on it or award damages under it. That is dualism doing what it does.

Is that the end? No, and this is where a good answer separates itself. If any existing statute or constitutional guarantee is capable of a reading that conforms to the convention, the court should prefer that reading. If State D's constitution guarantees life and personal liberty, the convention can inform its content without being incorporated. And if the prohibition of torture is a rule of customary international law, then in a State that incorporates custom the court may apply it directly, since the barrier is to unincorporated treaties and not to custom.

Change the facts: State D's own statute expressly authorises the conduct. Now consistent interpretation is unavailable, because the statute is not capable of two readings. The court must apply the statute, and State D remains in breach internationally. That is the embarrassment dualism produces, and the remedy is political rather than judicial.

Distinctions table

MonismDualism
The two systems areOne legal orderTwo separate systems
SourcesA single chain of validityCommon will of States, against the will of one State
SubjectsUltimately individuals in bothStates, against individuals
Is international law part of national lawAutomaticallyOnly after transformation
On conflictInternational law prevailsThe national statute prevails in national courts
Chief namesKelsenTriepel, Anzilotti
Matches practice forCustomTreaties

What it does NOT mean

No State is purely monist or purely dualist. Almost every system incorporates custom and transforms treaties, which is a mixture. Describing India or England as "dualist" without that qualification is a half-truth.

Dualism does not mean international law is ignored. It means it operates on a different plane, and it reaches national law through incorporation, through legislation, and above all through consistent interpretation.

A treaty that has not been incorporated is not useless in a national court. It can be used to construe a statute, to inform a constitutional guarantee, and to resolve ambiguity.

Monism does not mean a treaty always beats a statute. Even in strongly monist systems the effect depends on constitutional provisions about self-executing treaties and about which prevails on conflict.

Limits and criticism

The debate is largely about description, not decision. Courts do not decide cases by choosing a theory; they apply their own constitution's rules about treaties and custom, and the theories are labels attached afterwards.

munotes.in109

International Law and Municipal Law

The labels obscure the interesting question. What matters is not whether a system is monist but which rules of international law are directly applicable, at whose instance, and with what rank. Those questions have different answers for custom, for treaties, for peremptory norms and for decisions of international organisations, and no single label captures the pattern.

The gap the debate leaves is real. In dualist practice a State can be in breach internationally while its courts are compelled to apply the offending statute, and neither theory solves that; only legislation does.

Quick revision

Monism: one legal order; international law is automatically part of national law and prevails on conflict. Kelsen, with the Grundnorm in international law.

Dualism: two systems, differing in sources, subjects and subject matter; international law applies internally only after transformation. Triepel and Anzilotti.

Article 27 VCLT: a party may not invoke its internal law as justification for failure to perform a treaty. Article 46: consent given in violation of internal law on competence may be invoked only if the violation was manifest and concerned a rule of fundamental importance.

Three working doctrines: incorporation (custom, automatically), transformation (treaties, by legislation), and consistent interpretation, which operates even on an unincorporated treaty.

Practice: the United Kingdom incorporates custom and transforms treaties; the United States makes treaties supreme law but distinguishes self-executing from non-self-executing; several civil-law constitutions give treaties direct effect.

No State is purely one or the other.

Test yourself

1. State the monist and dualist positions and name their chief exponents.

Monism holds that international law and municipal law form a single legal order, so that a rule of international law is part of national law without transformation and prevails in case of conflict; Kelsen is its chief exponent, locating the Grundnorm of the whole legal order in international law. Dualism holds that they are separate systems differing in their sources, their subjects and their subject matter, so that international law operates within a State only when transformed into national law; Triepel and Anzilotti are its chief exponents.

2. Can a State plead its own constitution as a defence to a breach of treaty?

No. Article 27 of the Vienna Convention provides that a party may not invoke the provisions of its internal law as justification for its failure to perform a treaty. The only qualification is article 46, which looks the other way: a State may not invoke a violation of its internal law on competence to conclude treaties as invalidating its consent unless the violation was manifest and concerned a rule of internal law of fundamental importance, a violation being manifest if it would be objectively evident to any State conducting itself in accordance with normal practice and in good faith.

munotes.in110

International Law and Municipal Law

3. Distinguish incorporation from transformation.

Under incorporation, rules of international law become part of the law of the land automatically and are applied by national courts unless they conflict with a statute or settled judicial decision. Under transformation, they are not part of the law of the land unless made so by legislation, judicial decision or long established usage. Most systems, including the Indian and the English, incorporate custom and transform treaties, so the two doctrines operate side by side within one legal system on different classes of rule.

4. A treaty has been ratified but not implemented by legislation. What use is it in a national court of a dualist State?

It cannot be the direct source of a right or an offence, because it is not part of the law of the land. It remains useful in three ways. It can be used to construe an ambiguous statute, on the presumption that the legislature does not intend to legislate contrary to the State's international obligations. It can inform the content of a constitutional guarantee expressed in general terms. And where its content is also a rule of customary international law, the court may apply that rule directly if the system incorporates custom, because the barrier is to unincorporated treaties and not to custom.

5. "Neither monism nor dualism describes any real legal system." Discuss.

The statement is close to true. Almost every system applies customary international law without legislation, which is monist, and requires legislation before a treaty changes the law courts apply, which is dualist. The United States is often called monist because article VI makes treaties the supreme law of the land, yet it distinguishes self-executing from non-self-executing treaties and lets a later statute prevail domestically over an earlier treaty. The theories are best treated as descriptions of two tendencies, and the useful questions are which rules are directly applicable, at whose instance, and with what rank, which have different answers for custom, treaties and peremptory norms.

6. What is the presumption of conformity, and why is it the most useful of the three doctrines?

It is the rule of construction that where a statute is capable of more than one meaning, a court prefers the meaning that conforms to the State's international obligations, because the legislature is presumed not to intend a breach. It is the most useful because it operates without incorporation and without legislation, so it reaches unincorporated treaties, and because it applies in the great majority of cases, where the question is what a statute means rather than whether it is valid. Its limit is that it cannot be used where the statute admits of only one reading, and in that case the court must apply the statute and the State remains in breach.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in111

Chapter Seventeen

International Law in Indian Courts

Syllabus topic 1.6. MU's printed COURSE OBJECTIVES also state that the course "will also delve into India's position with respect to International Law".

In one line

The executive makes India's treaties, Parliament makes them enforceable, and an Indian court applies customary international law by itself but applies a treaty only when Parliament has enacted it or a statute can be read to fit it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: India follows a modified dualist position. Article 51 of the Constitution directs the State to foster respect for international law and treaty obligations. The treaty-making power is executive, under article 73 read with entries 13 and 14 of List I of the Seventh Schedule, and requires no parliamentary approval. Article 253 empowers Parliament to make any law for implementing any treaty, notwithstanding the ordinary distribution of legislative powers. Customary international law is applied by Indian courts without legislation, on the doctrine of incorporation, provided it does not conflict with an Act of Parliament, and courts interpret national law so as to avoid confrontation with international law.

Article 51: the direction

Article 51 is a Directive Principle in Part IV, headed Promotion of international peace and security. It provides that the State shall endeavour to:

(a) promote international peace and security;

(b) maintain just and honourable relations between nations;

(c) foster respect for international law and treaty obligations in the dealings of organised peoples with one another; and

(d) encourage settlement of international disputes by arbitration.

Three points about it.

It is not enforceable by itself. Article 37 makes the Directive Principles not enforceable by any court, while declaring them fundamental in the governance of the country and a duty of the State to apply in making laws.

It is nevertheless used. A directive that is not enforceable is still a direction, and courts have used article 51 to justify reading statutes and constitutional guarantees consistently with India's international obligations. That is why article 51 matters more than its unenforceability suggests.

It is unusual. Very few constitutions of its date contain an express direction to foster respect for international law, and the presence of clause (d) on arbitration is more unusual still.

Who makes treaties: the executive

Article 73 provides that the executive power of the Union extends to the matters with respect to which Parliament has power to make laws.

The Seventh Schedule, List I, gives Parliament those powers, and the relevant entries are grouped together:

Entry 10, foreign affairs and all matters which bring the Union into relation with any foreign country. Entry 11, diplomatic, consular and trade representation. Entry 12, United Nations Organisation. Entry 13, participation in international conferences, associations and other bodies and implementing of decisions made thereat. Entry 14, entering into treaties and agreements with foreign countries and implementing of treaties, agreements and conventions with foreign countries.

munotes.in112

International Law in Indian Courts

Putting article 73 and entry 14 together: the Union executive may conclude a treaty without Parliament. No ratification by either House is constitutionally required, and there is no Indian equivalent of the United States Senate's advice and consent.

That is a large power, and the check on it is the next section: concluding a treaty and making it enforceable are two different things.

Who makes treaties enforceable: Parliament

Article 253 provides that notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of Chapter I of Part XI, Parliament has power to make any law for the whole or any part of the territory of India for implementing any treaty, agreement or convention with any other country or countries or any decision made at any international conference, association or other body.

Two consequences, and the second is the one that surprises students.

Implementation is a matter for Parliament, not for the executive that made the treaty. So a treaty that requires a change in Indian law, that creates an offence, or that affects private rights needs an Act.

Article 253 overrides the federal division. The words "notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Chapter" mean Parliament may legislate to implement a treaty even on a subject in the State List. That is a significant expansion of Union power, and it is the constitutional route by which a wide range of international obligations, on the environment, on human rights, on trade, have entered Indian law.

Familiar examples of implementing legislation include the Territorial Waters, Continental Shelf, Exclusive Economic Zone and Other Maritime Zones Act 1976 for the law of the sea, dealt with in [The Law of the Sea], and the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 for the UNCITRAL Model Law and the New York Convention, dealt with in [UNCITRAL and International Commercial Arbitration] and [Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards].

What an Indian court actually does

With custom: incorporation

Customary international law is applied by Indian courts without any legislation, provided it does not conflict with an Act of Parliament. The authority is the case below, and this is the doctrine of incorporation described in [International Law and Municipal Law].

With treaties: transformation

A treaty that India has ratified but Parliament has not implemented does not by itself alter the law that an Indian court applies. It cannot create an offence, and it cannot by itself create or take away a private right.

With ambiguity: consistent interpretation

Where a statute or a constitutional guarantee is capable of more than one reading, an Indian court prefers the reading that conforms to India's international obligations. This is the rule that does most of the work in practice, and it is stated in the case below as a rule of construction: courts must interpret national law in a way that avoids confrontation with international law.

munotes.in113

International Law in Indian Courts

The leading case

Facts. Gramophone Company of India Ltd v. Birendra Bahadur Pandey, AIR 1984 SC 667, also reported at (1984) 2 SCC 534 and 1984 SCR (2) 664, decided on 21 February 1984 by Chinnappa Reddy, Venkataramiah and Misra JJ. A consignment of pre-recorded cassettes was shipped from Singapore to Kathmandu in Nepal and arrived at Calcutta in transit. The Gramophone Company, alleging that the cassettes were pirated copies infringing its copyright, invoked section 53 of the Copyright Act 1957. The question was whether goods merely passing through India in transit to a land-locked State were imported within sections 51 and 53 of the Act. That turned on whether Nepal's right of innocent passage of goods across Indian territory, recognised in international law and in treaty, cut down the ordinary meaning of the word.

Held. Allowing the appeal, the Court held the goods were imported for the purposes of the Act. On the general question it stated the Indian position. There are two schools of thought: under the doctrine of incorporation, rules of international law are incorporated into the law of the land automatically and are considered part of it unless in conflict with an Act of Parliament; under the doctrine of transformation they are not part of the law of the land unless already made so by an Act of Parliament, a judicial decision or long established usage. The Court held that nations must march with the international community and that municipal law must respect rules of international law even as nations respect international opinion. The comity of nations requires that rules of international law be accommodated in municipal law even without express legislative sanction, provided they do not run into conflict with Acts of Parliament. But where they do run into such conflict, the sovereignty and integrity of the Republic and the supremacy of the constituted legislatures in making the laws are not to be subjected to external rules. The Court added the rule of construction that courts must interpret national law, wherever possible, so as to avoid confrontation with international law.

Why it matters. It is the statement an Indian answer to MU's topic 1.6 has to contain, and it contains three propositions, not one: custom is accommodated without legislation; an Act of Parliament prevails where they conflict; and national law is to be construed, so far as it will bear it, to avoid confrontation.

A worked example

India ratifies the Convention on the Protection of Coastal Wetlands, which requires each party to prohibit construction within five hundred metres of a designated wetland. Parliament passes no Act. A developer begins building at four hundred metres from a designated wetland, with a permit issued under a State law. A citizens' group sues.

munotes.in114

International Law in Indian Courts

Can the group rely on the Convention directly? No. India follows transformation for treaties, so an unimplemented convention does not by itself create an enforceable prohibition, and a court cannot make lawful conduct unlawful by reference to it.

Is the Convention therefore irrelevant? No, and this is the substance of the answer. If the State law or the permitting rules are capable of more than one reading, the court should prefer the reading that conforms to the Convention, on the Gramophone rule of construction. If a constitutional guarantee is engaged, the Convention can inform its content without being incorporated.

Could Parliament legislate even though land and local government are State subjects? Yes. That is precisely what article 253 is for: Parliament may make any law for implementing a treaty notwithstanding the distribution of legislative powers.

Suppose instead the obligation were a rule of customary international law. Then the court could apply it directly on the doctrine of incorporation, subject to the limit Gramophone states: it must not conflict with an Act of Parliament.

Suppose an Act of Parliament expressly permits construction at four hundred metres. Then neither route is open. The Act prevails in an Indian court, and India is in breach on the international plane, where article 27 of the Vienna Convention prevents it pleading its own legislation as an excuse. The remedy is legislative, not judicial.

Distinctions table

CustomTreaty
Applied by an Indian court without legislationYes, on incorporationNo
BasisGramophone; comity of nationsArticle 253 legislation
LimitMust not conflict with an Act of ParliamentCannot create an offence or affect rights unaided
Use where not directly applicableNot neededConstruction of an ambiguous statute; content of a constitutional guarantee

What it does NOT mean

Article 51 is not enforceable. It is a Directive Principle, and article 37 makes the principles unenforceable by any court while declaring them fundamental in the governance of the country.

Treaty-making does not require Parliament. It requires the Union executive, under article 73 with entry 14. Implementation requires Parliament, under article 253. Confusing the two is the commonest error in this topic.

Article 253 does not make treaties part of Indian law. It gives Parliament a power. Until the power is exercised, nothing has changed in Indian law.

"Dualist" overstates it. India transforms treaties and incorporates custom, and its courts construe statutes to conform. The accurate description is a modified dualism, not a pure one.

Limits and criticism

Parliament has no formal role in treaty-making. The executive can bind India internationally on any subject, including subjects in the State List, and Parliament's involvement comes only at the implementation stage, if at all. Proposals for a statutory requirement of parliamentary scrutiny have been made repeatedly and none has been enacted.

munotes.in115

International Law in Indian Courts

Article 253 unsettles the federal balance. A treaty concluded by the Union executive can open the door to Union legislation on a State subject, and the States have no constitutional voice in whether the treaty is concluded.

The gap between ratification and implementation is real. India ratifies conventions that are not implemented for years or at all, and in that period the obligation binds India internationally while being unenforceable in its own courts.

The presumption of conformity has a hard limit. It works only where the statute will bear the conforming reading. Where the words admit of one meaning only, the court must apply them, India remains in breach, and the position cannot be cured by construction.

Quick revision

Article 51: the State shall endeavour to promote international peace and security, maintain just and honourable relations between nations, foster respect for international law and treaty obligations, and encourage settlement of disputes by arbitration. A Directive Principle, unenforceable under article 37, and used all the same.

Treaty-making is executive: article 73 plus List I entries 10 to 14, entry 14 being entering into and implementing treaties. No parliamentary approval is needed.

Implementation is parliamentary: article 253, which lets Parliament legislate to implement a treaty notwithstanding the distribution of legislative powers, so even on a State subject.

Custom is applied by incorporation, treaties by transformation, and ambiguity is resolved by consistent interpretation.

Gramophone Company of India Ltd v. Birendra Bahadur Pandey, AIR 1984 SC 667, (1984) 2 SCC 534, 21 February 1984: the comity of nations requires rules of international law to be accommodated in municipal law even without express legislative sanction, provided they do not conflict with Acts of Parliament; where they conflict, the supremacy of the legislature prevails; and courts must interpret national law so as to avoid confrontation with international law.

Test yourself

1. Who can make a treaty on behalf of India, and does Parliament have to approve it?

The Union executive, under article 73 of the Constitution read with entry 14 of List I of the Seventh Schedule, which covers entering into treaties and agreements with foreign countries. Parliament has no constitutional role in the making of a treaty and its approval is not required. Parliament's power under article 253 is to legislate for implementing a treaty, which is a different stage and may never be reached.

2. Explain article 253 and its effect on the federal structure.

munotes.in116

International Law in Indian Courts

Article 253 provides that notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of that Chapter, Parliament has power to make any law for the whole or any part of India for implementing any treaty, agreement or convention with any other country, or any decision made at an international conference, association or other body. Its effect is that Parliament may legislate even on a subject in the State List where it is implementing a treaty. Since the treaty is concluded by the Union executive without the States' concurrence, the provision allows the Union to acquire legislative competence over State subjects by the act of making a treaty, which is a significant qualification of the federal division.

3. State the three propositions in Gramophone.

First, that the comity of nations requires rules of international law to be accommodated in municipal law even without express legislative sanction, provided they do not run into conflict with Acts of Parliament, which is the doctrine of incorporation applied to custom. Second, that where they do conflict, the sovereignty and integrity of the Republic and the supremacy of the constituted legislatures in making the laws are not subject to external rules, so the Act prevails. Third, that courts must interpret national law, wherever possible, so as to avoid confrontation with international law.

4. Is article 51 of any use if it cannot be enforced?

Yes. Article 37 makes the Directive Principles unenforceable by any court while declaring them fundamental in the governance of the country and a duty of the State to apply in making laws. Article 51 is accordingly used as an interpretive direction: it supports reading statutes and constitutional guarantees, where they are capable of it, so as to conform to India's international obligations, and it is the constitutional foundation of the rule of construction stated in Gramophone.

5. India ratifies a convention creating a new criminal offence. No Act is passed. Can a person be prosecuted under the convention in India?

No. India follows transformation for treaties, so an unimplemented convention is not part of the law of the land and cannot create an offence. Article 20(1) of the Constitution independently forbids conviction except for the violation of a law in force at the time of the act. Prosecution requires an Act of Parliament, which article 253 empowers Parliament to pass. Until then India is in breach of the convention on the international plane, and article 27 of the Vienna Convention prevents it pleading the absence of legislation as a justification.

6. Would you describe India as monist or dualist? Justify your answer.

Neither label fits without qualification, and the accurate description is a modified dualism. India transforms treaties: an unimplemented convention does not change the law that Indian courts apply, and article 253 exists precisely because implementation needs an Act. India incorporates custom: on the authority of Gramophone, rules of international law are accommodated in municipal law without express legislative sanction so long as they do not conflict with an Act of Parliament. And Indian courts apply the presumption of conformity, construing national law to avoid confrontation with international law. That mixture, dualist for treaties and monist for custom with an interpretive bridge between them, is the practice of most common law systems.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in117

Chapter Eighteen

Recognition of States

Syllabus topic 1.7, "Recognition of States and Government"

In one line

Recognition of a State is the acknowledgement by an existing State that a new entity is a State, and the argument is about whether that acknowledgement creates the State or merely acknowledges it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: recognition of a State is the formal acknowledgement by an existing State that an entity possesses the attributes of statehood and is accepted as a member of the international community. The criteria of statehood are commonly taken from article 1 of the Montevideo Convention 1933: a permanent population, a defined territory, a government, and the capacity to enter into relations with other States. Whether recognition is a condition of statehood is disputed between the constitutive and the declaratory theories.

What a State is: the criteria

Article 1 of the Montevideo Convention on the Rights and Duties of States 1933 provides that the State as a person of international law should possess the following qualifications: (a) a permanent population; (b) a defined territory; (c) government; and (d) capacity to enter into relations with the other States.

The Convention was concluded between American States, so it binds a limited group. It is universally cited because it states what everybody accepts, which is the ordinary way a regional treaty becomes a general definition.

Take the four in turn, because each has a qualification an examiner looks for.

A permanent population. No minimum number. Nauru, San Marino and Tuvalu are States with populations smaller than an Indian town. What is required is a settled community, not nomads passing through.

A defined territory. Not a settled boundary. This surprises students and it is important: a State can exist with disputed frontiers, as many do, provided there is a core of territory it controls. Israel was admitted to the United Nations with every one of its borders in dispute.

A government. Effective control over the territory and population, with the capacity to maintain order and to carry out international obligations. This is the criterion that fails most often, and a State that collapses into anarchy does not thereby cease to be a State, because the presumption of continuity is strong once statehood exists.

Capacity to enter into relations with other States. Sometimes called independence, and it is the most important of the four. The entity must not take its orders from another State. A component unit of a federation fails here: Maharashtra has a population, a territory and a government, and it has no capacity to conduct foreign relations in its own right.

A fifth criterion is sometimes added, that the entity must have come into being lawfully. An entity created by the unlawful use of force, or in violation of the right of self-determination, will not be recognised, and Resolution 2625 states the duty not to recognise as legal any acquisition of territory resulting from the threat or use of force.

munotes.in118

Recognition of States

The two theories

This is the heart of MU's topic and an essay question in its own right.

The constitutive theory

Recognition creates the State. An entity becomes a subject of international law, with rights and duties, only when existing States recognise it. Until then it is a fact and not a person in law.

The argument for it. International law rests on consent, and a new State cannot acquire rights against existing States without their acceptance. There is also a practical point: somebody has to decide, and there is no international authority that certifies statehood, so the decision falls to States individually.

The objections, and they are strong.

It produces relativity. If recognition constitutes, an entity is a State as against those that have recognised it and not as against those that have not. Israel would be a State in Delhi and not a State in some other capital, which is an unworkable account of legal personality.

It leaves the unrecognised entity outside the law. If an entity is not a State until recognised, it owes no obligations. It could not commit aggression, because aggression is a wrong of States. Nobody accepts that conclusion.

Recognition is a political act. States recognise for reasons of policy. Making legal existence turn on political choice puts the law at the disposal of politics.

How many recognitions? The theory gives no answer. One? A majority? Which States count?

The declaratory theory

Recognition acknowledges an existing fact. An entity that satisfies the criteria is a State, and recognition merely declares what is already the case and opens diplomatic relations.

The argument for it. It matches the Convention itself: article 3 of Montevideo provides that the political existence of the State is independent of recognition by the other States. It avoids relativity. And it fits practice: unrecognised entities are treated as bound by international law, and States that do not recognise one another still complain of each other's breaches in legal terms.

The objections. It understates what recognition actually does. An unrecognised State cannot make treaties with the States that refuse it, cannot maintain embassies with them, and its officials and property get no immunity in their courts. Saying its statehood is unaffected is true and thin.

The position to write

The declaratory theory is the better view and is the one modern practice supports, with two concessions that a good answer makes.

Recognition is strong evidence. Where the facts are doubtful, and they often are, widespread recognition is the best available proof that the criteria are satisfied, and refusal by most States is the best available proof that they are not.

munotes.in119

Recognition of States

Recognition has large practical consequences, set out in [Modes and Legal Effects of Recognition], even if it has no constitutive legal effect.

Membership of the United Nations is a different question

Students routinely confuse admission with recognition, and the distinction is easy marks.

Article 4 provides that membership is open to all peace-loving States which accept the obligations of the Charter and, in the judgment of the Organization, are able and willing to carry them out, and that admission is effected by a decision of the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the Security Council.

Three consequences.

Admission is not collective recognition. A Member does not thereby recognise every other Member, and States that do not recognise each other sit in the same Assembly.

The Security Council's recommendation means the veto applies. Admission is therefore a political process, and entities have been kept out for many years by a single negative vote.

A State that is not a Member is still a State. Switzerland was a State for centuries and joined only in 2002.

The duty of non-recognition

A State is generally free to recognise or not. There is one important qualification.

Where a situation has been created by a serious breach of a peremptory norm, in particular by the unlawful use of force or in violation of the right of self-determination, States are under a duty not to recognise it as lawful. Resolution 2625 states that the territory of a State shall not be the object of acquisition by another State resulting from the threat or use of force, and that no territorial acquisition resulting from the threat or use of force shall be recognised as legal, and the International Law Commission's Articles on State Responsibility carry the same obligation for serious breaches of peremptory norms, dealt with in [Circumstances Precluding Wrongfulness, and Reparation].

The classical formulation is the Stimson doctrine of 1932, by which the United States declined to recognise the situation created by Japan's occupation of Manchuria.

Recognition of belligerency and insurgency

Two lesser forms belong here because examiners ask about them alongside recognition of States.

Recognition of insurgency acknowledges that a revolt has grown beyond ordinary criminality and that the insurgents are to be treated as having a legal status for limited purposes. It does not confer belligerent rights.

Recognition of belligerency is more far-reaching and traditionally requires four conditions: a general armed conflict within the State, occupation and a measure of orderly administration of a substantial part of the territory by the insurgents, observance of the laws of war by forces under a responsible command, and a practical necessity for outside States to define their attitude. Its effect is that the law of armed conflict applies between the parties, the recognising State assumes the duties of neutrality, and the parent State ceases to be responsible for acts in the area the insurgents control.

munotes.in120

Recognition of States

A worked example

The province of Zenda declares independence from State Y. It has four million inhabitants, controls the whole province, has a functioning administration and police, and asks for recognition. State Y calls the declaration a rebellion. Twenty States recognise Zenda; ninety do not. Zenda applies to join the United Nations and State Y's ally on the Security Council votes against.

Is Zenda a State? Apply Montevideo. A permanent population: yes, four million. A defined territory: yes, the province, and the fact that State Y disputes the boundary does not matter, since a defined territory does not require settled frontiers. A government: yes, on the facts. Capacity to enter into relations: yes, if it is genuinely independent of State Y and is not being run from outside.

Does it matter that only twenty States have recognised it? On the declaratory theory, no: statehood follows the facts. On the constitutive theory, Zenda would be a State only as against those twenty, which is the relativity objection.

Does the pattern of recognition matter at all? Yes, as evidence. If ninety States withhold recognition because they doubt Zenda's independence, that is powerful evidence on the fourth criterion.

Does the failure to join the United Nations decide it? No. Admission is a separate question under article 4, requiring a recommendation of the Security Council and therefore exposed to the veto, and non-membership does not deprive an entity of statehood.

Change one fact: suppose Zenda was created by the army of a neighbouring State, which invaded and installed the administration. Now the fourth criterion fails, because Zenda is not independent, and the duty of non-recognition applies, since the situation results from the unlawful use of force. States are obliged not to recognise it as lawful, whatever its apparent effectiveness.

Distinctions table

Constitutive theoryDeclaratory theory
Effect of recognitionCreates statehoodAcknowledges it
An unrecognised entityIs not a State, and has no rights or dutiesIs a State, with rights and duties
RelativityYes: a State as against some, not othersNo
Fits MontevideoNoYes: political existence is independent of recognition
Main weaknessPuts legal existence at the disposal of politicsUnderstates the practical consequences of recognition

What it does NOT mean

Recognition is not admission to the United Nations. Article 4 admission requires a Security Council recommendation and an Assembly decision; it is not collective recognition and it does not create statehood.

munotes.in121

Recognition of States

A defined territory does not mean settled boundaries. A State can exist with every frontier disputed.

Non-recognition does not mean the entity is outside the law. It remains bound by international law, and the duty of non-recognition of an unlawful situation is itself a legal duty.

Recognition is not the same as diplomatic relations. States can recognise one another and not exchange ambassadors, and breaking off diplomatic relations does not withdraw recognition.

Limits and criticism

The criteria are indeterminate at the margin. How much control is enough for a government, and how independent is independent, are questions the Montevideo formula does not answer, and they are exactly the questions that arise in every contested case.

The theories do not decide cases. In practice States recognise for reasons of policy and afterwards find the criteria satisfied, and the choice between constitutive and declaratory rarely changes an outcome.

Effectiveness and legality pull apart. The classical criteria are about effectiveness; the duty of non-recognition is about legality. Where an entity is effective but unlawfully created, the two point in opposite directions and the law has no tidy answer.

Quick revision

Montevideo Convention 1933, article 1: a State should possess a permanent population, a defined territory, government, and capacity to enter into relations with other States. A fifth requirement, lawful creation, is now generally added.

A defined territory does not require settled frontiers. Capacity to enter into relations means independence, and it is the criterion that distinguishes a State from a province.

Constitutive theory: recognition creates the State. Objections: relativity, an entity outside the law, politics deciding legal existence, and no answer to how many recognitions are needed.

Declaratory theory: recognition acknowledges a fact. Supported by article 3 of Montevideo: the political existence of the State is independent of recognition by the other States. The better view; recognition remains strong evidence and has large practical effects.

Article 4 of the Charter: admission of peace-loving States able and willing to carry out the obligations, by decision of the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the Security Council. Admission is not recognition, and non-membership is not a bar to statehood.

Duty of non-recognition where a situation results from a serious breach of a peremptory norm, in particular the unlawful use of force: Resolution 2625; historically the Stimson doctrine, 1932.

Recognition of belligerency: general armed conflict, occupation and orderly administration of substantial territory, forces under responsible command observing the laws of war, and a practical necessity for outside States to define their attitude.

Test yourself

1. State the criteria of statehood and explain which is the most important.

Article 1 of the Montevideo Convention 1933 requires a permanent population, a defined territory, government, and capacity to enter into relations with other States. The last is the most important, because it is what distinguishes a State from a component unit of a federation or a dependent territory: an entity that takes its orders from another State fails it however large its population or effective its administration. A fifth requirement, that the entity was lawfully created, is now generally added, since an entity established by unlawful force will not be recognised.

munotes.in122

Recognition of States

2. Distinguish the constitutive and declaratory theories, and say which is preferable.

The constitutive theory holds that recognition creates statehood, so an unrecognised entity is not a State in law. The declaratory theory holds that recognition merely acknowledges a state of affairs that already exists on the facts. The declaratory theory is preferable. The constitutive theory produces relativity, making an entity a State against some States and not others; it puts an unrecognised entity outside international law altogether, so that it could not even commit aggression; it makes legal existence turn on political choice; and it cannot say how many recognitions are required. The concession to be made is that recognition is powerful evidence where the facts are doubtful, and that it carries large practical consequences.

3. Does admission to the United Nations amount to recognition?

No. Article 4 of the Charter provides that membership is open to peace-loving States that accept the Charter obligations and are able and willing to carry them out, and that admission is by decision of the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the Security Council. A Member does not thereby recognise every other Member, and States that do not recognise one another sit together in the Assembly. Because a Council recommendation is required, admission is subject to the veto and is a political process, and an entity may be a State for many years without being a Member.

4. Can a State exist without settled boundaries?

Yes. The Montevideo criterion is a defined territory, not a delimited one, and what is required is a core of territory over which the entity exercises control. Many States have come into existence with frontier disputes outstanding and have been recognised and admitted to the United Nations while those disputes continued.

5. What is the duty of non-recognition?

The obligation not to recognise as lawful a situation created by a serious breach of a peremptory norm, in particular by the threat or use of force or in violation of self-determination. Resolution 2625 (XXV) provides that the territory of a State shall not be the object of acquisition by another State resulting from the threat or use of force, and that no territorial acquisition so resulting shall be recognised as legal, and the International Law Commission's Articles on State Responsibility impose a corresponding duty on all States in the case of serious breaches of peremptory norms. Its historical ancestor is the Stimson doctrine of 1932, by which the United States refused to recognise the situation Japan created in Manchuria.

munotes.in123

Recognition of States

6. What conditions must be satisfied before belligerency may be recognised, and what follows?

There must be a general armed conflict within the State; the insurgents must occupy and administer in an orderly way a substantial part of its territory; their forces must act under a responsible command and observe the laws of war; and there must be a practical necessity for outside States to define their attitude. Recognition then has three effects: the law of armed conflict applies between the parties, the recognising State assumes the duties of a neutral, and the parent State ceases to be internationally responsible for what happens in the area the insurgents control. Recognition of insurgency is a lesser step, acknowledging that the revolt is more than ordinary criminality without conferring belligerent rights.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in124

Chapter Nineteen

Recognition of Governments

Syllabus topic 1.7, "Recognition of States and Government"

In one line

A State is recognised once; its governments are recognised whenever one of them comes to power irregularly.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: recognition of a government is the acknowledgement by an existing State that a particular authority is competent to represent a State that is already recognised. The question arises only where a government has come to power outside the constitutional process, by revolution or coup, since a government that changes by ordinary constitutional means requires no fresh recognition. The main tests are effective control, associated with the Estrada doctrine, and legitimacy, associated with the Tobar doctrine.

The distinction from recognition of a State

This has to be clear before anything else.

Recognition of a State concerns the existence of the entity. It happens once, when the State comes into being, and it is not repeated.

Recognition of a government concerns who speaks for that entity. It arises again whenever a government takes power irregularly.

Three consequences follow, and each is a possible short question.

Recognising a State implies recognising its government, because a State that is recognised must have somebody to deal with. The converse is not true: recognising a government says nothing new about the State.

Withdrawing recognition from a government does not withdraw recognition from the State. The State continues; only the question of who represents it is reopened.

A change of government does not change the State's obligations. Treaties continue to bind, debts continue to be owed, and responsibility for earlier wrongs continues, because the State is the same legal person throughout. That is the principle of continuity of States, and it is what makes the whole subject work.

When the question arises

Only where power has been taken outside the constitutional order: a revolution, a coup, an unconstitutional seizure. A change of Prime Minister after an election needs no recognition, because the State's constitution has produced the new government by its own rules and nothing new has happened on the international plane.

The two doctrines

The Tobar doctrine: legitimacy

Proposed by Carlos Tobar, the Foreign Minister of Ecuador, in 1907, and adopted by several Central American States by treaty. Its rule is that governments coming to power by revolution or coup should not be recognised until they have been legitimated by the constitutional process of their own country, usually by free elections.

The idea behind it. Withholding recognition discourages unconstitutional seizures of power, because a government that cannot be dealt with cannot function.

A related American practice was the Wilson doctrine, applied by President Woodrow Wilson from 1913, which added a requirement of constitutional legitimacy to the traditional test of effective control.

The objections. It uses recognition as a political weapon and involves the recognising State in the internal affairs of another, which sits badly with the principle of non-intervention in Resolution 2625. It also frequently fails: a government in effective control that nobody recognises still governs, and the other State ends up unable to protect its own nationals and interests.

munotes.in125

Recognition of Governments

The Estrada doctrine: no pronouncement at all

Stated by Genaro Estrada, the Foreign Minister of Mexico, in 1930. Its position is that the practice of granting or withholding recognition of governments is itself objectionable, because it amounts to passing judgment on the internal affairs of another State. Mexico therefore announced that it would not issue declarations of recognition of governments, and would confine itself to maintaining or withdrawing its diplomatic agents as it saw fit.

The idea behind it. Recognition of governments is an insult in either direction: to grant it is to claim a right to approve, and to withhold it is to intervene.

Its influence. This is now the dominant practice. Many States, including the United Kingdom since 1980, have announced that they no longer recognise governments as such, and instead decide whether to have dealings with a new authority and leave the inference to be drawn from the dealings themselves.

The objection. It does not remove the problem, it relocates it. Courts still have to decide whether an authority is the government of a State for the purposes of immunity, of the validity of its acts, and of who may sue on the State's behalf, and if the foreign ministry will not say, the court must work it out from the conduct of relations.

Effective control: the working test

Underneath both doctrines is the test that practice actually applies. A government is recognised, or dealt with, when it exercises effective control over the territory and population with a reasonable prospect of permanence, and is able and willing to carry out the State's international obligations.

That test is the analogue of the government criterion in [Recognition of States], and it is the one a candidate should give as the general rule, with Tobar and Estrada as the two positions that qualify it in opposite directions.

De facto and de jure recognition of governments

The distinction is set out generally in [Modes and Legal Effects of Recognition], and it belongs to governments rather than to States, so the outline is here.

De facto recognition acknowledges that an authority is in effective control, while reserving judgment on whether its position is lawful or permanent. It is provisional, it can be withdrawn, and it is what States use when a new regime looks likely to last but its future is uncertain.

De jure recognition acknowledges that the authority is the lawful government. It is intended to be permanent, and withdrawing it is a serious step.

munotes.in126

Recognition of Governments

Two governments of the same State may be recognised at once in the two capacities, one de jure and the other de facto, which happened repeatedly during and after civil wars in the twentieth century, and could not happen with States.

A worked example

The army of State K overthrows the elected government on 1 March. The President flees abroad and continues to claim to be the lawful head of State. By 1 June the army controls the whole country, the administration functions, and taxes are collected. State L must decide what to do.

Does State K still exist? Yes, and it is still recognised. A change of government does not touch the State, so State K's treaties with State L continue, its debts remain owed, and its responsibility for earlier wrongs is unaffected.

On the Tobar doctrine, State L should withhold recognition until the new authority is legitimated by a constitutional process, typically an election. The consequence is that State L has no one to deal with in a country where its nationals live and its investments sit.

On the Estrada doctrine, State L makes no pronouncement at all. It decides whether to keep its ambassador in place and leaves the inference to be drawn. That is the modern practice.

On effective control, the new authority satisfies the test by 1 June: it controls the territory, the administration works, and permanence is reasonably likely.

What if State L needs an answer for its own courts? Suppose the deposed President sues in State L's courts to recover State K's bank account. The court must decide who is entitled to act for State K. If State L has stopped making declarations of recognition, the court will look at whether State L's government deals with the new authority, whether it has kept its embassy, and whether it has accepted the authority's diplomats. That is exactly the difficulty the Estrada doctrine creates: the political question does not disappear, it lands on the judge.

Distinctions table

Recognition of a StateRecognition of a government
What is acknowledgedThat the entity exists as a StateThat an authority represents it
How oftenOnceWhenever power is taken irregularly
Effect of withdrawalVery rare, and graveReopens who represents the State
Effect on obligationsStatehood carries themNone; the State is the same legal person
DoctrinesConstitutive and declaratoryTobar (legitimacy) and Estrada (no pronouncement)

What it does NOT mean

Recognising a government is not approving it. States have always said so, and the Estrada doctrine exists because saying so was not believed.

munotes.in127

Recognition of Governments

Non-recognition does not suspend the State's obligations. The State remains bound whether or not anybody recognises the authority that governs it.

Effective control is not permanent control. The test asks for a reasonable prospect of permanence, not a guarantee.

A government in exile is not a government by effective control. It may be recognised for political reasons, and the recognition is a departure from the ordinary test rather than an application of it.

Limits and criticism

Recognition of governments has always been political and has never stopped being so. The Estrada doctrine is a confession that the legal test could not be kept free of policy, and abolishing the declaration does not abolish the judgment.

The costs of non-recognition fall on private people. Contracts, marriages, births and judgments in a territory governed by an unrecognised authority have to be dealt with by courts elsewhere, and refusing to acknowledge the authority means refusing to acknowledge the ordinary transactions of a whole population.

The two doctrines answer different questions. Tobar asks whether a government ought to be dealt with; Estrada asks whether that question is anyone else's business. Presented as rivals on the same question, as they usually are in textbooks, both look weaker than they are.

Quick revision

Recognition of a State is about existence and happens once. Recognition of a government is about who represents it and arises whenever power is taken outside the constitutional process.

A change of government does not change the State: treaties, debts and responsibility continue, because the State is the same legal person.

Tobar doctrine (Ecuador, 1907): no recognition of a government coming to power by revolution until legitimated by constitutional process. The Wilson doctrine is its American counterpart. Objection: it is intervention, and it fails against effective power.

Estrada doctrine (Mexico, 1930): make no pronouncement at all; maintain or withdraw diplomatic agents and let the inference be drawn. Now the dominant practice, followed by the United Kingdom since 1980. Objection: the question moves from the foreign ministry to the courts.

Effective control is the working test: control of territory and population, a reasonable prospect of permanence, and ability and willingness to carry out international obligations.

De facto recognition is provisional and acknowledges control; de jure acknowledges lawfulness and is intended to be permanent. Two governments of one State may be recognised at once in the two capacities.

Test yourself

1. Distinguish recognition of a State from recognition of a government.

Recognition of a State acknowledges that an entity exists as a State; it happens once and is not repeated. Recognition of a government acknowledges that a particular authority is competent to represent a State whose existence is already accepted, and the question arises again whenever a government takes power outside the constitutional process. Recognising a State implies recognising its government, but not the reverse, and withdrawing recognition from a government leaves the State's recognition untouched.

munotes.in128

Recognition of Governments

2. Does a change of government affect a State's treaties and debts?

No. The State is the same legal person before and after, so its treaties continue to bind it, its debts remain owed, and its responsibility for earlier internationally wrongful acts is unaffected. That is the principle of the continuity of States, and it is what makes recognition of governments a question about representation rather than about obligation.

3. State the Tobar and Estrada doctrines and say which reflects modern practice.

The Tobar doctrine, proposed by Ecuador's Foreign Minister in 1907, is that a government coming to power by revolution or coup should not be recognised until legitimated by its own country's constitutional process; the Wilson doctrine applied a similar test from 1913. The Estrada doctrine, stated by Mexico's Foreign Minister in 1930, is that granting or withholding recognition of governments is itself objectionable as a judgment on another State's internal affairs, so no declaration should be made and the State should confine itself to maintaining or withdrawing its diplomatic agents. Estrada reflects modern practice: many States, including the United Kingdom since 1980, no longer recognise governments as such.

4. What is the working test for recognising a government?

Effective control: the authority must control the territory and population, with a reasonable prospect of permanence, and must be able and willing to carry out the State's international obligations. It is the same enquiry as the government criterion for statehood, applied to a State that already exists.

5. What difficulty does the Estrada doctrine create for national courts?

It removes the answer without removing the question. A court still has to decide who represents a foreign State for the purposes of sovereign immunity, of the validity of the State's acts, and of who may sue and be sued on its behalf. If the foreign ministry has stopped issuing declarations, the court must infer the position from conduct: whether an ambassador has been kept in place, whether the authority's diplomats have been accepted, and whether dealings continue. The political judgment moves from the executive to the judge, who is worse placed to make it.

6. Explain de facto and de jure recognition of governments, and give a consequence of the difference.

De facto recognition acknowledges that an authority is in effective control while reserving judgment on the lawfulness or permanence of its position; it is provisional and can be withdrawn without great difficulty. De jure recognition acknowledges the authority as the lawful government, is intended to be permanent, and is withdrawn only in grave circumstances. One consequence is that a State may recognise one authority de jure and another de facto at the same time in the same State, which happens during and after civil wars; another is that de jure recognition generally carries fuller consequences before the recognising State's courts, including immunity and the retroactive validation of the authority's acts.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in129

Chapter Twenty

Modes and Legal Effects of Recognition

Syllabus topic 1.7, "Recognition of States and Government"

In one line

Recognition can be given expressly or by conduct, provisionally or finally, singly or collectively, and its real importance is what follows in the recognising State's own courts.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: recognition may be express or implied, de facto or de jure, conditional or unconditional, and individual or collective. Its principal legal effects are that the recognised entity may enter into diplomatic relations and treaties with the recognising State, may sue in its courts, is entitled to sovereign immunity there, and has the validity of its acts and its title to property acknowledged, in the case of de jure recognition with retroactive effect.

The modes

Express and implied

Express recognition is a formal statement: a note, a declaration, a message on the establishment of a new State. It leaves no doubt.

Implied recognition is inferred from conduct. The conduct must be unequivocal, because States often deal with authorities they do not wish to recognise, and international practice therefore reads implication narrowly.

Acts generally treated as implying recognition are the formal conclusion of a bilateral treaty, the establishment of full diplomatic relations, and the issue of a consular exequatur, which is the formal authorisation for a foreign consul to act.

Acts generally treated as not implying recognition are participating with the entity in a multilateral conference or treaty, both being parties to the same convention, both being members of the same international organisation, negotiating with the entity, and maintaining unofficial or trade contacts. Voting for its admission to the United Nations is not recognition either, for the reasons in [Recognition of States].

The safe general statement is that recognition is not lightly implied and that States which wish to avoid it usually say expressly that their dealings are not to be taken as recognition.

De facto and de jure

De facto recognition is provisional. It acknowledges that the entity or authority exists and is in effective control, while reserving judgment on whether its position is lawful or will last. It can be withdrawn without great difficulty.

De jure recognition is final. It acknowledges that the entity is a State, or that the authority is the lawful government, and it is intended to be permanent.

The distinction is used chiefly for governments and is dealt with in [Recognition of Governments]. Three differences carry marks.

Withdrawal. De facto recognition may be withdrawn if the control it acknowledged ceases. De jure recognition is withdrawn only in grave circumstances.

Retroactivity. De jure recognition is generally treated as retroactive to the date the authority in fact came to power, so its earlier acts are validated. De facto recognition is not, or not to the same extent.

Fullness of relations. Full diplomatic relations, and the right to claim the State's property abroad, ordinarily follow de jure recognition.

munotes.in130

Modes and Legal Effects of Recognition

Conditional and unconditional

Conditional recognition is granted on terms: that the new State protect minorities, observe religious freedom, accept certain boundaries, or assume a share of the predecessor's debts.

The orthodox view is that once recognition has been given it takes effect, and the breach of a condition is a breach of the undertaking rather than a ground for treating the recognition as void. So the condition creates an obligation and does not suspend the recognition.

Individual and collective

Individual recognition is what usually happens: each State decides for itself.

Collective recognition is recognition by a group of States acting together, or through an international organisation. It has been proposed repeatedly and has never been institutionalised. As explained in [Recognition of States], admission to the United Nations under article 4 is not collective recognition, and a Member does not thereby recognise every other Member.

Something close to it happens in practice when a group of States announces common criteria and then recognises together, which is how several new European States were recognised in the early 1990s.

Premature recognition

Recognition given before the entity satisfies the criteria, most obviously while the parent State is still fighting to suppress a secession.

Premature recognition is a wrongful act, an unlawful intervention in the affairs of the parent State, and the parent State may treat it as such. It is important because it shows recognition is not a purely discretionary act: the discretion runs out where the criteria are plainly not satisfied.

Withdrawal of recognition

Recognition of a government may be withdrawn when the authority loses control, and in practice it is more often allowed to lapse than formally revoked.

Recognition of a State is withdrawn only if the State ceases to exist, by absorption or merger or complete disintegration. It is not a means of expressing displeasure, and States that quarrel break off diplomatic relations instead, which is a different thing.

The legal effects

This is where the topic earns its place in a syllabus, because these are the consequences that decide real cases.

On the international plane

Diplomatic relations become possible, though they do not follow automatically: recognition and the exchange of ambassadors are separate steps.

Bilateral treaties become possible, since a State will not conclude one with an entity it does not accept as a State.

Claims may be made and received between the two, and the recognised entity may bring an international claim against the recognising State.

In the recognising State's own courts

Four consequences, and these are the ones examiners ask about.

Standing to sue. A recognised State or government may bring proceedings in the recognising State's courts. An unrecognised one generally cannot, because the court will not accept that it exists as a legal person for that purpose.

munotes.in131

Modes and Legal Effects of Recognition

Sovereign immunity. A recognised State and its property are entitled to immunity, on the principles in [Immunity from Jurisdiction]. An unrecognised entity is not.

Validity of legislative and executive acts. The courts of the recognising State give effect to the laws and official acts of a recognised State or government within its territory: its marriages, its company registrations, its judgments, its transfers of property. Those of an unrecognised authority are, in strict theory, a nullity, which produces the injustice noted below.

Title to property abroad. Recognition, and particularly de jure recognition, entitles the government to the State's property in the recognising State, including bank accounts and embassy premises, and this is what the litigation is usually really about.

Retroactivity. De jure recognition is generally treated as dating back to the moment the authority actually came to power, so that acts done before recognition are validated. That doctrine exists precisely to reduce the injustice of treating a whole population's transactions as a nullity.

A worked example

The authorities of Ruritania, an entity that broke away from State W four years ago, sue in the courts of State X to recover a consignment of goods. Ruritania controls its territory, but State X has not recognised it. Meanwhile a couple married under Ruritanian law seek to have their marriage recognised in State X, and State W claims Ruritania's bank account in a State X bank.

Can Ruritania sue? If State X has not recognised it, generally no. The court will not treat it as a legal person entitled to appear.

Is Ruritania entitled to immunity if sued? No, on the same reasoning, which cuts the other way and is an argument the unrecognised entity will not make.

Is the marriage valid? In strict theory the acts of an unrecognised authority are a nullity in State X, so the marriage would not be recognised. That is a harsh result for people who had no choice in the matter, and it is the reason courts and legislatures have found ways round: recognising private-law acts of daily life even where the authority is not recognised, and applying the retroactivity doctrine as soon as recognition comes.

Who gets the bank account? State W, while it is the recognised claimant. If State X later recognises Ruritania de jure, the recognition relates back to the date Ruritania came to power, and Ruritania's title is treated as having existed throughout.

Change the facts: State X recognised Ruritania two years ago, while State W was still fighting to suppress the secession and Ruritania controlled only part of its claimed territory. That is premature recognition, and it is a wrongful act, an unlawful intervention in State W's affairs, of which State W may complain.

munotes.in132

Modes and Legal Effects of Recognition

Distinctions table

De factoDe jure
What it acknowledgesEffective control, provisionallyLawful status, finally
WithdrawalReadily, if control ceasesOnly in grave circumstances
RetroactiveNot generallyYes, to the date power was assumed
Full diplomatic relationsUsually notUsually yes
Claim to State property abroadUsually notYes

What it does NOT mean

Recognition is not the same as diplomatic relations. Breaking off relations does not withdraw recognition, and recognition does not require an exchange of ambassadors.

Dealing with an entity is not recognising it. Negotiation, trade, membership of the same organisation and participation in the same multilateral treaty do not imply recognition, and States often say so expressly.

Conditional recognition is not conditional. Once given it takes effect, and breach of the condition is a breach of an undertaking, not a ground for treating the recognition as never given.

Withdrawal of recognition of a government is not withdrawal of recognition of the State.

Limits and criticism

The consequences fall on private people who had no say. Whether a marriage, a birth certificate, a company registration or a judgment is valid should not depend on a foreign ministry's political judgment, and the devices courts use to avoid that result are patches on a doctrine that produces the wrong answer.

The de facto and de jure distinction is imprecise. It is a distinction between degrees of confidence dressed as a distinction of kind, and States use the labels inconsistently.

Non-recognition is used as a sanction, which the doctrine cannot really bear. Recognition is supposed to acknowledge facts, and using it to punish makes the legal question turn on unrelated policy, which is the criticism the Estrada doctrine was built on.

Quick revision

Modes. Express or implied; de facto or de jure; conditional or unconditional; individual or collective.

Implied by: a bilateral treaty, full diplomatic relations, a consular exequatur. Not implied by: a multilateral treaty, common membership of an organisation, negotiation, trade contacts, or a vote for admission to the United Nations.

De facto is provisional and readily withdrawn; de jure is final and generally retroactive to the date power was assumed.

Conditional recognition takes effect once given; breach of the condition is a breach of an undertaking.

Collective recognition has never been institutionalised; article 4 admission is not recognition.

Premature recognition is a wrongful act, an unlawful intervention in the parent State's affairs.

Effects internationally: diplomatic relations become possible, bilateral treaties become possible, claims may be exchanged.

Effects in the recognising State's courts: standing to sue, sovereign immunity, validity of legislative and executive acts, and title to State property abroad, with retroactivity on de jure recognition.

munotes.in133

Modes and Legal Effects of Recognition

Test yourself

1. List the modes of recognition and say which acts imply it.

Recognition may be express or implied, de facto or de jure, conditional or unconditional, and individual or collective. The acts generally treated as implying recognition are the conclusion of a bilateral treaty, the establishment of full diplomatic relations, and the grant of a consular exequatur. Acts not treated as implying it include being parties to the same multilateral convention, common membership of an international organisation, negotiation, unofficial and trade contacts, and voting for admission to the United Nations. Recognition is not lightly implied, and States that wish to avoid it commonly declare that their dealings are not to be taken as recognition.

2. Distinguish de facto from de jure recognition and give three consequences.

De facto recognition acknowledges effective control provisionally, reserving judgment on lawfulness and permanence; de jure recognition acknowledges lawful status and is intended to be final. First, de facto recognition may be withdrawn if the control it acknowledged ceases, while de jure recognition is withdrawn only in grave circumstances. Second, de jure recognition is generally retroactive to the date the authority came to power, so that its earlier acts are validated, while de facto recognition is not, or not to the same extent. Third, full diplomatic relations and the right to claim the State's property in the recognising State ordinarily follow de jure recognition.

3. What are the effects of recognition in the courts of the recognising State?

Four. The recognised State or government may sue there, while an unrecognised one generally may not. It and its property are entitled to sovereign immunity. Its legislative and executive acts within its own territory are given effect, so its marriages, registrations, judgments and transfers of property are treated as valid. And it is entitled to the State's property within the recognising State, including bank accounts and diplomatic premises. De jure recognition operates retroactively to the date power was assumed, validating acts done before recognition was given.

4. Is premature recognition lawful?

No. Recognition given before the entity satisfies the criteria of statehood, in particular while the parent State is still actively resisting a secession, is a wrongful act amounting to an unlawful intervention in the parent State's internal affairs, of which the parent State may complain. It shows that recognition is not a wholly discretionary political act: the discretion is exercised on facts, and it runs out where the facts are plainly absent.

5. What is the effect of breaching a condition attached to recognition?

On the orthodox view, none upon the recognition itself. Recognition once given takes effect, and the condition creates an obligation whose breach is a breach of an undertaking, giving rise to a complaint or to a claim, but not to the treatment of the recognition as void or as never having been given. The point matters because conditions of this kind were common in the recognition of new States in Europe, and the question of what happens when they are not kept has repeatedly arisen.

munotes.in134

Modes and Legal Effects of Recognition

6. Why do courts treat the acts of an unrecognised authority as valid in some circumstances?

Because the strict rule produces injustice to private people who had no choice in the matter. If the acts of an unrecognised authority were a nullity everywhere, then marriages, births, deaths, company registrations, land transfers and judgments in a whole territory would have no effect abroad, and the population would be punished for a political decision taken elsewhere. Courts therefore distinguish the authority's public and political acts from the private-law acts of daily life, giving effect to the latter, and the doctrine that de jure recognition relates back to the date power was assumed removes the problem entirely once recognition is finally given.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in135

Module II

munotes.in

Chapter Twenty-One

State Territory

Syllabus topic 2.1, "State Territory / Constitution, acquisition, loss". This chapter is the constitution half.

In one line

A State's territory is the space in which it is sovereign, and it is made of land, water, airspace and subsoil, each with its own boundary rule.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: State territory is the portion of the globe subject to the sovereignty of a State. It comprises the land within the State's boundaries, the subsoil beneath it, its internal waters, its territorial sea and the seabed and subsoil beneath that, and the airspace above all of them. Sovereignty over territory means the exclusive right to exercise the functions of a State within it, subject only to limitations imposed by international law.

Why territory is the centre of the subject

Sovereignty is territorial. Almost every rule you have met so far is a rule about who may do what, where.

Jurisdiction is presumptively territorial, as [State Jurisdiction] shows. Recognition of a State asks whether an entity has a defined territory. Responsibility often turns on what a State permitted within its own territory, which is what the Corfu Channel case decided. And the whole of the law of the sea, which is most of this module, is an argument about how far a State's territory reaches out from its coast.

So this chapter fixes the boundaries of the container that the rest of the module fills.

What territory is made of

Land

The land surface within the State's frontiers, however those frontiers were fixed: by treaty, by award, by long acquiescence.

Subsoil. Sovereignty extends downwards indefinitely, or at least as far as the State can reach. Minerals, groundwater and tunnels beneath the surface are within the territory.

Enclaves are parts of a State's land territory wholly surrounded by another State's. They are territory like any other, and their difficulty is access rather than title.

Waters

Three kinds, and keeping them apart is essential for the rest of the module.

Internal waters are the waters on the landward side of the baseline from which the territorial sea is measured: ports, harbours, river mouths, bays within closing lines, lakes and rivers within the State. Article 8 of the Convention on the Law of the Sea says so. Sovereignty over internal waters is as complete as over land, and there is no right of innocent passage in them, save in one case dealt with in [Baselines and the Territorial Sea].

The territorial sea is the belt of sea adjacent to the coast, up to twelve nautical miles from the baseline. Article 2 provides that the sovereignty of a coastal State extends beyond its land territory and internal waters to an adjacent belt of sea, described as the territorial sea, and to its bed and subsoil and to the air space over it, and that this sovereignty is exercised subject to the Convention and to other rules of international law. The qualification matters: the territorial sea is territory, and foreign ships have a right of innocent passage through it, which they do not have on land.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in136

The rest of this chapter

Module one is free. The rest of B.L.S. LL.B. 5 Years Semester 9 is part of the bundle.

You are reading a chapter from a later module. Everything in module one of every subject stays free, and so does every question paper and the syllabus.

See the semester for ₹798 Already bought it? Sign in

Or just the notes: ₹499

Free either way: question papers, the syllabus, and module one of every subject.

Chapter Twenty-Two

Acquisition of State Territory

Syllabus topic 2.1, "State Territory / Constitution, acquisition, loss". This chapter is the acquisition half.

In one line

There are five classical ways a State can acquire territory and a sixth that international law has abolished, and the one that decides most real disputes is effective control over time.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the traditional modes of acquiring territory are occupation, prescription, cession, accretion and conquest or subjugation, to which plebiscite and adjudication are sometimes added. Conquest is no longer a lawful mode, since article 2(4) of the Charter prohibits the threat or use of force and Resolution 2625 provides that no territorial acquisition resulting from the threat or use of force shall be recognised as legal. In practice most disputes are decided not by classifying the mode but by asking which State has exercised the functions of a State continuously and peacefully, which is the test in the Island of Palmas case.

Why the classical list is borrowed from property law

The five modes come from Roman law's rules for acquiring things: occupatio, praescriptio, cessio, accessio and conquest. Publicists of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries applied them to States because States were then thought of as the property of sovereigns, and the vocabulary stuck.

The borrowing has consequences worth knowing. It makes the law of territory look tidier than it is; it produces categories that overlap in practice; and it is why tribunals now prefer to ask about the display of State authority rather than to sort a claim into a box. A good answer gives the classical list, because that is what the question asks, and then says this.

The modes

Occupation

The acquisition of terra nullius, territory belonging to no State, by taking possession of it with the intention of acquiring sovereignty.

Two elements: the intention to act as sovereign, and the actual exercise of authority. Discovery alone is not enough, and this is the proposition Palmas settled.

Facts. Island of Palmas Case (Netherlands v. United States), (1928) 2 RIAA 829, award of Max Huber as sole arbitrator, 4 April 1928. The Island of Palmas, also called Miangas, lies between the Philippines and what was then the Netherlands East Indies. The United States claimed it as successor to Spain under the Treaty of Paris of 1898, Spain's title resting on discovery in the sixteenth century. The Netherlands claimed on the basis of a long and continuous exercise of State authority through arrangements with the island's local rulers.

Held. The island belonged to the Netherlands. The continuous and peaceful display of territorial sovereignty, peaceful in relation to other States, is as good as a title, and is a constituent element of territorial sovereignty; effectiveness is required not only for the act of acquisition but equally for the maintenance of the right. Discovery alone, without any subsequent act, cannot at the present time suffice to prove sovereignty. If discovery is treated as creating an inchoate title, that title must be completed within a reasonable period by effective occupation, and an inchoate title cannot prevail over another State's continuous and peaceful display of authority. The arbitrator also applied intertemporal law: a juridical fact must be appreciated in the light of the law contemporary with it, but the continued existence of a right must satisfy the conditions required by the evolution of the law.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in142

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Twenty-Three

Loss of State Territory

Syllabus topic 2.1, "State Territory / Constitution, acquisition, loss". This chapter is the loss half.

In one line

Territory is lost in the same five ways it is gained, seen from the other side, plus two that have no counterpart: abandonment, and the emergence of a new State.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: a State loses territory by cession, by another State's prescription, by the operation of natural forces, by revolt resulting in the emergence of a new State or in secession, and formerly by conquest, which is no longer lawful. It may also lose territory by abandonment or dereliction, which requires both the physical abandonment of the territory and the intention to relinquish sovereignty.

The modes

Cession

The mirror of acquisition by cession: the transferor loses what the transferee gains, by agreement.

This is the mode that raises a live constitutional question in India, and it is dealt with in its own section below.

Prescription by another State

The mirror of acquisition by prescription. A State loses territory when another exercises sovereignty over it publicly, peacefully and for long enough, with the acquiescence of the first.

The practical lesson from [Acquisition of State Territory] is the same seen backwards: a State that wishes not to lose territory must protest, and keep protesting, because protest is what prevents the other State's possession from being peaceful.

The Island of Palmas award is again the authority, and its proposition is a warning: effectiveness is required not only for the act of acquisition but equally for the maintenance of the right. A State that stops exercising authority over an outlying territory is not merely idle; it is losing.

Operation of nature

The mirror of accretion. A river erodes one bank and deposits on the other, an island disappears, the sea takes land.

Gradual accretion moves a river boundary; sudden avulsion does not. Rising sea levels raise a question the law has not settled: whether a State whose territory is submerged ceases to exist, and whether its maritime zones survive the loss of the land that generated them. There is no rule, and saying so is the correct answer.

Revolt, secession and independence

A State loses territory when part of it becomes a new State. That may happen with the parent State's consent, as with the grant of independence, or against its will, as with a successful secession.

There is no general right to secede in international law. Self-determination, one of the seven principles of Resolution 2625, is not a licence to break up existing States: the same Declaration provides that nothing in it authorises or encourages any action which would dismember or impair, totally or in part, the territorial integrity or political unity of sovereign and independent States conducting themselves in compliance with the principle of equal rights and self-determination of peoples and thus possessed of a government representing the whole people belonging to the territory without distinction as to race, creed or colour. So self-determination outside the colonial context is generally satisfied within the existing State rather than by leaving it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in150

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Twenty-Four

State Succession

Syllabus topic none names it. It is covered under house rule 1.3 as the direct consequence of the topic MU does print: 2.1, territory changing hands. A syllabus that asks about the acquisition and loss of territory and stops before asking what happens to the treaties, debts and obligations attached to it has taught half a rule.

In one line

When territory changes hands, somebody has to answer for the treaties, the debts, the property and the wrongs attached to it, and State succession is the set of rules about who.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: State succession arises where one State replaces another in the responsibility for the international relations of territory. It is universal where the predecessor ceases to exist, as on merger or dissolution, and partial where only part of the territory is affected, as on cession or secession. Whether the successor inherits the predecessor's treaties, debts, property and responsibility depends on the category of the change and on the kind of obligation, and the rules are less settled than any other part of this module.

Two vocabulary points first

Succession of States is not succession of governments. A change of government leaves the State the same legal person, so its treaties and debts continue untouched; that is the continuity principle in [Recognition of Governments]. Succession of States arises only where the identity of the State holding the territory changes.

Continuity is the opposite of succession. Where a State continues in existence despite losing territory, there is no succession as to that State: it keeps its own treaties and obligations, and only the departing territory raises questions. Whether an entity is a continuator or a successor is the first question in any real case, and it is decided by the practice of other States rather than by a rule.

The situations in which it arises

Cession, where part of one State's territory passes to another. The predecessor survives; the question is what travels with the land.

Secession, where part of a State breaks away to form a new one. The predecessor generally continues as the same State, and the new State is a successor.

Decolonisation, historically the largest category, where a dependent territory becomes independent.

Merger or union, where two or more States join to form one. The constituents cease to exist.

Dissolution, where a State breaks up entirely and none of the resulting States is treated as the continuator.

Annexation, historically, where one State absorbed another. No longer available, since acquisition by force is unlawful.

What happens to treaties

This is the largest question and the most contested.

Three competing theories.

Universal succession, the oldest, borrowed from Roman inheritance: the successor takes everything, rights and duties alike. It is now rejected as a general rule.

The clean slate doctrine, or tabula rasa: the new State starts free of the predecessor's treaty obligations. It was pressed by newly independent States after 1945 and is the general rule for newly independent States.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in156

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Twenty-Five

State Jurisdiction

Syllabus topic 2.2, "State Jurisdiction"

In one line

Jurisdiction is a State's authority to make law, to apply it and to enforce it, and international law says which connections to a person or an event are close enough to justify each.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: jurisdiction is the power of a State to prescribe, adjudicate and enforce its law. Five bases are recognised: the territorial principle, including its subjective and objective forms; the nationality or active personality principle; the protective principle; the passive personality principle; and the universality principle. The territorial principle is primary, and enforcement jurisdiction is strictly territorial.

Three kinds of jurisdiction

Separating these is the first move in any jurisdiction answer.

Prescriptive jurisdiction, or legislative jurisdiction: the power to make law applicable to persons, property or conduct. Whether India may make a law about what an Indian does in Dubai is a question of prescriptive jurisdiction.

Adjudicative jurisdiction: the power of a State's courts to try a case.

Enforcement jurisdiction: the power to compel compliance, by arrest, seizure, search or execution.

The crucial difference. Prescriptive and adjudicative jurisdiction may extend beyond the territory. Enforcement jurisdiction is strictly territorial. India may legislate for its nationals abroad; it may not send police to arrest one of them in Dubai. Doing so is a violation of the other State's sovereignty, and the Corfu Channel case, worked in [Innocent Passage, and Straits], holds that respect for territorial sovereignty is an essential foundation of international relations and that self-help of that kind cannot be accepted.

The starting point: the Lotus presumption

Facts. S.S. Lotus (France v. Turkey), PCIJ Series A, No. 10, judgment of 7 September 1927. The French mail steamer Lotus collided on the high seas off Sigri with a Turkish vessel, which sank with loss of life. When the Lotus reached Constantinople the Turkish authorities held an inquiry and prosecuted Lieutenant Demons, the French officer of the watch, for manslaughter, along with the Turkish captain. The Turkish court affirmed its jurisdiction. France protested that Turkey had no title to prosecute a French national for an act done on board a French ship on the high seas, and by special agreement the two States asked the Court whether Turkey had acted contrary to the principles of international law.

Held. By the President's casting vote, the Court being composed of twelve judges equally divided, Turkey had not acted contrary to international law. The Court framed the question as one of principle: must a State find a title permitting it to exercise jurisdiction, or is jurisdiction admissible unless it conflicts with international law? It adopted the second view. International law is based on the free will of independent States; it prohibits a State from exercising its sovereign powers in the territory of another except by virtue of a permissive rule, but it does not prohibit municipal courts from taking cognisance of acts which took place abroad, subject to a few prohibitive rules of an exceptional nature, the general principle being that every State is free to adopt the principles it regards as best. It would be contrary to general international law to require a State to find a permissive rule before claiming jurisdiction.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in162

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Twenty-Six

Immunity from Jurisdiction

Syllabus topic 2.2, "State Jurisdiction". This is the other half of it: where jurisdiction exists and may not be exercised.

In one line

Immunity is not a denial that a court has jurisdiction; it is a bar on exercising it, because one sovereign does not judge another.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: immunity from jurisdiction is the principle that a State, its property and certain of its representatives are not subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of another State. It rests on the maxim par in parem non habet imperium, an equal has no authority over an equal, and on the sovereign equality of States. Sovereign immunity was formerly absolute and is now generally restrictive, being confined to acts of a governmental character. Diplomatic immunity is separate, is governed by the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations 1961, and is functional in its justification.

The maxim, and what it rests on

Par in parem non habet imperium: an equal has no authority over an equal. If all States are sovereign and equal, the courts of one cannot sit in judgment on another.

Two further justifications are usually given. Non-intervention, since adjudicating on another State's acts is a form of interference in its affairs. And the practical conduct of relations, since a State whose ships, accounts and officials could be seized abroad could not function internationally.

The rule has always been in tension with a competing principle: that a person injured by a State should have a remedy somewhere. Every development in this branch of the law is an attempt to hold the two together.

Sovereign immunity: absolute, then restrictive

The absolute theory

Until the twentieth century a State was immune from the jurisdiction of another State's courts in all cases, whatever the nature of the act complained of.

That was tolerable while States confined themselves to governing. It became intolerable when States began to trade.

The restrictive theory

The modern position distinguishes two kinds of act.

Acta jure imperii, acts done in the exercise of sovereign authority: legislating, expelling a foreigner, running an army, granting a licence, issuing a passport. Immunity applies.

Acta jure gestionis, acts of a private or commercial character: buying wheat, chartering a ship, borrowing money, employing a gardener. Immunity does not apply, because in doing them the State has stepped into the market and should meet the market's law.

Why the change happened. State trading corporations, nationalised industries and State-owned shipping meant that a private party dealing with a State could be left without any remedy anywhere while a private competitor could be sued. The restrictive theory is a response to that inequality, not a weakening of sovereignty.

The difficulty it creates. How do you tell the two apart? Two tests compete. The nature test looks at the act itself: buying boots is a purchase, whoever buys them and whatever for. The purpose test looks at why it was done: buying boots for an army is a sovereign act. The nature test now generally prevails, because the purpose test would swallow the exception, since a State can attribute a public purpose to anything.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in170

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Twenty-Seven

Extradition

Syllabus topic none of the module labels names it. MU's printed COURSE OBJECTIVES do: the course explores "the international framework with respect to extradition, asylum and the Law of the Sea", and COURSE OUTCOME 3 is to "examine the international framework with respect to certain current issues in international law like extradition and asylum".

In one line

Extradition is one State handing a wanted person over to another to be tried or punished, and it is the answer to the problem that enforcement jurisdiction stops at the border.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: extradition is the formal surrender by one State to another, at the latter's request, of a person accused or convicted of an offence committed within the jurisdiction of the requesting State. There is no general duty in customary international law to extradite; the obligation arises from treaty, and it is subject to established conditions, chiefly double criminality, the rule of speciality, and the political offence exception.

Why it exists

[State Jurisdiction] ends with the point this chapter answers. A State may legislate for conduct abroad on any of five bases, and its courts may try it, but enforcement jurisdiction is strictly territorial. It cannot send police into another State to make an arrest.

So a fugitive who reaches another country is beyond reach unless that country cooperates. Extradition is the machinery of that cooperation, and without it every border would be a wall against justice and a shelter for the guilty.

There is no general duty to extradite. Absent a treaty, a State may refuse, and the refusal is lawful however grave the offence. That is a consequence of sovereignty, and it is the reason the network of bilateral extradition treaties is as dense as it is.

The alternative to a duty to extradite is a duty to prosecute. Many modern conventions on terrorism, hijacking, torture and corruption use the formula aut dedere aut judicare, extradite or prosecute, which leaves the requested State a choice but not the option of doing nothing.

The conditions

Six recur in treaties and in national statutes, and an examiner expects them named.

Double criminality

The act must be an offence in both States, the requesting and the requested. It need not carry the same name or the same penalty; what matters is that the conduct is criminal in both.

The reason is fairness to the requested State, which is asked to use its own coercive machinery. It will not imprison and surrender a person for conduct its own law permits.

The rule of speciality

The surrendered person may be tried only for the offence for which he was surrendered, and not for some other offence committed before the surrender, unless the requested State consents or the person has had an opportunity to leave and has not taken it.

Its purpose is to stop a State from asking for a person on one charge and trying him on another, which would let it evade every condition the requested State applied.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in178

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Twenty-Eight

Asylum

Syllabus topic none of the module labels names it. MU's printed COURSE OBJECTIVES name it in the same sentence as extradition: the course explores "the international framework with respect to extradition, asylum and the Law of the Sea".

In one line

Asylum is a State's protection of a person against the State that wants him, and the law gives the sheltering State a right and gives the individual almost nothing.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: asylum is the protection granted by a State to a person on its territory or on premises under its control against the jurisdiction of another State. Territorial asylum, granted within the State's own territory, is a recognised incident of territorial sovereignty. Diplomatic asylum, granted in an embassy or other premises within the territory of the State from which the person is fleeing, derogates from that State's sovereignty and is not generally recognised in international law.

Asylum and extradition are the same question from opposite ends

A State asked to surrender a fugitive either extradites him or shelters him. Every ground on which extradition is refused, above all the political offence exception in [Extradition], is a ground on which asylum may be granted.

So the two chapters are one topic, which is why MU's own course objectives name them in a single sentence.

Territorial asylum

The rule. A State may grant asylum to a person within its own territory. It follows from territorial sovereignty: within its territory a State decides who may stay, and no other State may object.

Two things follow, and the second is the one students get wrong.

It is a right of the State, not of the individual. The State may grant asylum and no other State may complain. The individual cannot demand it.

The Universal Declaration says less than it appears to. Article 14 provides that everyone has the right to seek and to enjoy in other countries asylum from persecution, and that this right may not be invoked in the case of prosecutions genuinely arising from non-political crimes or from acts contrary to the purposes and principles of the United Nations. Notice the verbs: to seek and to enjoy, not to be granted. A proposal to give a right to be granted asylum was not accepted. The Declaration is in any event a General Assembly resolution, on which see [Resolutions of the General Assembly].

The real protection comes from refugee law, not asylum law. The Convention relating to the Status of Refugees 1951 and its 1967 Protocol define a refugee as a person who, owing to a well-founded fear of being persecuted for reasons of race, religion, nationality, membership of a particular social group or political opinion, is outside the country of his nationality and is unable or unwilling to avail himself of its protection. Article 33 contains the principle of non-refoulement: no contracting State shall expel or return a refugee in any manner whatsoever to the frontiers of territories where his life or freedom would be threatened on those grounds. There is an exception where there are reasonable grounds for regarding the refugee as a danger to the security of the country or where, having been convicted of a particularly serious crime, he constitutes a danger to the community.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in184

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Twenty-Nine

State Responsibility

Syllabus topic 2.3, "State Responsibility"

In one line

A State that breaks an international obligation is responsible for it, and the whole subject is the working out of what that means.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: every internationally wrongful act of a State entails the international responsibility of that State. There is an internationally wrongful act when conduct consisting of an action or omission is attributable to the State under international law and constitutes a breach of an international obligation of the State. Those are the two elements, attribution and breach, and they are stated in articles 1 and 2 of the International Law Commission's Articles on Responsibility of States for Internationally Wrongful Acts 2001.

What the Articles are, and what they are not

They are not a treaty. The International Law Commission adopted them in 2001 and the General Assembly took note of them and commended them to governments. No convention has been concluded on them.

They are treated as the law all the same. The International Court and other tribunals cite them constantly, and a great deal of their content is a statement of custom. They are, in the language of [Judicial Decisions and the Writings of Jurists], a subsidiary means of the most authoritative kind: the collective work of a body established by the General Assembly under article 13 of the Charter.

They are secondary rules, not primary ones. This is the distinction on which the whole scheme is built and it is worth stating carefully. Primary rules say what States must do: do not use force, do not pollute, protect embassies. Secondary rules say what follows when a primary rule is broken: who is responsible, to whom, and what must be done about it. The Articles are secondary rules throughout, which is why they never tell you whether any particular conduct is lawful.

The foundation: articles 1 to 3

Article 1. Every internationally wrongful act of a State entails the international responsibility of that State. That is the Chorzow principle in statutory form, and the case is worked in [General Principles of Law Recognised by Civilised Nations]: it is a principle of international law, or even of law in general, that any breach of an engagement involves an obligation to make reparation.

Article 2. There is an internationally wrongful act of a State when conduct consisting of an action or omission (a) is attributable to the State under international law and (b) constitutes a breach of an international obligation of the State. Two elements, and both must be present.

Article 3. The characterisation of an act of a State as internationally wrongful is governed by international law, and such characterisation is not affected by the characterisation of the same act as lawful by internal law. This is the responsibility counterpart of article 27 of the Vienna Convention, dealt with in [International Law and Municipal Law]: a State cannot make its conduct lawful by legislating.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in191

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty

Circumstances Precluding Wrongfulness, and Reparation

Syllabus topic 2.3, "State Responsibility"

In one line

Six circumstances excuse conduct that would otherwise be wrongful; where none applies, the responsible State must stop, must not do it again, and must make full reparation.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the wrongfulness of an act may be precluded by consent, self-defence, countermeasures, force majeure, distress or necessity, none of which may excuse a breach of a peremptory norm. Where responsibility is established, the responsible State remains under a duty to perform, must cease the wrongful act and offer assurances of non-repetition, and must make full reparation by restitution, compensation or satisfaction, singly or in combination.

The six circumstances precluding wrongfulness

They are not defences in the sense of denying the breach. They are circumstances in which conduct that would otherwise be a breach is not wrongful while they last.

Article 20: consent. Valid consent by a State to the commission of a given act by another precludes wrongfulness in relation to that State to the extent that the act remains within the limits of the consent. Consent given after the act is a waiver, which is different.

Article 21: self-defence. The wrongfulness of an act is precluded if it is a lawful measure of self-defence taken in conformity with the Charter. The content of that is [The Use of Force and Collective Security].

Article 22: countermeasures. Wrongfulness is precluded if the act constitutes a countermeasure taken against the responsible State in accordance with articles 49 to 54, which are set out below.

Article 23: force majeure. The occurrence of an irresistible force or an unforeseen event beyond the control of the State, making it materially impossible in the circumstances to perform. It does not apply if the situation is due, alone or in combination with other factors, to the conduct of the State invoking it, or if the State has assumed the risk.

Article 24: distress. Where the author of the act has no other reasonable way, in a situation of distress, of saving his life or the lives of persons entrusted to his care. A pilot landing without permission to save his passengers is the standard example. The same two exclusions apply.

Article 25: necessity. The narrowest and the most litigated. Necessity may not be invoked unless the act is the only way for the State to safeguard an essential interest against a grave and imminent peril and does not seriously impair an essential interest of the State or States towards which the obligation exists, or of the international community as a whole. And it may not be invoked if the international obligation excludes it or if the State has contributed to the situation of necessity.

Article 26 is the limit on all six: nothing precludes the wrongfulness of any act which is not in conformity with an obligation arising under a peremptory norm of general international law. No consent, no distress and no necessity excuses genocide.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in199

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-One

Treatment of Aliens and Diplomatic Protection

Syllabus topic 2.3, "State Responsibility". This is its oldest branch and the one the standard textbooks treat at length.

In one line

If a State injures a foreigner, the wrong is done to the foreigner's State, and it is that State, not the foreigner, that may bring the claim.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: a State is responsible for injury to an alien within its territory where the treatment falls below the standard international law requires. The claim belongs to the alien's national State, which may exercise diplomatic protection at its discretion, subject to two conditions: the nationality of claims, meaning that the injured person must be a national of the claiming State, and the exhaustion of local remedies. Article 44 of the ILC Articles states both as conditions of admissibility.

The doctrine, and the fiction inside it

The classical statement is that in taking up the case of one of its nationals a State is asserting its own right, the right to ensure respect for the rules of international law in the person of its subjects.

That is a fiction, and it is deliberate. Under the classical theory the individual was not a subject of international law, so an injury to him could not be an international wrong unless it was reconceived as an injury to his State. The doctrine of diplomatic protection is the device that made the reconception work.

Three consequences follow from the fiction, and all three are examinable.

The claim belongs to the State. The State may bring it, settle it, or abandon it, and may keep any compensation it recovers. The individual has no right to insist.

The State may act for its own reasons. There is no obligation to protect. A State may decline for political reasons and the national has no remedy in international law.

The individual's own consent is irrelevant. He cannot compel the claim and, under the classical view, he cannot renounce it either. That is what the Calvo clause is about, below.

The standard of treatment

An old and unresolved argument, and MU's textbooks give it space.

The national treatment standard. An alien is entitled to the same treatment as nationals and no more. Pressed chiefly by Latin American and later by newly independent States, on the ground that a foreigner who comes to a country accepts its conditions, and that a higher standard for foreigners is a privilege, not equality.

The international minimum standard. There is a floor below which no State may go, whatever it does to its own nationals. Pressed by capital-exporting States, on the ground that a State which treats everybody badly cannot excuse itself by consistency.

The modern position is that the international minimum standard prevails, and that the argument has lost much of its force because human rights law now imposes obligations towards everybody within a State's jurisdiction, nationals and aliens alike. The minimum standard's content is generally stated as: no arbitrary arrest or detention, no denial of justice, protection of life and property against violence the State could reasonably prevent, and no expropriation except on conditions.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in208

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-Two

The Law of the Sea

Syllabus topic 2.4, "The Law of the Sea: (Law of Sea Convention, 1982)"

In one line

The law of the sea divides the ocean into zones measured outward from the coast, and the further out you go the less the coastal State may do.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the law of the sea is codified in the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea 1982, which came into force on 16 November 1994. It divides the sea into internal waters, the territorial sea, the contiguous zone, the exclusive economic zone, the continental shelf, the high seas and the Area, and confers on the coastal State rights that diminish with distance from the coast, from full sovereignty in internal waters to no rights at all on the high seas.

The two competing ideas, and their long argument

Everything in this module descends from a seventeenth-century quarrel, and knowing it makes the modern rules intelligible.

Mare liberum, the free sea. Grotius argued in 1609 that the sea cannot be owned by any nation and must be open to all. He wrote it for Dutch commercial reasons, and it became the freedom of the high seas, dealt with in [The High Seas].

Mare clausum, the closed sea. John Selden replied in 1635 that the sea could be appropriated like land, an argument that suited a State claiming the seas around its coast.

The compromise was distance. The coastal State gets sovereignty near the shore and everybody gets freedom beyond it. Bynkershoek's cannon-shot rule, that control extends as far as a cannon can fire, produced the traditional three-mile territorial sea, and the whole modern law is an elaboration of that compromise, with the line moved steadily outward.

How the Convention came about

Custom first. The law of the sea was customary until the twentieth century, and the great cases of that period, the Fisheries case and the Corfu Channel case, are decisions about customary rules.

The Truman Proclamation of 28 September 1945 is where the modern expansion begins. The United States claimed the natural resources of the continental shelf adjacent to its coast, and within a few years many States had done the same. The North Sea judgment, worked in [Custom], describes it as the starting point of the positive law on the subject.

UNCLOS I, Geneva 1958, produced four conventions: on the territorial sea and the contiguous zone, on the high seas, on fishing and conservation, and on the continental shelf. They codified much and left the breadth of the territorial sea unsettled.

UNCLOS II, Geneva 1960, failed to settle it.

UNCLOS III ran from 1973 to 1982 and produced a single Convention of 320 articles and nine annexes, opened for signature on 10 December 1982 at Montego Bay, Jamaica. It was negotiated as a package deal by consensus, which is why it admits no reservations: article 309 provides that no reservations or exceptions may be made unless expressly permitted by other articles.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in215

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-Three

Baselines and the Territorial Sea

Syllabus topic 2.4.1 A, "Territorial Sea", with the two cases MU names under it.

In one line

The baseline is the line the sea is measured from, and the territorial sea is the twelve-mile belt of sovereignty beyond it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: under article 3 of the Convention on the Law of the Sea every State has the right to establish the breadth of its territorial sea up to a limit not exceeding twelve nautical miles, measured from baselines determined in accordance with the Convention. The normal baseline under article 5 is the low-water line along the coast as marked on large-scale charts officially recognised by the coastal State; where the coastline is deeply indented and cut into, or where there is a fringe of islands along the coast in its immediate vicinity, article 7 permits the method of straight baselines joining appropriate points.

The breadth: an argument that took four hundred years

Article 3. Every State has the right to establish the breadth of its territorial sea up to a limit not exceeding 12 nautical miles, measured from baselines determined in accordance with the Convention.

Article 4. The outer limit is the line every point of which is at a distance from the nearest point of the baseline equal to the breadth of the territorial sea.

Two things about article 3 are examinable. It is a maximum, not a fixed width: a State may claim less, and Norway claimed four miles at the time of the Fisheries case. And it took until 1982 to settle: the traditional figure was three miles, from Bynkershoek's cannon-shot rule, and both the 1958 and 1960 conferences failed to agree, as [The Law of the Sea] records.

India claims the full twelve under section 3(2) of the Maritime Zones Act 1976: the limit of the territorial waters is the line every point of which is at a distance of twelve nautical miles from the nearest point of the appropriate baseline. Section 3(1) states that the sovereignty of India extends and has always extended to the territorial waters.

The baselines

The normal baseline

Article 5. Except where otherwise provided, the normal baseline is the low-water line along the coast as marked on large-scale charts officially recognised by the coastal State.

Low water rather than high water, because it favours the coastal State: the lower the line, the further out everything sits.

Straight baselines

Article 7(1). In localities where the coastline is deeply indented and cut into, or if there is a fringe of islands along the coast in its immediate vicinity, the method of straight baselines joining appropriate points may be employed.

Article 7 also deals with unstable coastlines where a delta and other natural conditions make the low-water line highly unstable, with the requirement that straight baselines must not depart to any appreciable extent from the general direction of the coast and that the sea areas within must be sufficiently closely linked to the land domain, and with the taking into account of economic interests peculiar to the region evidenced by long usage.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in221

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-Four

Innocent Passage, and Straits

Syllabus topic 2.4.1 A, "Territorial Sea", and the second case MU names under it, the Corfu Channel Case, ICJ Rep. 1949.

In one line

The territorial sea is sovereign territory through which foreign ships may nevertheless sail, provided the passage is innocent, and through international straits the right is stronger still.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: under article 17 of the Convention on the Law of the Sea, ships of all States, whether coastal or land-locked, enjoy the right of innocent passage through the territorial sea. Passage means navigation for the purpose of traversing the territorial sea or of proceeding to or from internal waters, and must be continuous and expeditious. Passage is innocent so long as it is not prejudicial to the peace, good order or security of the coastal State, and article 19(2) lists twelve activities which make it prejudicial.

Why the right exists at all

The territorial sea is sovereign territory, as [State Territory] sets out. On land, a foreigner needs permission. At sea he does not, and the reason is that a rule requiring permission would make navigation impossible: a ship sailing from Europe to Asia would need consent from every coastal State whose belt it crossed.

So the law reached a compromise: sovereignty for the coastal State, and a right of passage for everybody else. Article 2 builds it in by making the coastal State's sovereignty over the territorial sea subject to the Convention, and the Convention then confers the right.

Passage: article 18

Article 18(1). Passage means navigation through the territorial sea for the purpose of (a) traversing that sea without entering internal waters or calling at a roadstead or port facility outside internal waters, or (b) proceeding to or from internal waters or a call at such a roadstead or port facility.

Article 18(2). Passage shall be continuous and expeditious. However, passage includes stopping and anchoring, but only in so far as they are incidental to ordinary navigation or are rendered necessary by force majeure or distress, or for the purpose of rendering assistance to persons, ships or aircraft in danger or distress.

So a ship that anchors to wait out a storm is still in passage; a ship that anchors to fish is not.

Innocence: article 19

Article 19(1). Passage is innocent so long as it is not prejudicial to the peace, good order or security of the coastal State, and shall take place in conformity with the Convention and with other rules of international law.

Article 19(2) is the crucial provision and it converts a vague standard into a list. Passage of a foreign ship is considered prejudicial if in the territorial sea it engages in any of the following activities:

(a) any threat or use of force against the sovereignty, territorial integrity or political independence of the coastal State, or in any other manner in violation of the principles of international law embodied in the Charter; (b) any exercise or practice with weapons of any kind; (c) any act aimed at collecting information to the prejudice of the defence or security of the coastal State; (d) any act of propaganda aimed at affecting the defence or security of the coastal State; (e) the launching, landing or taking on board of any aircraft; (f) the launching, landing or taking on board of any military device; (g) the loading or unloading of any commodity, currency or person contrary to the customs, fiscal, immigration or sanitary laws and regulations of the coastal State; (h) any act of wilful and serious pollution contrary to the Convention; (i) any fishing activities; (j) the carrying out of research or survey activities; (k) any act aimed at interfering with any systems of communication or any other facilities or installations of the coastal State; (l) any other activity not having a direct bearing on passage.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in228

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-Five

The Contiguous Zone

Syllabus topic 2.4.1 B, "Contiguous Zone"

In one line

The contiguous zone is a twenty-four mile belt in which the coastal State may police four things and nothing else.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: under article 33 of the Convention on the Law of the Sea, in a zone contiguous to its territorial sea the coastal State may exercise the control necessary to prevent infringement of its customs, fiscal, immigration or sanitary laws and regulations within its territory or territorial sea, and to punish infringement of those laws committed within its territory or territorial sea. The contiguous zone may not extend beyond twenty-four nautical miles from the baselines from which the breadth of the territorial sea is measured.

Why it exists

The problem it solves is old and practical. A smuggler waits just outside the territorial sea, transfers his cargo to small boats, and runs it in. By the time the goods are inside the territorial sea it is too late to stop them, and outside it the coastal State has no power at all.

So States claimed a further belt in which they could not govern but could police, and the Convention accepted it in a carefully limited form. The zone is an enforcement device and nothing more.

The four purposes

Article 33(1). In a zone contiguous to its territorial sea, described as the contiguous zone, the coastal State may exercise the control necessary to:

(a) prevent infringement of its customs, fiscal, immigration or sanitary laws and regulations within its territory or territorial sea;

(b) punish infringement of the above laws and regulations committed within its territory or territorial sea.

Article 33(2). The contiguous zone may not extend beyond twenty-four nautical miles from the baselines from which the breadth of the territorial sea is measured.

Read that provision slowly, because four limits are packed into it and every one of them is examinable.

Only four subjects. Customs, fiscal, immigration and sanitary. Not fisheries, not security, not the environment, not scientific research. A State that boards a ship in the contiguous zone for a fisheries offence is acting outside article 33, though it may have power under the exclusive economic zone regime instead.

Control, not sovereignty. The article says the coastal State may exercise control. It does not confer sovereignty, and its laws do not apply in the zone as such.

The offence must relate to the territory or territorial sea. This is the limit students most often miss. The zone lets a State prevent an infringement that would occur within its territory or territorial sea, and punish one already committed there. It does not let the State create offences that can be committed in the zone itself.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in237

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-Six

The Continental Shelf

Syllabus topic 2.4.1, printed by MU as "A. Continental Shelf". (MU's lettering slips here: it prints A for the territorial sea, B for the contiguous zone, and then A again for the continental shelf, the exclusive economic zone and the high seas.)

In one line

The continental shelf is the seabed beyond the territorial sea, and the coastal State's rights over it exist automatically, without claim or occupation.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: under article 76 of the Convention on the Law of the Sea the continental shelf of a coastal State comprises the seabed and subsoil of the submarine areas that extend beyond its territorial sea throughout the natural prolongation of its land territory to the outer edge of the continental margin, or to a distance of two hundred nautical miles from the baselines where the outer edge of the margin does not extend that far. Under article 77 the coastal State exercises over the shelf sovereign rights for the purpose of exploring it and exploiting its natural resources, and those rights do not depend on occupation, effective or notional, or on any express proclamation.

Where the doctrine came from

Geology first, law second. Beyond most coasts the seabed slopes gently for some distance and then falls away steeply. The gentle part is the shelf; the drop is the slope; and beyond it lies the rise and then the deep ocean floor.

The Truman Proclamation of 28 September 1945 turned the geology into law. The United States claimed the natural resources of the subsoil and seabed of the continental shelf beneath the high seas contiguous to its coasts, and within a few years many States had made similar claims. The North Sea judgment describes it as the starting point of the positive law on the subject and notes that its chief doctrine, that the coastal State had an original, natural and exclusive right to the shelf off its shores, came to prevail over all others.

The 1958 Geneva Convention on the Continental Shelf codified it with a definition tied to depth and exploitability, which was unsatisfactory because technology kept moving the limit outward. Article 76 of the 1982 Convention replaced that with a definition tied to geology and distance.

The definition: article 76

Article 76(1). The continental shelf comprises the seabed and subsoil of the submarine areas that extend beyond the territorial sea throughout the natural prolongation of its land territory to the outer edge of the continental margin, or to a distance of 200 nautical miles from the baselines from which the breadth of the territorial sea is measured where the outer edge of the continental margin does not extend up to that distance.

Two limbs, and it is important to see that they are alternatives.

The distance limb. Every coastal State gets two hundred miles of shelf whatever the geology, so a State whose margin stops at eighty miles still has two hundred.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in242

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-Seven

The Exclusive Economic Zone

Syllabus topic 2.4.1, printed by MU as "A. Exclusive Economic Zone".

In one line

The exclusive economic zone is a two-hundred-mile belt in which the coastal State owns the resources and everybody else keeps their freedom to sail, fly and lay cables.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the exclusive economic zone is an area beyond and adjacent to the territorial sea, subject to a specific legal regime under which the coastal State has sovereign rights for the purpose of exploring and exploiting, conserving and managing the natural resources of the waters superjacent to the seabed and of the seabed and its subsoil, and jurisdiction over artificial islands, marine scientific research and the protection of the marine environment. It shall not extend beyond two hundred nautical miles from the baselines, and all States retain the freedoms of navigation, overflight and the laying of submarine cables and pipelines.

The newest zone, and the reason for it

The exclusive economic zone did not exist before the 1970s. It was invented at UNCLOS III and accepted as customary law before the Convention even entered into force, which makes it the standard modern example of a treaty rule generating custom, dealt with in [Treaties as a Source].

The pressure came from two directions. Distant-water fleets with industrial technology were exhausting fisheries off other States' coasts, and the coastal States could do nothing beyond twelve miles. And newly independent States wanted the resources off their own shores rather than the freedom of the seas that had served the maritime powers.

The compromise is in the name. It is exclusive as to the economy and it is not exclusive as to anything else. That single sentence answers most examination problems on the topic.

The regime

Article 55. The exclusive economic zone is an area beyond and adjacent to the territorial sea, subject to the specific legal regime established in Part V, under which the rights and jurisdiction of the coastal State and the rights and freedoms of other States are governed by the relevant provisions of the Convention.

The words "specific legal regime" matter. The zone is neither territorial sea nor high seas; it is its own thing, and arguments that treat it as one or the other go wrong.

Article 57. The zone shall not extend beyond 200 nautical miles from the baselines from which the breadth of the territorial sea is measured.

Article 56(1). In the exclusive economic zone the coastal State has:

(a) sovereign rights for the purpose of exploring and exploiting, conserving and managing the natural resources, whether living or non-living, of the waters superjacent to the seabed and of the seabed and its subsoil, and with regard to other activities for the economic exploitation and exploration of the zone, such as the production of energy from the water, currents and winds;

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in249

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-Eight

The High Seas

Syllabus topic 2.4.1, printed by MU as "A. High Seas".

In one line

The high seas belong to nobody, are open to everybody, and are policed by each ship's own flag State except in a handful of cases where any State may act.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the high seas comprise all parts of the sea not included in the exclusive economic zone, the territorial sea or the internal waters of a State, or in the archipelagic waters of an archipelagic State. They are open to all States, no State may validly purport to subject any part of them to its sovereignty, and they are reserved for peaceful purposes. Ships are subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of their flag State, subject to defined exceptions of which piracy, the right of visit and hot pursuit are the most important.

Grotius wins

The freedom of the high seas is the surviving half of the argument set out in [The Law of the Sea]. Grotius argued in Mare Liberum in 1609 that the sea cannot be owned and must be open to all; Selden replied that it could be appropriated; and the compromise was that the coastal State takes the near sea and everybody shares the rest.

Four centuries later the near sea reaches two hundred miles and the rest is still shared.

The core rules

Article 86. The provisions of Part VII apply to all parts of the sea that are not included in the exclusive economic zone, in the territorial sea or in the internal waters of a State, or in the archipelagic waters of an archipelagic State. The article is a residual definition: the high seas are what is left over.

Article 87(1). The high seas are open to all States, whether coastal or land-locked. Freedom of the high seas is exercised under the conditions laid down by the Convention and by other rules of international law, and comprises, inter alia, both for coastal and land-locked States:

(a) freedom of navigation; (b) freedom of overflight; (c) freedom to lay submarine cables and pipelines, subject to Part VI; (d) freedom to construct artificial islands and other installations permitted under international law, subject to Part VI; (e) freedom of fishing, subject to the conditions laid down in section 2; (f) freedom of scientific research, subject to Parts VI and XIII.

Article 87(2) requires these freedoms to be exercised with due regard for the interests of other States in their exercise of the freedom of the high seas, and with due regard for the rights under the Convention with respect to activities in the Area.

Two things about the list. The words inter alia mean it is not exhaustive. And the last four freedoms are each expressly made subject to other Parts, so freedom of fishing on the high seas is a freedom to fish under conditions and not a freedom to strip the ocean.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in257

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-Nine

Delimitation of Maritime Boundaries

Syllabus topic 2.4.2, "Delimitation of Adjacent and Opposite Maritime Boundaries", with the two ICJ cases MU lists as A and B.

In one line

Where two States' maritime zones overlap, the boundary is drawn by agreement in order to achieve an equitable solution, and equidistance is a starting point rather than a rule.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the delimitation of the territorial sea between States with opposite or adjacent coasts is governed by article 15 of the Convention on the Law of the Sea, which applies the median line unless historic title or other special circumstances require otherwise. The delimitation of the exclusive economic zone and of the continental shelf is governed by articles 74 and 83, which require delimitation by agreement on the basis of international law in order to achieve an equitable solution. Courts and tribunals now apply a three-stage method: a provisional equidistance line, adjustment for relevant circumstances, and a check against disproportion.

Three provisions, two standards

Article 15, the territorial sea. Where the coasts of two States are opposite or adjacent, neither is entitled, failing agreement between them to the contrary, to extend its territorial sea beyond the median line every point of which is equidistant from the nearest points on the baselines from which the breadth of each State's territorial sea is measured. That does not apply where it is necessary by reason of historic title or other special circumstances to delimit the territorial seas in a way which is at variance with it.

Articles 74(1) and 83(1), the exclusive economic zone and the continental shelf. Delimitation shall be effected by agreement on the basis of international law, as referred to in article 38 of the Statute of the International Court of Justice, in order to achieve an equitable solution. Both articles add that if no agreement can be reached within a reasonable period the States concerned shall resort to the procedures in Part XV, and that pending agreement they shall make every effort to enter into provisional arrangements of a practical nature.

Notice the difference. Article 15 states a rule, the median line, with an exception. Articles 74 and 83 state no rule at all: they state an objective, an equitable solution, and leave the method open. That drafting was deliberate, because UNCLOS III could not agree between the equidistance camp and the equitable-principles camp, and the two cases below are why.

The first case: equidistance rejected

Facts. North Sea Continental Shelf Cases (Federal Republic of Germany/Denmark; Federal Republic of Germany/Netherlands), ICJ Reports 1969, page 3, judgment of 20 February 1969. Germany, Denmark and the Netherlands had agreed partial continental shelf boundaries near the coast in 1964 and 1965 but could not agree on their prolongation. Denmark and the Netherlands wanted equidistance, as in article 6 of the 1958 Geneva Convention. Germany's North Sea coast is concave, and equidistance lines drawn from a recessing coast meet a short way out and cut off the State behind them from the shelf beyond; the convex coasts of Denmark and the Netherlands had the opposite, widening effect. Germany had signed but never ratified the 1958 Convention. By two special agreements of 20 February 1967 the parties asked the Court to state the applicable principles.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in269

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty

Republic of Italy v. Union of India

Syllabus topic 2.4.2 C, printed by MU as "Republic of Italy v. Union of India (2013) 4 SCC 721".

In one line

Two Italian marines aboard an Italian tanker shot two Indian fishermen twenty miles off Kerala, and the case is about which State could try them.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Enrica Lexie incident raised the question whether India or Italy was entitled to exercise criminal jurisdiction over an act committed on board an Italian-flagged vessel in India's exclusive economic zone, resulting in the deaths of Indian nationals on an Indian-flagged vessel. The Supreme Court of India held on 18 January 2013 that the Union of India rather than the State of Kerala had jurisdiction and ordered a Special Court. An arbitral tribunal under Annex VII to the Convention held on 21 May 2020 that India had not breached the Convention's provisions on freedom of navigation or flag State jurisdiction, that Italy had breached them by interfering with the Indian vessel, and that the marines were entitled to immunity, so that India was precluded from exercising jurisdiction over them.

The facts

On 15 February 2012, about 20.5 nautical miles off the coast of India, two Italian marines serving as a military security detachment aboard the Enrica Lexie, an oil tanker flying the Italian flag, fired on an Indian fishing vessel, the St. Antony. Two Indian fishermen were killed. Italy said the marines took the fishing vessel for a pirate attack; India said its fishermen were killed without cause.

Where the shooting happened decides the whole case. Twenty and a half miles is beyond India's twelve-mile territorial sea and beyond its twenty-four-mile contiguous zone, and inside its two-hundred-mile exclusive economic zone. So the ordinary rules of the territorial sea, including article 27 on criminal jurisdiction on board a foreign ship in innocent passage, did not apply, and the question fell to be answered under the exclusive economic zone regime in [The Exclusive Economic Zone] and the flag State rules in [The High Seas].

The Indian proceedings

Kerala. Kerala's police investigated and charged the marines. The High Court of Kerala, on 29 May 2012, held that India and the Kerala authorities had jurisdiction. Its reasoning was that although the incident occurred outside India's territorial waters and within its contiguous zone, the Ministry of Home Affairs Notification S.O. 671(E) of 27 August 1981 made the Indian Penal Code and the Code of Criminal Procedure applicable to the entirety of India's exclusive economic zone, and that this conclusion was not incompatible with the Convention. The Court said the case could be treated only as one of brutal murder and could in no way be masqueraded as a discharge of a sovereign function.

That Notification is section 7 of the Maritime Zones Act 1976 in action: the Act allows the Central Government to extend enactments to the zone, and the 1981 Notification did so for the criminal law.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in276

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty-One

The Bay of Bengal Maritime Boundary Arbitration

Syllabus topic 2.4.2 D, printed by MU as "In the Matter of the Bay of Bengal Maritime Boundary Arbitration (between the People's Republic of Bangladesh and the Republic of India), 2014".

In one line

India and Bangladesh could not agree a boundary in a bay whose shape cuts Bangladesh off from the sea, and a tribunal drew one, adjusting equidistance for the concavity.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: in the Bay of Bengal Maritime Boundary Arbitration, decided on 7 July 2014, an arbitral tribunal constituted under Annex VII to the Convention on the Law of the Sea delimited the territorial sea, the exclusive economic zone and the continental shelf within and beyond two hundred nautical miles between Bangladesh and India. It applied the equidistance and relevant circumstances method, held that the concavity of the coast of Bangladesh caused the provisional equidistance line to produce a cut-off effect amounting to a relevant circumstance, and adjusted the line accordingly, producing a grey area in which the seabed belongs to one State and the superjacent waters to the other.

Why the case arose

The geography is the case. The Bay of Bengal is markedly concave, and Bangladesh sits at the head of the concavity with India to the west and Myanmar to the east. As [Delimitation of Maritime Boundaries] explains, equidistance lines drawn from a recessing coast converge a short distance out and cut the State behind them off from the sea beyond. Bangladesh's position in the Bay is the textbook instance, and the North Sea Continental Shelf cases had identified the same problem for Germany forty-five years earlier.

Two neighbours, two proceedings. Bangladesh's boundary with Myanmar was decided by the International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea on 14 March 2012. Its boundary with India came to an Annex VII tribunal.

The tribunal and the proceedings

Constituted under Annex VII to the Convention, with the Permanent Court of Arbitration at The Hague as registry. The tribunal was Judge Rudiger Wolfrum as President, with Judge Jean-Pierre Cot, Judge Thomas A. Mensah, Dr Pemmaraju Sreenivasa Rao and Professor Ivan Shearer. The award is dated 7 July 2014.

What was decided

Facts. Bay of Bengal Maritime Boundary Arbitration (Bangladesh v. India), PCA Case No. 2010-16, award of 7 July 2014. Bangladesh and India had never agreed a maritime boundary. Bangladesh argued that the geography of the Bay made equidistance inappropriate and proposed an angle-bisector line; India argued for the equidistance and relevant circumstances method and a median line. Bangladesh also relied on the concavity of its coast as a special circumstance and on the instability of its deltaic coastline.

Held on jurisdiction and the land boundary. Unanimously, the tribunal had jurisdiction to adjudicate the case, to identify the land boundary terminus, and to delimit the territorial sea, the exclusive economic zone and the continental shelf within and beyond two hundred nautical miles in the areas where the parties' claims overlapped. It determined the terminus of the land boundary at 21 degrees 38 minutes 40.2 seconds North, 89 degrees 09 minutes 20.0 seconds East.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in282

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty-Two

The Common Heritage of Mankind

Syllabus topic 2.5, printed by MU as Concept of "Common Heritage of Mankind" Relating to the Resources of International Sea-bed Area.

In one line

The deep seabed and its minerals belong to nobody and to everybody, cannot be appropriated, and must be exploited for the benefit of mankind as a whole.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 136 of the Convention on the Law of the Sea provides that the Area and its resources are the common heritage of mankind. The Area is defined in article 1(1)(1) as the seabed and ocean floor and subsoil thereof beyond the limits of national jurisdiction. Article 137 provides that no State shall claim or exercise sovereignty or sovereign rights over any part of the Area or its resources, that all rights in the resources are vested in mankind as a whole on whose behalf the Authority shall act, and that no such claim or appropriation shall be recognised.

Where the idea came from

The problem. Manganese nodules lie on the deep ocean floor beyond every State's jurisdiction, containing nickel, copper, cobalt and manganese. By the 1960s recovering them looked possible. On the classical law of the high seas, dealt with in [The High Seas], the seabed beyond national jurisdiction was open to all, which in practice meant open to whoever had the ships and the technology.

Pardo's speech. On 1 November 1967 Arvid Pardo, the permanent representative of Malta, addressed the General Assembly and proposed that the seabed beyond national jurisdiction be declared the common heritage of mankind, reserved for peaceful purposes, and exploited for the benefit of mankind as a whole with particular regard to the needs of poor countries. That speech is the origin of the concept and of the process that produced UNCLOS III.

The Declaration of Principles. The General Assembly adopted Resolution 2749 (XXV) in 1970, declaring the seabed beyond national jurisdiction and its resources the common heritage of mankind. On the legal status of such a resolution, see [Resolutions of the General Assembly].

Then Part XI, negotiated at UNCLOS III and written into articles 133 to 191 of the 1982 Convention.

The five elements

The concept is usually broken into five, and an examiner expects them named.

Non-appropriation. Article 137(1): no State shall claim or exercise sovereignty or sovereign rights over any part of the Area or its resources, nor shall any State or natural or juridical person appropriate any part of it, and no such claim, exercise or appropriation shall be recognised. Article 137(2): all rights in the resources of the Area are vested in mankind as a whole, on whose behalf the Authority shall act, and those resources are not subject to alienation, though minerals recovered from the Area may be alienated in accordance with Part XI and the Authority's rules.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in288

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty-Three

The Area, and the Parallel System of Mining

Syllabus topic 2.6, printed by MU as "International Seabed Mining:-Parallel System of Mining"

In one line

The parallel system lets private and State miners work the deep seabed on condition that each of them hands half of every good site to an international body that mines for everybody.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: activities in the Area are organised, carried out and controlled by the International Seabed Authority on behalf of mankind as a whole. Article 153 establishes the parallel system: activities are carried out by the Enterprise, which is the Authority's own mining arm, and in association with the Authority by States Parties, State enterprises or natural or juridical persons of their nationality when sponsored by them. Annex III article 8 supplies the banking mechanism by which every applicant must submit an area large enough for two mining operations, of which the Authority reserves one half for itself.

The Authority

Article 156 establishes the International Seabed Authority, and article 157 provides that it is the organisation through which States Parties organise and control activities in the Area, particularly with a view to administering its resources. Its seat is in Jamaica. All States Parties to the Convention are members.

Its organs, in outline, and an examiner asks for them by name.

The Assembly, articles 159 and 160: all members, one vote each, the supreme organ, which establishes general policies and, under article 160(2)(f)(i), considers and approves on the recommendation of the Council the rules on the equitable sharing of financial and other economic benefits derived from activities in the Area.

The Council, articles 161 to 165: thirty-six members elected by the Assembly on a formula balancing consumers, investors, exporters and developing States, and the executive organ, which supervises and coordinates implementation, approves plans of work, and exercises control over activities. Its subsidiary bodies are the Legal and Technical Commission and the Finance Committee.

The Secretariat, articles 166 to 169, headed by a Secretary-General elected by the Assembly.

The Enterprise, article 170 and Annex IV: the organ of the Authority which carries out activities in the Area directly, as well as the transporting, processing and marketing of minerals recovered. It is the Authority's own miner, and it is the reason the system is called parallel.

The parallel system: article 153

Article 153(1). Activities in the Area shall be organised, carried out and controlled by the Authority on behalf of mankind as a whole, in accordance with that article and the other provisions of Part XI, the relevant Annexes, and the rules, regulations and procedures of the Authority.

Article 153(2). Activities in the Area shall be carried out as prescribed in paragraph 3:

(a) by the Enterprise, and

(b) in association with the Authority by States Parties, or State enterprises or natural or juridical persons which possess the nationality of States Parties or are effectively controlled by them or their nationals, when sponsored by such States, or any group of the foregoing meeting the requirements of Part XI and Annex III.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in295

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Module III

munotes.in

Chapter Forty-Four

What a Treaty Is, and Its Kinds

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Law of Treaties: Definition, kinds and essentials"

In one line

A treaty is a written agreement between States, intended to create legal obligations and governed by international law, and its name makes no difference at all.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 2(1)(a) of the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties 1969 defines a treaty as an international agreement concluded between States in written form and governed by international law, whether embodied in a single instrument or in two or more related instruments and whatever its particular designation. The essentials are therefore an agreement, between States, in writing, and governed by international law.

The Convention, and what it does not reach

Article 1. The present Convention applies to treaties between States.

That limit matters. Agreements between States and international organisations, and between organisations, are covered by a separate convention of 1986 and not by this one.

Article 3 saves everything the Convention does not reach: the fact that it does not apply to international agreements concluded between States and other subjects of international law, or between such other subjects, or to agreements not in written form, does not affect the legal force of such agreements, the application to them of any rules in the Convention to which they would be subject under international law independently of the Convention, or the application of the Convention to relations between States under agreements to which other subjects are also parties.

Read article 3 carefully, because it answers the commonest objection to the definition. An oral agreement between States is not covered by the Convention and is not thereby invalid: it is a treaty at customary law, and much of the Convention applies to it as custom.

Article 4, non-retroactivity. Without prejudice to the application of any rules set out in the Convention to which treaties would be subject under international law independently of it, the Convention applies only to treaties concluded by States after its entry into force with regard to those States. So the Convention is not retrospective, and older treaties are governed by the customary rules, most of which the Convention states.

Article 5 applies the Convention to any treaty which is the constituent instrument of an international organisation, and to any treaty adopted within an international organisation, without prejudice to the relevant rules of the organisation. So the Charter of the United Nations is itself a treaty, and the rules in this module apply to it.

Article 6. Every State possesses capacity to conclude treaties. That is short and it is the point of principle: treaty-making capacity is an incident of statehood.

The definition, element by element

Article 2(1)(a). A treaty means an international agreement concluded between States in written form and governed by international law, whether embodied in a single instrument or in two or more related instruments, and whatever its particular designation.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in303

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty-Five

Making a Treaty: From Full Powers to Entry Into Force

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Formation of treaties"

In one line

A treaty is made in five steps, negotiation, adoption, authentication, consent to be bound and entry into force, and only the fourth binds the State while only the fifth makes the treaty operate.

Students lose marks by collapsing the last two. A State may have consented to be bound by a treaty that has not yet entered into force, in which case it owes only the interim duty in article 18. A treaty may be in force among other States while a particular State is still not a party.

Who may act for the State

Article 7(1). A person represents a State for the purpose of adopting or authenticating a text, or of expressing consent to be bound, if he produces appropriate full powers, or if it appears from the practice of the States concerned or other circumstances that their intention was to consider that person as representing the State and to dispense with full powers.

Article 7(2), the three classes who need no full powers.

(a) Heads of State, Heads of Government and Ministers for Foreign Affairs, for all acts relating to the conclusion of a treaty.

(b) Heads of diplomatic missions, for adopting the text of a treaty between the accrediting State and the State to which they are accredited, and no further.

(c) Representatives accredited to a conference or an organisation, for adopting the text in that conference, organisation or organ, and no further.

Notice how narrow (b) and (c) are. An ambassador may adopt a bilateral text with the host State; he may not sign a multilateral convention or express consent to be bound without full powers.

Article 8, the cure. An act relating to the conclusion of a treaty performed by a person who cannot be considered under article 7 as authorised is without legal effect unless afterwards confirmed by that State. So an unauthorised signature is a nullity, not a wrong, and the State may adopt it later if it wishes.

Article 6 underlies all of this: every State possesses capacity to conclude treaties.

Adoption and authentication

Article 9(1). The adoption of the text takes place by the consent of all the States participating in drawing it up.

Article 9(2), the conference rule. At an international conference, adoption takes place by the vote of two thirds of the States present and voting, unless by the same majority they decide to apply a different rule. That saving is why the great modern conventions were adopted by consensus: the conference resolved to proceed differently.

Article 10, authentication. The text is established as authentic and definitive by such procedure as the text provides or the participating States agree, or, failing that, by signature, signature ad referendum or initialling of the text or of the Final Act of a conference incorporating it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in309

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty-Six

Reservations to Treaties

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Reservations"

In one line

A reservation is a unilateral statement by which a State excludes or modifies the effect of certain provisions in their application to itself, and it is permitted unless the treaty forbids it or it is incompatible with the treaty's object and purpose.

The definition

Article 2(1)(d). A reservation means a unilateral statement, however phrased or named, made by a State when signing, ratifying, accepting, approving or acceding to a treaty, whereby it purports to exclude or to modify the legal effect of certain provisions of the treaty in their application to that State.

Four points hide in that sentence.

However phrased or named. A State cannot escape the law of reservations by calling its statement a declaration, an understanding or an interpretative statement. What matters is whether it purports to exclude or modify legal effect.

At the moment of expressing consent. A reservation is made when signing, ratifying, accepting, approving or acceding, and not later. A State that has become a party without reservation cannot add one afterwards, except with the agreement of the other parties.

Certain provisions. A reservation is directed at identified provisions. A statement rejecting the whole treaty is not a reservation; it is a refusal to be a party.

In their application to that State. A reservation changes the treaty for the reserving State and for those dealing with it. It cannot change the treaty for anybody else, which article 21(2) makes explicit.

A reservation is not the same as an interpretative declaration. A genuine interpretative declaration says what the State understands a provision to mean, without excluding or modifying its effect. If in substance it excludes or modifies effect, it is a reservation whatever its label, because article 2(1)(d) says however phrased or named.

The old rule and the case that ended it

Before 1951 the rule was unanimity: a reservation was effective only if every other contracting party accepted it, and a single objection kept the reserving State out of the treaty altogether. That rule suited treaties among few States. It did not suit the general multilateral conventions of the United Nations era, where hundreds of States were wanted as parties.

Reservations to the Genocide Convention, ICJ Reports 1951, p. 15

The question. By a resolution of 16 November 1950 the General Assembly asked the Court three questions about the Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide, which contained no article on reservations. Could a State that ratified or acceded subject to a reservation objected to by some parties but not others be regarded as a party while maintaining the reservation? If so, what was the effect of the reservation as between the reserving State and the objecting parties, and as between it and the accepting parties? What was the legal effect of an objection made by a signatory that had not yet ratified, or by a State entitled to sign or accede that had not done so?

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in318

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty-Seven

Interpretation of Treaties

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Interpretation of treaties"

In one line

A treaty is interpreted in good faith according to the ordinary meaning of its terms in their context and in the light of its object and purpose, and preparatory work is a supplementary means, used to confirm that meaning or to resolve ambiguity or absurdity.

The general rule: article 31

Article 31(1). A treaty shall be interpreted in good faith in accordance with the ordinary meaning to be given to the terms of the treaty in their context and in the light of its object and purpose.

One rule, four elements. Good faith, ordinary meaning, context, object and purpose. The heading of article 31 is "General rule of interpretation" in the singular, and the International Law Commission chose the singular deliberately. The interpreter does not select textual, contextual or teleological interpretation as if choosing a school; the four elements work together in a single operation.

Good faith is not an independent licence to depart from the text. It is the same principle as in article 26, applied to reading rather than performing.

Ordinary meaning is the starting point, subject to article 31(4), which provides that a special meaning shall be given to a term if it is established that the parties so intended. The burden of establishing a special meaning lies on the party asserting it, which is what "if it is established" means.

What context includes: article 31(2)

The context comprises, in addition to the text, including its preamble and annexes:

(a) any agreement relating to the treaty made between all the parties in connection with its conclusion; and

(b) any instrument made by one or more parties in connection with the conclusion and accepted by the other parties as an instrument related to the treaty.

Two things follow. The preamble is part of the text, which is why preambles are the usual place to find the object and purpose stated. And a document is context only if all the parties made it, or made and accepted it as related; a unilateral statement nobody accepted is not context.

What is taken into account with the context: article 31(3)

(a) any subsequent agreement between the parties regarding interpretation or application;

(b) any subsequent practice in the application of the treaty which establishes the agreement of the parties regarding its interpretation;

(c) any relevant rules of international law applicable in the relations between the parties.

Subsequent practice is the most used and the most misused. Practice counts under 31(3)(b) only where it establishes the agreement of the parties. Practice by some States, unopposed but unshared, is not enough on its own, though it may sometimes be evidence of acquiescence.

Article 31(3)(c) is the article of systemic integration. It is the reason a treaty is not read in isolation from the rest of international law, and the reason a modern investment or trade treaty is read alongside human rights and environmental obligations binding on the same parties.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in326

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty-Eight

Rights and Duties of the Parties, and Third States

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Rights and duties of parties to treaties"

In one line

Every treaty in force binds the parties and must be performed in good faith, internal law is no excuse, and a treaty creates neither obligations nor rights for a non-party without its consent.

Pacta sunt servanda: article 26

Every treaty in force is binding upon the parties to it and must be performed by them in good faith.

That is the whole of article 26, and it is the foundation of the entire law of treaties. Every rule that follows is either an application of it or a carefully limited exception to it.

Three elements. The treaty must be in force, which sends the reader back to article 24. It binds the parties, which sends the reader to article 34. And performance must be in good faith, which means more than literal compliance: a party may not perform in a manner that deprives the other of the benefit of the bargain, nor exercise a right for a purpose other than that for which it was conferred.

Internal law is no excuse: article 27

A party may not invoke the provisions of its internal law as justification for its failure to perform a treaty. This rule is without prejudice to article 46.

Why the rule must exist. If a State could excuse breach by pointing to its own law, every treaty obligation would be defeasible at the will of the obligated State's legislature, and pacta sunt servanda would mean nothing.

How far it goes. It covers the whole of internal law: constitution, statute, subordinate legislation, and the decisions of the State's own courts. It does not require the State to change its internal law, but the State answers internationally for the consequences of leaving it as it is.

The saving. Article 46, dealt with in [Validity of Treaties, and Jus Cogens], concerns something different: not an excuse for non-performance but a plea that consent was invalid because it was given in manifest violation of a rule of internal law of fundamental importance regarding competence to conclude treaties. That plea is narrow, and article 27 makes clear it is the only way internal law bears on the matter.

India. The same principle explains the position in [International Law in Indian Courts]. India's monist or dualist position matters to what an Indian court will apply; it does not affect India's answerability under article 27 for a failure to perform.

Non-retroactivity: article 28

Unless a different intention appears from the treaty or is otherwise established, its provisions do not bind a party in relation to any act or fact which took place or any situation which ceased to exist before the date of the entry into force of the treaty with respect to that party.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in333

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty-Nine

Validity of Treaties, and Jus Cogens

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Validity of treaties"

In one line

A treaty is presumed valid, may be impeached only on the grounds the Convention states, and the grounds run from defects that merely make consent voidable to coercion and conflict with a peremptory norm, which make the treaty void.

The presumption, and the closed list: article 42

Article 42(1). The validity of a treaty, or of the consent of a State to be bound, may be impeached only through the application of the present Convention.

Article 42(2). Termination, denunciation, withdrawal or suspension may take place only as a result of the application of the provisions of the treaty or of the Convention.

That is the article that makes the rest of Part V an exhaustive code rather than examples. A State that wishes to escape a treaty must point to a ground in the treaty itself or in the Convention.

Article 43, the residue. Invalidity, termination, denunciation, withdrawal or suspension shall not in any way impair the duty of any State to fulfil any obligation embodied in the treaty to which it would be subject under international law independently of the treaty. So killing the treaty does not kill the customary rule inside it, which is the mirror image of article 38 in [Rights and Duties of the Parties, and Third States].

Separability and loss of the right: articles 44 and 45

Article 44(1) and (2). A right to denounce, withdraw or suspend, and a ground for invalidating, terminating, withdrawing or suspending, may be exercised or invoked only with respect to the whole treaty, unless the treaty otherwise provides or the parties agree, and except as articles 44(3) to (5) and article 60 provide.

Article 44(3), when clauses may be severed. Where the ground relates solely to particular clauses, it may be invoked as to those clauses only where (a) they are separable in their application, (b) it appears from the treaty or is otherwise established that acceptance of those clauses was not an essential basis of the consent of the other party or parties to be bound as a whole, and (c) continued performance of the remainder would not be unjust. All three conditions must be satisfied.

Article 44(4). In cases of fraud and corruption, the injured State may choose: the whole treaty, or, subject to paragraph 3, the particular clauses.

Article 44(5), the rule to memorise. In cases falling under articles 51, 52 and 53, that is coercion of a representative, coercion of a State, and conflict with a peremptory norm, no separation of the provisions is permitted. The treaty falls entirely.

Article 45, loss of the right. A State may no longer invoke a ground under articles 46 to 50 or articles 60 and 62 if, after becoming aware of the facts, it has expressly agreed that the treaty is valid or remains in force, or must by reason of its conduct be considered as having acquiesced.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in341

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty

Termination and Suspension of Treaties

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Termination of treaties"

In one line

A treaty ends by its own terms, by consent, by material breach, by supervening impossibility, by fundamental change of circumstances, or by conflict with a new peremptory norm, and the last three are pleaded far more often than they succeed.

By the treaty or by consent: articles 54 to 58

Article 54. Termination or the withdrawal of a party may take place in conformity with the provisions of the treaty, or at any time by consent of all the parties after consultation with the other contracting States.

Most treaties end this way. A denunciation clause, a fixed term, a resolutory condition, or agreement to bring the treaty to an end.

Article 55. Unless the treaty otherwise provides, a multilateral treaty does not terminate by reason only of the number of parties falling below the number necessary for its entry into force. Entry into force needed a threshold; continuance does not.

Article 56, the silent treaty

Where a treaty contains no provision regarding termination and does not provide for denunciation or withdrawal, it is not subject to denunciation or withdrawal unless:

(a) it is established that the parties intended to admit the possibility; or

(b) a right of denunciation or withdrawal may be implied by the nature of the treaty.

Article 56(2). A party must give not less than twelve months' notice.

The presumption is against a right to leave. Under (b), a right is implied by the nature of some treaties, alliances and commercial treaties among them, and is not implied in others, boundary and peace treaties in particular, and human rights covenants have been held by their supervisory bodies to admit no withdrawal.

Article 57, suspension, mirrors article 54: by the treaty's provisions, or by consent of all the parties after consultation with the other contracting States.

Article 58, suspension between some parties only, mirrors article 41 in [Rights and Duties of the Parties, and Third States]: two or more parties may agree to suspend provisions temporarily and as between themselves alone if the treaty provides for it, or if it is not prohibited and does not affect the enjoyment by the other parties of their rights or the performance of their obligations and is not incompatible with the object and purpose of the treaty, with notification to the other parties.

Article 59, termination implied by a later treaty. A treaty is considered terminated if all the parties conclude a later treaty on the same subject matter and either it appears that they intended the matter to be governed by the later treaty, or the later provisions are so far incompatible that the two are not capable of being applied at the same time. If the intention was suspension only, article 59(2) treats the earlier treaty as suspended. This is the article article 30(3) refers to.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in350

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-One

The United Nations: Purposes, Principles and Membership

Syllabus topic 3.2 A, "U.N.O."

In one line

The United Nations was established by the Charter of 26 June 1945 to maintain international peace and security, and it is a legal person distinct from its Members, with six principal organs and a constituent instrument whose obligations prevail over all other agreements.

The Charter, and the Organization it created

The Charter was signed at San Francisco on 26 June 1945 and entered into force on 24 October 1945. Its final recital says that the Governments, through representatives assembled in the city of San Francisco who exhibited full powers found in good and due form, have agreed to the Charter and do hereby establish an international organization to be known as the United Nations.

The Charter is a treaty, and everything in [What a Treaty Is, and Its Kinds] and [Making a Treaty: From Full Powers to Entry Into Force] applies to it, with the qualification in article 5 of the Vienna Convention that the Convention applies to a constituent instrument of an organisation without prejudice to the relevant rules of the organisation.

The Preamble is part of the text for interpretation under article 31(2) of the Vienna Convention, and it is worth knowing because it is where the object and purpose is stated. It opens WE THE PEOPLES OF THE UNITED NATIONS DETERMINED, and the determinations are: to save succeeding generations from the scourge of war, which twice in our lifetime has brought untold sorrow to mankind; to reaffirm faith in fundamental human rights, in the dignity and worth of the human person, in the equal rights of men and women and of nations large and small; to establish conditions under which justice and respect for the obligations arising from treaties and other sources of international law can be maintained; and to promote social progress and better standards of life in larger freedom.

Note the opening words. The Charter speaks in the name of the peoples and is made by the Governments. That tension runs through the whole instrument.

The Purposes: article 1

Article 1(1). To maintain international peace and security, and to that end to take effective collective measures for the prevention and removal of threats to the peace and for the suppression of acts of aggression or other breaches of the peace, and to bring about by peaceful means, and in conformity with the principles of justice and international law, adjustment or settlement of international disputes or situations which might lead to a breach of the peace.

Article 1(2). To develop friendly relations among nations based on respect for the principle of equal rights and self-determination of peoples, and to take other appropriate measures to strengthen universal peace.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in359

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-Two

The General Assembly

Syllabus topic 3.2 B, "General Assembly"

In one line

The General Assembly is the plenary organ in which every Member has one vote, and it may discuss any matter within the Charter and recommend on it, but except in budgetary and internal matters its acts are recommendations and not commands.

Composition and voting: articles 9, 18 and 19

Article 9. The Assembly consists of all the Members, and each Member shall have not more than five representatives.

Article 18(1). Each member of the Assembly shall have one vote. That is the plainest expression in the Charter of the sovereign equality in article 2(1), and it is what makes the Assembly the organ in which small States count equally.

Article 18(2), important questions, decided by a two thirds majority of the members present and voting. The Charter lists them: recommendations with respect to the maintenance of international peace and security; the election of the non-permanent members of the Security Council; the election of the members of the Economic and Social Council; the election of members of the Trusteeship Council under article 86(1)(c); the admission of new Members; the suspension of the rights and privileges of membership; the expulsion of Members; questions relating to the operation of the trusteeship system; and budgetary questions.

Article 18(3). Other questions, including the determination of additional categories of questions to be decided by a two thirds majority, are decided by a majority of the members present and voting.

Read 18(3) carefully. The decision to add a new category of important question is itself taken by simple majority, which means an ordinary majority may raise the threshold for a later vote.

Present and voting means those casting an affirmative or negative vote. Abstentions are not counted, so a resolution may pass with fewer than two thirds of the membership behind it.

Article 19, arrears. A Member in arrears in the payment of its financial contributions shall have no vote in the General Assembly if the amount of its arrears equals or exceeds the contributions due for the preceding two full years. The Assembly may nevertheless permit it to vote if satisfied that the failure is due to conditions beyond the control of the Member.

That is the Assembly's only real sanction against its own membership, and it is automatic in form and negotiated in practice.

Powers: articles 10 to 17

The general power, article 10

The Assembly may discuss any questions or any matters within the scope of the present Charter or relating to the powers and functions of any organs provided for in the Charter, and, except as provided in Article 12, may make recommendations to the Members or to the Security Council or to both.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in368

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-Three

The Security Council: Composition, Voting and the Veto

Syllabus topic 3.2 C, "Security Council"

In one line

The Security Council is a body of fifteen with five permanent members whose concurrence is required on every substantive decision, it holds primary responsibility for international peace and security, and its decisions bind all Members.

Composition: article 23

Article 23(1). The Council shall consist of fifteen Members of the United Nations. The Republic of China, France, the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and the United States of America shall be permanent members. The General Assembly shall elect ten other Members to be non-permanent members, due regard being specially paid, in the first instance to the contribution of Members to the maintenance of international peace and security and to the other purposes of the Organization, and also to equitable geographical distribution.

The Charter text still names the Republic of China and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, and it has never been amended on this point. The seats are today occupied by the People's Republic of China, following General Assembly resolution 2758 of 1971, and by the Russian Federation, which took the Soviet seat on the dissolution of the Soviet Union in 1991. In an answer, name the five as the Charter names them, then state how the two seats came to be occupied as they are, because that is the accurate account.

Article 23(2). Non-permanent members are elected for a term of two years, and a retiring member shall not be eligible for immediate re-election. The Charter also records the transitional arrangement when the Council grew from eleven to fifteen, two of the four additional members being chosen for one year.

The enlargement from eleven to fifteen was made by amendment to article 23 adopted in 1963 and in force from 1965, and it is the only significant amendment the Council's composition has ever received. Every later proposal has failed on article 108, which requires ratification by all the permanent members.

Article 23(3). Each member of the Council shall have one representative.

Primary responsibility: article 24

Article 24(1). In order to ensure prompt and effective action, the Members confer on the Security Council primary responsibility for the maintenance of international peace and security, and agree that in carrying out its duties under this responsibility the Security Council acts on their behalf.

Article 24(2). In discharging these duties the Council shall act in accordance with the Purposes and Principles of the United Nations, and its specific powers are laid down in Chapters VI, VII, VIII and XII.

Article 24(3). The Council shall submit annual and, when necessary, special reports to the General Assembly for its consideration.

Three points to take from article 24. Responsibility is primary, not exclusive, which leaves room for the Assembly under articles 10, 11 and 14. The Council acts on behalf of the Members, which is the theory that explains why its decisions bind them. And article 24(2) subjects the Council to the Purposes and Principles, which is the textual basis for the argument that the Council's powers are legally limited, though the Charter provides no organ to enforce that limit.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in376

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-Four

Pacific Settlement of Disputes

Syllabus topic 3.2 C, the Security Council's function under Chapter VI

In one line

Members must settle their disputes by peaceful means, article 33 lists the means and requires the parties to try them first, and the Security Council under Chapter VI may investigate, recommend procedures and, in a persisting dispute, recommend terms, but it cannot impose a settlement.

The duty: article 2(3)

All Members shall settle their international disputes by peaceful means in such a manner that international peace and security, and justice, are not endangered.

That is the positive counterpart of the prohibition in article 2(4). The two must be read together: force is forbidden, and peaceful settlement is required. The duty is to settle by peaceful means; it is not a duty to reach a settlement, since no State can be compelled to agree.

The means: article 33

Article 33(1). The parties to any dispute, the continuance of which is likely to endanger the maintenance of international peace and security, shall, first of all, seek a solution by:

negotiation, enquiry, mediation, conciliation, arbitration, judicial settlement, resort to regional agencies or arrangements, or other peaceful means of their own choice.

Article 33(2). The Security Council shall, when it deems necessary, call upon the parties to settle their dispute by such means.

The list is not a hierarchy, and the closing words matter. Other peaceful means of their own choice makes it open, and the phrase "of their own choice" preserves the principle of free choice of means: no procedure may be imposed on a State that has not consented to it.

The means, one by one.

Negotiation. Direct discussion between the parties. It is the ordinary first step, and many treaties make it a precondition to any other procedure.

Enquiry. The impartial ascertainment of disputed facts by a commission. Where a dispute turns on what happened, an enquiry may dissolve it.

Mediation. A third party takes an active part, proposing terms. Distinguish good offices, where the third party only brings the parties together and transmits messages without proposing terms.

Conciliation. A commission examines the dispute and proposes a settlement in a formal report. The proposals are not binding, and that is the whole difference from arbitration.

Arbitration. Settlement by arbitrators the parties choose, on the basis of law, by an award that binds. The Bay of Bengal award in [The Bay of Bengal Maritime Boundary Arbitration] and the Enrica Lexie award in [Republic of Italy v. Union of India] were both arbitrations.

Judicial settlement. Determination by a standing court, in this system the International Court of Justice, dealt with in [The International Court of Justice].

Regional agencies or arrangements. Chapter VIII, and article 52(2) requires Members entering into such arrangements to make every effort to achieve pacific settlement of local disputes through such regional arrangements or agencies before referring them to the Security Council, while article 52(3) requires the Council to encourage the development of pacific settlement of local disputes through such arrangements, either on the initiative of the States concerned or by reference from the Council.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in383

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-Five

The Use of Force and Collective Security

Syllabus topic 3.2 C, the Security Council's function under Chapter VII

In one line

Force is prohibited by article 2(4) with two exceptions in the Charter, self-defence against an armed attack under article 51 and action authorised by the Security Council under Chapter VII, and the Council's machinery of standing forces under article 43 was never created.

The prohibition: article 2(4)

All Members shall refrain in their international relations from the threat or use of force against the territorial integrity or political independence of any state, or in any other manner inconsistent with the Purposes of the United Nations.

Four elements, each doing work.

Refrain from the threat or use. A threat of force is prohibited on the same terms as its use.

In their international relations. The article does not reach a State's use of force within its own territory against its own population; that is governed by human rights and humanitarian law.

Force. Read as armed force, on the strength of the Preamble's reference to armed force, of Chapter VII, and of the rejection at San Francisco of a proposal to extend the article to economic coercion. Economic and political pressure is dealt with by the principle of non-intervention rather than by article 2(4).

Against the territorial integrity or political independence of any state, or in any other manner inconsistent with the Purposes. Attempts have been made to read the qualifying words as narrowing the prohibition, so that force which leaves territory and independence intact escapes it. The closing words defeat that reading: force inconsistent with the Purposes is prohibited whatever its aim, and the Purposes in article 1 include the settlement of disputes by peaceful means.

Article 2(4) is generally accepted as customary law and as a peremptory norm, so it binds non-Members and cannot be contracted out of, as [Validity of Treaties, and Jus Cogens] explains.

Non-intervention. Distinct from article 2(4) and wider. In the Corfu Channel Case the British minesweeping operation in Albanian waters after the explosions was defended as an application of the theory of intervention, the intervening State acting to facilitate the task of an international tribunal, and alternatively as self-protection or self-help. The Court could not accept those lines of defence. It could only regard the alleged right of intervention as the manifestation of a policy of force which cannot find a place in international law, and it rejected self-help too, since between independent States respect for territorial sovereignty is an essential foundation for international relations. Intervention was refused there even though the intervening State claimed only to be securing evidence for a tribunal.

The exceptions

Only two are in the Charter. Self-defence under article 51, and action by or authorised by the Security Council under Chapter VII. Everything else offered as an exception, humanitarian intervention, protection of nationals abroad, forcible reprisal, is contested and none has been accepted as a general rule.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in390

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-Six

The Economic and Social Council

Syllabus topic 3.2 D, "Economic and Social Council"

In one line

The Economic and Social Council is a body of fifty-four Members which studies and recommends on economic, social, cultural, educational, health and human rights matters, coordinates the specialized agencies, and is the only organ the Charter authorises to consult non-governmental organisations.

The purposes it serves: articles 55 and 56

Article 55. With a view to the creation of conditions of stability and well-being which are necessary for peaceful and friendly relations among nations based on respect for the principle of equal rights and self-determination of peoples, the United Nations shall promote:

(a) higher standards of living, full employment, and conditions of economic and social progress and development;

(b) solutions of international economic, social, health, and related problems, and international cultural and educational cooperation; and

(c) universal respect for, and observance of, human rights and fundamental freedoms for all without distinction as to race, sex, language, or religion.

The opening words state the Charter's economic theory. Peace is not merely the absence of force; it requires conditions of stability and well-being, and the Organization's economic and social work is directed to that end rather than to welfare for its own sake.

Article 56. All Members pledge themselves to take joint and separate action in cooperation with the Organization for the achievement of the purposes set forth in article 55.

Articles 55(c) and 56 read together are the Charter's human rights obligation, and their strength has been argued over since 1945. The language is a pledge to take action in cooperation with the Organization, which is weaker than a duty to secure the rights, and the Charter names no right. What articles 55 and 56 did was supply the legal foundation on which the Universal Declaration of Human Rights of 1948 and the Covenants were built, and that is the accurate way to state their effect.

The specialized agencies: articles 57 to 59 and 63

Article 57(1), the definition. The various specialized agencies, established by intergovernmental agreement and having wide international responsibilities, as defined in their basic instruments, in economic, social, cultural, educational, health, and related fields, shall be brought into relationship with the United Nations in accordance with article 63. Article 57(2): agencies so brought into relationship are the specialized agencies.

Three elements make an agency specialized: it is established by intergovernmental agreement; it has wide international responsibilities in the listed fields as defined in its own basic instrument; and it has been brought into relationship with the United Nations under article 63.

They are separate organisations, not organs of the United Nations. Each has its own constitution, its own membership, its own budget and its own legal personality, and its relationship with the United Nations rests on an agreement. That is why [The International Labour Organisation] can predate the United Nations by a quarter of a century and why [The World Trade Organization] is not a specialized agency at all.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in399

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-Seven

The International Court of Justice

Syllabus topic 3.2 E, "International Court of Justice"

In one line

The International Court of Justice is the principal judicial organ of the United Nations, composed of fifteen independent judges, open only to States in contentious cases, with jurisdiction resting on consent, and its judgments bind the parties in that case alone.

Its place in the system: Charter articles 92 to 96

Article 92. The Court shall be the principal judicial organ of the United Nations. It shall function in accordance with the annexed Statute, which is based upon the Statute of the Permanent Court of International Justice and forms an integral part of the present Charter.

Two consequences follow from that one sentence. The Statute is part of the Charter, so amending it requires the Charter amendment procedure in article 108, which is why the Court's constitution has never changed. And the Court is the successor to the Permanent Court of International Justice, which sat from 1922 to 1946, so that Court's decisions, cited throughout this book as PCIJ Series A and Series B, are treated as authority in the same line.

Article 93(1). All Members of the United Nations are ipso facto parties to the Statute.

Article 93(2). A non-Member may become a party to the Statute on conditions determined in each case by the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the Security Council.

Article 94(1). Each Member undertakes to comply with the decision of the Court in any case to which it is a party.

Article 94(2), enforcement. If a party fails to perform the obligations under a judgment, the other party may have recourse to the Security Council, which may, if it deems necessary, make recommendations or decide upon measures to be taken to give effect to the judgment.

Article 94(2) is the Charter's only machinery for enforcing a judgment, and it is subject to the veto. Where the defaulting State is a permanent member, or is protected by one, the article delivers nothing.

Article 95 preserves the freedom of Members to entrust their differences to other tribunals under existing or future agreements, which is the Charter's acknowledgment of arbitration.

Article 96(1). The General Assembly or the Security Council may request an advisory opinion on any legal question.

Article 96(2). Other organs and specialized agencies, when authorised by the General Assembly, may request advisory opinions on legal questions arising within the scope of their activities.

The Court: Statute articles 2 to 13, 26 and 31

Article 2, the qualification. The Court shall be composed of a body of independent judges, elected regardless of their nationality from among persons of high moral character, who possess the qualifications required in their respective countries for appointment to the highest judicial offices, or are jurisconsults of recognized competence in international law.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in407

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-Eight

The Secretariat and the Secretary-General

Syllabus topic 3.2 F, "Secretariat"

In one line

The Secretariat is the Organization's international civil service, headed by a Secretary-General appointed by the General Assembly on the recommendation of the Security Council, whose staff take instructions from no government and whose office carries one independent political power, article 99.

Composition and appointment: article 97

The Secretariat shall comprise a Secretary-General and such staff as the Organization may require. The Secretary-General shall be appointed by the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the Security Council. He shall be the chief administrative officer of the Organization.

Three things follow.

The Secretariat is a principal organ. Article 7(1) lists it alongside the General Assembly, the Security Council and the Court, which is a deliberate elevation of an administrative body to constitutional status.

The appointment is a two-step process, and it is subject to the veto. The Council recommends and the Assembly appoints, and because the recommendation is a substantive decision, any permanent member may block a candidate. That is the constitutional reason no Secretary-General has ever been a national of a permanent member, and it is a practice rather than a rule; the Charter contains no such limit.

Chief administrative officer. The Charter's own description, and it understates the office, because articles 98 and 99 give the holder functions no administrator has.

The term of office is not in the Charter. Five years, renewable, was fixed by the General Assembly in 1946 and has been followed since.

Functions: article 98

The Secretary-General shall act in that capacity in all meetings of the General Assembly, of the Security Council, of the Economic and Social Council, and of the Trusteeship Council, and shall perform such other functions as are entrusted to him by these organs. The Secretary-General shall make an annual report to the General Assembly on the work of the Organization.

"Such other functions as are entrusted to him by these organs" is the growth point of the office. Under it the Secretary-General has been asked to mediate, to conduct enquiries, to organise and direct peacekeeping operations, to certify elections and to administer sanctions regimes. Those functions are delegated, so their limits are set by the organ delegating them, and a Secretary-General who exceeds a mandate can be corrected by the organ that gave it.

The annual report is the one channel through which the office speaks to the whole membership on its own initiative, and successive holders have used it to raise questions the Members had not asked.

The independent power: article 99

The Secretary-General may bring to the attention of the Security Council any matter which in his opinion may threaten the maintenance of international peace and security.

This is the only political power the Charter gives the Secretary-General in his own right, and it must be read closely.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in419

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-Nine

The Trusteeship System and the Trusteeship Council

Syllabus topic 3.2 G, "Trusteeship Council"

In one line

The trusteeship system placed certain dependent territories under international supervision with independence or self-government as its object, the Trusteeship Council supervised them, and the system completed its work in 1994 when the last trust territory became independent.

The background

The system did not begin in 1945. Under the Covenant of the League of Nations the colonies detached from the defeated empires after the First World War were placed under mandates, administered by named Powers on behalf of the League, on the principle that the well-being and development of their peoples formed a sacred trust of civilisation. Mandates were graded A, B and C according to the stage of development the Covenant attributed to the territory, and the mandatory reported to a Permanent Mandates Commission.

The Charter kept the idea and changed the machinery: supervision by an organ of the Organization, express objectives including independence, a right of petition, and visiting missions.

Non-self-governing territories: articles 73 and 74

Chapter XI applies to all territories whose peoples have not attained a full measure of self-government, whether or not they are under trusteeship, and it is the part of the Charter that is still capable of operating.

Article 73. Members which have or assume responsibilities for the administration of such territories recognize the principle that the interests of the inhabitants of these territories are paramount, and accept as a sacred trust the obligation to promote to the utmost their well-being, and to that end:

(a) to ensure, with due respect for the culture of the peoples concerned, their political, economic, social, and educational advancement, their just treatment, and their protection against abuses;

(b) to develop self-government, to take due account of the political aspirations of the peoples, and to assist them in the progressive development of their free political institutions, according to the particular circumstances of each territory and the varying stages of advancement;

(c) to further international peace and security;

(d) to promote constructive measures of development, encourage research, and cooperate with one another and with specialized international bodies;

(e) to transmit regularly to the Secretary-General, for information purposes and subject to such limitation as security and constitutional considerations may require, statistical and other information of a technical nature relating to economic, social and educational conditions in the territories for which they are responsible, other than those to which Chapters XII and XIII apply.

Article 73(b) says self-government and not independence, and article 73(e) requires information only on economic, social and educational conditions, not political ones. Both limits were fought over, and the General Assembly's practice, culminating in the Declaration on the Granting of Independence to Colonial Countries and Peoples of 1960, moved decisively past them.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in426

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty

The International Labour Organisation

Syllabus topic 3.3, "I.L.O."

In one line

The International Labour Organisation is the oldest of the specialized agencies, founded in 1919 as part of the peace settlement, and its distinguishing feature is tripartism: governments, employers and workers all sit and vote.

Origin and object

The Organisation was created by Part XIII of the Treaty of Versailles in 1919, as an organ of the League of Nations, and it survived the League. In 1946 it became the first specialized agency brought into relationship with the United Nations under article 57 of the Charter, and its Constitution was amended for that purpose.

The Preamble opens with the proposition the whole Organisation rests on: universal and lasting peace can be established only if it is based upon social justice.

It goes on: conditions of labour exist involving such injustice, hardship and privation to large numbers of people as to produce unrest so great that the peace and harmony of the world are imperilled, and an improvement of those conditions is urgently required. The Preamble then lists the examples, and they are worth knowing because they are the Organisation's original programme: the regulation of the hours of work, including a maximum working day and week; the regulation of the labour supply; the prevention of unemployment; the provision of an adequate living wage; the protection of the worker against sickness, disease and injury arising out of his employment; the protection of children, young persons and women; provision for old age and injury; protection of the interests of workers when employed in countries other than their own; recognition of the principle of equal remuneration for work of equal value; recognition of the principle of freedom of association; and the organisation of vocational and technical education.

A further recital states that the failure of any nation to adopt humane conditions of labour is an obstacle in the way of other nations which desire to improve the conditions in their own countries. That is the economic argument for international labour standards, and it is the reason the subject cannot be left to each State alone: a State that improves conditions alone bears a cost its competitors do not.

The Declaration of Philadelphia, 10 May 1944

Adopted by the General Conference at its twenty-sixth session and annexed to the Constitution, so it is part of the constituent instrument and not a mere resolution.

Part I reaffirms the fundamental principles, in particular:

(a) labour is not a commodity;

(b) freedom of expression and of association are essential to sustained progress;

(c) poverty anywhere constitutes a danger to prosperity everywhere;

(d) the war against want requires to be carried on with unrelenting vigour within each nation, and by continuous and concerted international effort in which the representatives of workers and employers, enjoying equal status with those of Governments, join with them in free discussion and democratic decision with a view to the promotion of the common welfare.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in435

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-One

The World Trade Organization

Syllabus topic 3.3, "W.T.O."

In one line

The World Trade Organization was established by the Marrakesh Agreement of 15 April 1994 as the common institutional framework for trade relations among its Members, with a single undertaking of binding agreements, a Ministerial Conference and General Council, and a compulsory dispute settlement system.

Origin: from GATT 1947 to the WTO

The General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade was concluded in 1947 as a provisional arrangement, pending the entry into force of a charter for an International Trade Organization that was negotiated at Havana and never came into force. The GATT accordingly operated for nearly fifty years as a treaty applied provisionally, with no organisation behind it, its parties calling themselves contracting parties rather than members.

The Uruguay Round of multilateral trade negotiations, concluded at Marrakesh on 15 April 1994, created the Organization, which began work on 1 January 1995.

The Preamble records the objects: relations in the field of trade and economic endeavour should be conducted with a view to raising standards of living, ensuring full employment and a large and steadily growing volume of real income and effective demand, and expanding the production of and trade in goods and services, while allowing for the optimal use of the world's resources in accordance with the objective of sustainable development, seeking both to protect and preserve the environment; recognising further the need for positive efforts designed to ensure that developing countries, and especially the least developed among them, secure a share in the growth in international trade commensurate with the needs of their economic development; and being desirous of contributing to those objectives by reciprocal and mutually advantageous arrangements directed to the substantial reduction of tariffs and other barriers to trade and to the elimination of discriminatory treatment in international trade relations.

Sustainable development and the environment appear in the Preamble of a trade agreement in 1994, which is why they can be used in interpreting the covered agreements under article 31(1) of the Vienna Convention, the preamble being part of the text.

Scope, and the single undertaking: article II

Article I is one sentence: the World Trade Organization is hereby established.

Article II(1). The WTO shall provide the common institutional framework for the conduct of trade relations among its Members in matters related to the agreements and associated legal instruments in the Annexes.

Article II(2), the single undertaking. The agreements in Annexes 1, 2 and 3, the Multilateral Trade Agreements, are integral parts of this Agreement, binding on all Members.

That paragraph is the largest structural change from GATT 1947. Under the old system a contracting party could pick which side agreements to join, so obligations differed from party to party. Under article II(2) a Member takes the whole package or none of it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in446

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Two

Amnesty International and Non-Governmental Organisations

Syllabus topic 3.3, "Amnesty International"

In one line

A non-governmental organisation is a private association, not a subject of international law and not a party to treaties or to cases, and its influence comes from the consultative gateway in article 71 of the Charter, from expert reporting, and from the pressure of accurate publicity.

What an NGO is, and what it is not

A non-governmental organisation is constituted under the municipal law of some State, ordinarily as an association, a society or a company limited by guarantee. It is not created by treaty, and that single fact settles most of its legal position.

It is not a subject of international law. As [Subjects of International Law] sets out, the entities that hold rights and duties directly under international law are States, and, since Reparation for Injuries, international organisations created by States to the extent their functions require. An NGO is neither.

Consequences that follow, each with its provision.

It cannot conclude a treaty. Article 2(1)(a) of the Vienna Convention confines treaties to agreements between States, and article 3 preserves the force of agreements with other subjects of international law, which an NGO is not.

It cannot be a party before the International Court. Article 34(1) of the Statute: only States may be parties in cases before the Court.

It cannot vote in any organ of the United Nations. Article 71 authorises consultation and nothing more.

It has no immunities. Its staff abroad are private persons subject to the local law, unlike the officials in [The Secretariat and the Secretary-General] protected by Charter article 105.

The single treaty-based exception. The International Committee of the Red Cross is an association under Swiss law, and yet the Geneva Conventions of 1949 and their Protocols confer functions on it by name, so its position rests on treaty and not merely on article 71. It is the standing counter-example to the proposition that private bodies never appear in the operative provisions of treaties, and it proves the rule by being the exception States created deliberately.

The gateway: article 71 of the Charter

The Economic and Social Council may make suitable arrangements for consultation with non-governmental organizations which are concerned with matters within its competence. Such arrangements may be made with international organizations and, where appropriate, with national organizations after consultation with the Member of the United Nations concerned.

This is the only place in the Charter where non-governmental organisations appear, and everything in the modern system of civil society participation grows from it.

Read its limits.

Consultation, not membership. The organisation may be heard; it does not sit and does not vote.

Matters within the Council's competence, which by article 62 are economic, social, cultural, educational, health and related matters, and human rights.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in457

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Three

UNESCO

Syllabus topic 3.3, "UNESCO"

In one line

UNESCO was created by the Constitution adopted in London on 16 November 1945 to contribute to peace and security by promoting collaboration through education, science and culture, on the premise that since wars begin in the minds of men, it is in the minds of men that the defences of peace must be constructed.

The Preamble

The Governments of the States Parties declare:

That since wars begin in the minds of men, it is in the minds of men that the defences of peace must be constructed.

That ignorance of each other's ways and lives has been a common cause, throughout the history of mankind, of that suspicion and mistrust between the peoples of the world through which their differences have all too often broken into war.

That the great and terrible war which has now ended was a war made possible by the denial of the democratic principles of the dignity, equality and mutual respect of men, and by the propagation, in their place, through ignorance and prejudice, of the doctrine of the inequality of men and races.

That the wide diffusion of culture, and the education of humanity for justice and liberty and peace are indispensable to the dignity of man and constitute a sacred duty which all the nations must fulfil in a spirit of mutual assistance and concern.

That a peace based exclusively upon the political and economic arrangements of governments would not be a peace which could secure the unanimous, lasting and sincere support of the peoples of the world, and that the peace must therefore be founded, if it is not to fail, upon the intellectual and moral solidarity of mankind.

For these reasons the States Parties, believing in full and equal opportunities for education for all, in the unrestricted pursuit of objective truth, and in the free exchange of ideas and knowledge, are agreed and determined to develop and increase the means of communication between their peoples and to employ them for mutual understanding and a truer and more perfect knowledge of each other's lives.

In consequence whereof they create the Organization for the purpose of advancing, through the educational and scientific and cultural relations of the peoples of the world, the objectives of international peace and of the common welfare of mankind for which the United Nations Organization was established and which its Charter proclaims.

Read the fifth recital as a criticism of the Charter itself. A peace resting only on the political and economic arrangements of governments would fail; peace needs the intellectual and moral solidarity of mankind. UNESCO exists because the drafters thought the Security Council would not be enough.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in464

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Four

UNICEF

Syllabus topic 3.3, "UNICEF"

In one line

The United Nations Children's Fund is not a specialized agency but a subsidiary organ of the General Assembly, funded by voluntary contributions rather than assessed dues, and it is the only fund named in the operative provisions of the Convention on the Rights of the Child.

What kind of body it is

A subsidiary organ, not a specialized agency. The distinction runs through the whole of 3.3 and it is worth setting out in full.

Charter article 7(2) provides that such subsidiary organs as may be found necessary may be established in accordance with the present Charter, and article 22 empowers the General Assembly to establish such subsidiary organs as it deems necessary for the performance of its functions. UNICEF was established by the Assembly under that power, by a resolution of 11 December 1946, originally as the United Nations International Children's Emergency Fund, to relieve children in the countries devastated by the Second World War. Its emergency character was later dropped and its mandate made permanent and general, and it kept the acronym.

A specialized agency, by contrast, is defined in Charter article 57: an organisation established by intergovernmental agreement, having wide international responsibilities in economic, social, cultural, educational, health and related fields as defined in its own basic instrument, brought into relationship with the United Nations under article 63. [The International Labour Organisation], [UNESCO] and [The World Health Organization] are specialized agencies. UNICEF is not.

Six consequences follow, and they are what an examiner is testing.

No constituent treaty. UNICEF was created by a resolution, not by a convention, so there is no instrument for States to ratify.

No separate membership. There are no member States of UNICEF; it belongs to the whole membership of the United Nations through the Assembly.

No separate legal personality of its own. It acts as an organ of the United Nations, whose personality Reparation for Injuries established, and the privileges and immunities it enjoys are those of the Organization under Charter articles 104 and 105.

No assessed contributions. It is financed wholly by voluntary contributions, from governments, from inter-governmental bodies and from private donors, and not from the budget apportioned under Charter article 17(2).

It can be altered or abolished by resolution. What the Assembly created under article 22 the Assembly may restructure, which is not true of an agency constituted by treaty.

It reports through the system. Its Executive Board, whose members are elected by the Economic and Social Council, reports through that Council to the General Assembly.

The voluntary funding is the fact that shapes everything else. An organisation that must raise its budget each year from willing donors is responsive to donors, is vulnerable to their priorities, and cannot plan as an agency with assessed contributions can. It is also the reason UNICEF developed national committees and public fundraising, which no specialized agency does.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in475

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Five

UNDP and UNEP

Syllabus topic 3.3, "UNDP" and "UNEP"

In one line

The United Nations Development Programme and the United Nations Environment Programme are both subsidiary organs of the General Assembly financed by voluntary contributions, the first coordinating the system's development work in the field and the second acting as the environmental conscience and secretariat of the system.

Their common legal character

Both are subsidiary organs, established by the General Assembly under Charter article 22, read with article 7(2), in pursuit of the purposes in article 55 and under the responsibility that article 60 places on the Assembly.

Neither is a specialized agency. The tests set out in [UNICEF] apply to both: no constituent treaty, no separate membership, no assessed contributions, no separate legal personality, existence at the pleasure of the Assembly, and financing by voluntary contributions. They report through the Economic and Social Council to the General Assembly, and each has an Executive Board or governing body of Member States.

Their expenses are not article 17(2) expenses. A Member that gives nothing is not in arrears, and article 19 does not apply to a failure to contribute to a programme.

The United Nations Development Programme

Established by the General Assembly in 1965, by the merger of two earlier arrangements, the Expanded Programme of Technical Assistance and the United Nations Special Fund, both of which had been created by the Assembly in the 1950s. The object of the merger was to end the duplication that two separate development funds had produced.

What it does.

Country programmes. It works in a large number of countries and territories at the request of the government concerned, on programmes agreed with that government. Consent is the basis, as it is for every operational body in this module, and it follows from article 2(7) of the Charter and from sovereignty.

Coordination of the system in the field. Its distinctive function is not what it delivers but what it holds together. Historically the resident representative of the Programme in a country also served as the resident coordinator of the United Nations system there, and the coordination function has since been strengthened and separated. That role is the practical answer to the incoherence described in [The Economic and Social Council]: the Council coordinates on paper at headquarters, and the coordinator coordinates in the country.

Capacity building rather than construction. The Programme's model is to strengthen a State's own institutions, its statistical offices, its electoral commissions, its courts and its civil service, rather than to build works itself.

Measurement and reporting. Its annual Human Development Report introduced the Human Development Index, which measures development by health, education and income rather than by national income alone. That is not law, and it matters to law, because it reframed what the right to development in [Treatment of Aliens and Diplomatic Protection] and the article 55 purposes are measured against.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in483

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Module IV

Contemporary and Allied Laws under International Laws:

munotes.in

Chapter Sixty-Six

The World Health Organization

Syllabus topic 4.1, the health organisation under "Contemporary and Allied Laws under International Laws"

In one line

The World Health Organization is the specialized agency directing international health work, and article 21 gives its Health Assembly a power no other agency has: to adopt regulations that come into force for all Members except those that opt out.

The Constitution and its Preamble

The Constitution was adopted by the International Health Conference held in New York from 19 June to 22 July 1946, signed on 22 July 1946 by the representatives of 61 States, and entered into force on 7 April 1948. Amendments adopted by the Health Assembly came into force in 1977, 1984, 1994 and 2005 and are incorporated in the text. The seat is at Geneva.

The Preamble declares, in conformity with the Charter, that the following principles are basic to the happiness, harmonious relations and security of all peoples:

Health is a state of complete physical, mental and social well-being and not merely the absence of disease or infirmity.

The enjoyment of the highest attainable standard of health is one of the fundamental rights of every human being without distinction of race, religion, political belief, economic or social condition.

The health of all peoples is fundamental to the attainment of peace and security and is dependent upon the fullest cooperation of individuals and States.

The achievement of any State in the promotion and protection of health is of value to all.

Unequal development in different countries in the promotion of health and control of disease, especially communicable disease, is a common danger.

Healthy development of the child is of basic importance, and the ability to live harmoniously in a changing total environment is essential to it.

The extension to all peoples of the benefits of medical, psychological and related knowledge is essential to the fullest attainment of health.

Informed opinion and active cooperation on the part of the public are of the utmost importance in improving health.

Governments have a responsibility for the health of their peoples which can be fulfilled only by the provision of adequate health and social measures.

Accepting these principles, the Contracting Parties establish the World Health Organization as a specialized agency within the terms of article 57 of the Charter.

The two definitions in the Preamble are the ones examiners ask for. The definition of health as complete physical, mental and social well-being and not merely the absence of disease or infirmity is the widest definition in any constituent instrument, and it is what lets the Organization work on nutrition, housing, working conditions and mental health under article 2. And the statement that the enjoyment of the highest attainable standard of health is one of the fundamental rights of every human being is the earliest treaty statement of a right to health, made two years before the Universal Declaration, and it is the ancestor of article 12 of the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in492

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Seven

Global Health Law and Communicable Diseases

Syllabus topic 4.1, "Global Health Law and Communicable Diseases"

In one line

Global health law is the body of international law bearing on the health of populations, and in binding form it consists of the International Health Regulations and two conventions adopted under article 19 of the WHO Constitution: tobacco control in 2003 and the Pandemic Agreement in 2025.

What global health law is

The field is defined by its subject, not by a single instrument. Global health law is the international law that bears on the health of populations, and it is assembled from several bodies of law that were not written together.

The WHO Constitution and what the Health Assembly makes under it, that is conventions under article 19, regulations under article 21, and recommendations under article 23, worked in [The World Health Organization].

The human rights treaties, chiefly the right to the enjoyment of the highest attainable standard of physical and mental health, which the WHO Preamble stated in 1946 and the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights made a treaty obligation.

Trade law, because access to medicines turns on patents, and patents on the agreement worked in [TRIPS], while quarantine and import restrictions engage the general exceptions in [General Principles of International Trade Law].

Environmental law, because the prevention obligation and the due diligence standard in [UNDP and UNEP] apply to health harms crossing frontiers as they apply to any other.

The law of treaties and of responsibility run under all of it, as everywhere in this book.

Why the field exists as a field. Disease does not respect frontiers, and the Preamble to the WHO Constitution says exactly why that produces an obligation rather than a mere shared interest: unequal development in different countries in the promotion of health and control of disease, especially communicable disease, is a common danger, and the health of all peoples is fundamental to the attainment of peace and security. A State's failure to control an epidemic at home is a harm to its neighbours, and the structure of the problem is the structure the environmental prevention obligation addresses.

Communicable disease: the legal problem

The problem is not medical, it is one of incentives, and international law exists here to correct it.

A State that reports an outbreak is punished for reporting it. Trade stops, travel stops, tourism collapses, and the neighbouring States close borders. A State that conceals an outbreak avoids all of that, at least for a while. So the incentive is to conceal, and the law's task is to make reporting the rational course.

The two devices the law uses. An obligation to notify, with a time limit, which is the notification duty in [The International Health Regulations]. And a discipline on what other States may do in response, so that the reporting State does not lose more by reporting than by concealing.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in504

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Eight

The International Health Regulations

Syllabus topic 4.2, "International Health Regulations"

In one line

The International Health Regulations are binding rules made under article 21 of the WHO Constitution requiring every State Party to build core capacities, to notify WHO within 24 hours of events that may be a public health emergency of international concern, and to keep its own response measures proportionate.

What they are, and how they bind

They are regulations, not a treaty. Adopted by the Health Assembly under article 21(a) of the Constitution, which permits regulations concerning sanitary and quarantine requirements and other procedures designed to prevent the international spread of disease, and brought into force by article 22, under which they come into force for all Members after due notice except for such Members as notify the Director-General of rejection or reservations within the period stated in the notice.

Article 59 states the periods, and the two are different.

For the Regulations themselves: the period for rejection or reservation is 18 months from the Director-General's notification of adoption, and anything received after that shall have no effect. The Regulations enter into force 24 months after that notification.

For an amendment: the period is 10 months, and the amendment enters into force 12 months after notification.

Article 59(3) is the provision a candidate can use. Where a State is not able to adjust its domestic legislative and administrative arrangements fully within the period, it shall submit a declaration to the Director-General regarding the outstanding adjustments, within the rejection period, and achieve them no later than 12 months after entry into force for that State.

Article 61 governs rejection, article 62 reservations, article 63 withdrawal of a rejection or reservation, and article 60 the position of a State that becomes a Member of WHO later, which has 12 months from notification to reject or reserve.

Article 64 allows a State not a Member of WHO to become a party by notifying acceptance, which is how the Regulations reach beyond the membership.

So the ordinary consent rule of [Making a Treaty: From Full Powers to Entry Into Force] does not apply. A State that ignored the notification is bound. That is what makes these the most legally interesting instrument in Module IV.

Purpose, principles and the reserved right

Article 2, purpose and scope. To prevent, prepare for, protect against, control and provide a public health response to the international spread of disease in ways that are commensurate with and restricted to public health risk and which avoid unnecessary interference with international traffic and trade.

Article 2 contains the whole balance of the instrument in one sentence: protection against spread, measured against the risk, without unnecessary interference with traffic and trade. Every substantive article is an application of that balance, and most of the criticism of the Regulations is that States take the protection and ignore the proportionality.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in514

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Nine

General Principles of International Trade Law

Syllabus topic 4.3, the trade limb of "Contemporary and Allied Laws under International Laws"

In one line

International trade law rests on two non-discrimination rules, most-favoured-nation treatment between foreign products and national treatment between foreign and domestic products, on a preference for tariffs over quotas, and on a closed list of general exceptions that a measure must fit and must not abuse.

Most-favoured-nation treatment: article I

Article I(1). With respect to customs duties and charges of any kind imposed on or in connection with importation or exportation, or on the international transfer of payments for imports or exports, and with respect to the method of levying such duties and charges, and with respect to all rules and formalities in connection with importation and exportation, and with respect to all matters referred to in paragraphs 2 and 4 of article III, any advantage, favour, privilege or immunity granted by any contracting party to any product originating in or destined for any other country shall be accorded immediately and unconditionally to the like product originating in or destined for the territories of all other contracting parties.

Take the sentence apart, because every phrase does work.

Any advantage, favour, privilege or immunity. Not only tariff rates. Any benefit, however conferred.

Granted to any product originating in or destined for any other country. Any other country, not any other contracting party, so a benefit given to a non-member is caught: a State cannot escape article I by granting the favour to somebody outside the system.

Shall be accorded immediately and unconditionally. No delay, and no conditions. A State may not say it will extend the benefit if the other State reciprocates, and that word unconditionally is what stops most-favoured-nation treatment from being renegotiated with each partner.

To the like product. The obligation is between like products, and what makes two products alike is the question most trade disputes turn on. The traditional indicators are the product's physical properties, its end uses, consumers' tastes and habits, and its tariff classification.

What most-favoured-nation treatment achieves. It multiplies every concession. A tariff cut granted to one partner passes automatically to all, which means that a bilateral negotiation produces a general result and that no member can be picked off individually.

The exceptions. Article I(2) preserves historic preferences within the listed Annexes. Article XXIV permits customs unions and free-trade areas, on conditions, and its paragraph 4 states the principle governing them: their purpose should be to facilitate trade between the constituent territories and not to raise barriers to the trade of other contracting parties. Special and differential treatment for developing countries is the other principal departure.

National treatment: article III

Article III(1), the principle. The contracting parties recognise that internal taxes and other internal charges, and laws, regulations and requirements affecting the internal sale, offering for sale, purchase, transportation, distribution or use of products, and internal quantitative regulations requiring the mixture, processing or use of products in specified amounts or proportions, should not be applied to imported or domestic products so as to afford protection to domestic production.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in530

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy

UNCITRAL and International Commercial Arbitration

Syllabus topic 4.3, the arbitration limb of "Contemporary and Allied Laws under International Laws"

In one line

UNCITRAL is the General Assembly's law-making body for international trade law, and its Model Law on International Commercial Arbitration is a text States enact as their own, under which the courts stand back, the tribunal rules on its own jurisdiction, and the award may be set aside only on six narrow grounds.

The Commission

The United Nations Commission on International Trade Law was established by the General Assembly in 1966 as a subsidiary organ under article 22 of the Charter, so everything in [UNICEF] about the legal character of such a body applies to it: no constituent treaty, no membership of its own beyond the States the Assembly elects to it, and no power to bind anybody.

Its mandate is the progressive harmonisation and unification of the law of international trade, and it works through four kinds of instrument, which must be kept apart because they bind differently.

A convention. A treaty, binding on States that ratify. The Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, Vienna 1980, is the great example.

A model law. A text States are invited to enact as their own legislation, with or without modification. It binds nobody as international law; it becomes law only when a legislature passes it. The Model Law on International Commercial Arbitration is the leading instance, and the Model Law on Electronic Commerce another.

Rules. Procedural rules the parties adopt by contract, principally the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules. These bind because the parties agreed to them, not because any State enacted them.

Legislative guides and notes, which are advice.

Why a model law and not a convention. A convention on arbitral procedure would have to be negotiated to the last comma and then ratified, and each State would enter reservations. A model law lets each legislature adopt the text in its own statutory language and its own drafting conventions, and produces convergence without the treaty machinery. The cost is that no two enactments are identical, so a lawyer must always read the enacting State's Act and not the Model Law alone.

The Model Law: scope

Article 1(1). The Law applies to international commercial arbitration, subject to any agreement in force between the enacting State and any other State.

Article 1(2), the territorial principle. The provisions apply only if the place of arbitration is in the territory of this State, except articles 8, 9, 17 H, 17 I, 17 J, 35 and 36. Those excepted articles concern referring parties to arbitration, court-ordered interim measures, and the recognition and enforcement of awards, and they must operate whatever the seat, because their whole purpose is to support an arbitration held elsewhere.

Article 1(3), when an arbitration is international. If the parties have their places of business in different States at the time the agreement was concluded; or if one of the following is outside the State in which the parties have their places of business, namely the place of arbitration as determined in or under the agreement, or any place where a substantial part of the obligations is to be performed or the place with which the subject-matter is most closely connected; or if the parties have expressly agreed that the subject matter relates to more than one country.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in539

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-One

Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards

Syllabus topic 4.3, the arbitration limb of "Contemporary and Allied Laws under International Laws"

In one line

The New York Convention of 1958 requires every Contracting State to recognise arbitral awards as binding and to enforce them, and permits refusal only on five grounds the resisting party must prove and two the court may raise itself.

Why the Convention exists

An award is worth nothing where the loser has no assets. The tribunal in [UNCITRAL and International Commercial Arbitration] may be impeccably constituted and its award final, and if the assets are in another country the winner must persuade that country's courts to enforce it. Before 1958 that depended on the Geneva Protocol of 1923 and the Geneva Convention of 1927, under which the winner had to prove the award was final in the country where it was made, which in practice meant obtaining a judgment there first, the double exequatur.

The New York Convention solved that by reversing the burden and abolishing the double requirement. The winner produces two documents; the loser must then prove one of a short list of defects.

This is why arbitration is used across borders at all. There is no comparable treaty for the enforcement of foreign court judgments with anything like the same participation, so a foreign arbitral award is easier to enforce than a foreign judgment. That single fact explains the growth of international commercial arbitration.

Scope: article I

Article I(1). The Convention applies to the recognition and enforcement of arbitral awards made in the territory of a State other than the State where the recognition and enforcement of such awards are sought, arising out of differences between persons, whether physical or legal. It applies also to arbitral awards not considered as domestic awards in the State where their recognition and enforcement are sought.

Two limbs, and the second is not redundant. The first is territorial: an award made abroad. The second catches an award made in the enforcing State which that State's own law does not treat as domestic, for example because the procedure of a foreign law was applied.

Article I(2). Arbitral awards include not only awards by arbitrators appointed for each case but also those made by permanent arbitral bodies to which the parties have submitted. So both ad hoc and institutional arbitration are covered.

Article I(3), the two reservations. On signing, ratifying or acceding, any State may:

on the basis of reciprocity, declare that it will apply the Convention to the recognition and enforcement of awards made only in the territory of another Contracting State; and

declare that it will apply the Convention only to differences arising out of legal relationships, whether contractual or not, which are considered as commercial under the national law of the State making such declaration.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in552

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Two

TRIPS

Syllabus topic 4.3, "TRIPS"

In one line

TRIPS is Annex 1C to the Marrakesh Agreement, binding on every WTO Member as part of the single undertaking, and it requires each Member to provide minimum standards of intellectual property protection, national treatment and most-favoured-nation treatment, and effective enforcement, enforceable through WTO dispute settlement.

What TRIPS did that was new

Before 1995 intellectual property was governed by the conventions administered by the World Intellectual Property Organization, principally the Paris Convention for industrial property and the Berne Convention for literary and artistic works. Those conventions did two things well and one thing badly. They required national treatment, so a foreigner was treated like a national; and they set some minimum standards. What they had no machinery for was enforcement: a State that ignored them faced no effective consequence.

TRIPS changed three things at once.

It raised the minimum standards across every category of right and, for patents, required protection in all fields of technology.

It added enforcement obligations, in Part III, requiring Members to make procedures and remedies available within their own legal systems.

And it brought intellectual property inside the WTO, so that a failure to comply is a matter for the Dispute Settlement Understanding described in [The World Trade Organization], with the possibility of authorised suspension of concessions. That is the change that mattered, and it explains the bargain: developing States accepted TRIPS as part of the single undertaking in article II(2) of the Marrakesh Agreement, in exchange for the market access they wanted in goods.

General provisions: articles 1 to 8

Article 1(1), the nature of the obligation. Members shall give effect to the provisions of this Agreement. Members may, but shall not be obliged to, implement in their law more extensive protection than is required, provided it does not contravene the Agreement. And Members shall be free to determine the appropriate method of implementing the provisions within their own legal system and practice.

Three propositions in one paragraph. TRIPS sets a floor and not a ceiling, so a Member may protect more. It does not prescribe the form of implementation. And protection beyond the minimum must still be consistent with the Agreement, which is the limit on more-is-better.

Article 1(2). Intellectual property means all categories that are the subject of Sections 1 through 7 of Part II, that is copyright and related rights, trademarks, geographical indications, industrial designs, patents, layout-designs of integrated circuits, and undisclosed information.

Article 1(3). Members shall accord the treatment provided for to the nationals of other Members, defined by the eligibility criteria of the Paris, Berne and Rome Conventions and the Treaty on Intellectual Property in Respect of Integrated Circuits as if all WTO Members were parties to them.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in562

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Three

International Air Law

Syllabus topic 4.4, the air limb of "Contemporary and Allied Laws under International Laws"

In one line

Every State has complete and exclusive sovereignty over the airspace above its territory, so no scheduled international air service may operate into or over a State without its permission, and the Chicago Convention of 1944 builds the technical and institutional system on that foundation.

The Convention

Signed at Chicago on 7 December 1944, and it came into force on 4 April 1947, on the thirtieth day after the deposit of the twenty-sixth instrument of ratification or notification of adherence, in accordance with article 91(b).

The Preamble records that the future development of international civil aviation can greatly help to create and preserve friendship and understanding among the nations and peoples of the world, while its abuse can become a threat to the general security; that it is desirable to avoid friction and to promote that cooperation between nations and peoples upon which the peace of the world depends; and that the signatory Governments have agreed on certain principles and arrangements in order that international civil aviation may be developed in a safe and orderly manner and that international air transport services may be established on the basis of equality of opportunity and operated soundly and economically.

Sovereignty: articles 1 to 4

Article 1. The contracting States recognize that every State has complete and exclusive sovereignty over the airspace above its territory.

Three words carry the article. Recognize, not confer, so the Convention treats the rule as pre-existing customary law and not as its own creation. Complete, so it is not qualified by any general right of passage. And exclusive, so no other State shares it.

Contrast the sea. Under [Innocent Passage, and Straits] a foreign ship has a right of innocent passage through the territorial sea. There is no right of innocent passage in airspace, and article 1 is why. Even over the territorial sea, where ships may pass as of right, aircraft may not.

Article 2, territory. For the purposes of the Convention, the territory of a State is the land areas and territorial waters adjacent thereto under the sovereignty, suzerainty, protection or mandate of such State.

So the airspace above the territorial sea is sovereign airspace, and the airspace above the exclusive economic zone and the high seas is not, since neither is territory. That is why the freedom of overflight appears in [The Exclusive Economic Zone] and [The High Seas].

Article 3, civil and state aircraft.

(a) The Convention shall be applicable only to civil aircraft, and shall not be applicable to state aircraft.

(b) Aircraft used in military, customs and police services shall be deemed to be state aircraft.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in577

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Four

International Space Law

Syllabus topic 4.4, the space limb of "Contemporary and Allied Laws under International Laws"

In one line

Outer space is free for exploration and use by all States and is not subject to national appropriation, the launching State bears international responsibility for national activities there including those of private companies, and it is absolutely liable for damage caused on the surface of the Earth or to aircraft in flight.

Where airspace stops

No treaty says. The Chicago Convention gives every State complete and exclusive sovereignty over the airspace above its territory in article 1, and the Outer Space Treaty says outer space is not subject to national appropriation in article II. Neither instrument says where the first ends and the second begins, and the question has been on the agenda of the Committee on the Peaceful Uses of Outer Space for decades without resolution.

The two positions.

The spatialist approach would fix a boundary by altitude, and the figure most often proposed is about 100 kilometres, sometimes called the Karman line, on the reasoning that above it aerodynamic flight is impossible and orbital motion begins.

The functionalist approach would ask what the object is doing rather than where it is, so that an object in orbit is governed by space law whatever its altitude and an aircraft by air law.

Why the question has not been settled. States that launch have no interest in a low boundary that would place more of their activity under a permissive regime they already enjoy, and States that are overflown have no interest in a high one. Practice has settled the matter functionally without agreement: nobody protests the passage of a satellite in orbit over their territory, and that acquiescence, in the terms of [Custom], is the nearest thing to an answer the law has.

The Outer Space Treaty, 1967

The Treaty on Principles Governing the Activities of States in the Exploration and Use of Outer Space, including the Moon and Other Celestial Bodies, and it is the constitution of the subject.

Article I, the freedom. The exploration and use of outer space, including the Moon and other celestial bodies, shall be carried out for the benefit and in the interests of all countries, irrespective of their degree of economic or scientific development, and shall be the province of all mankind. Outer space shall be free for exploration and use by all States without discrimination of any kind, on a basis of equality and in accordance with international law, and there shall be free access to all areas of celestial bodies. There shall be freedom of scientific investigation, and States shall facilitate and encourage international cooperation in it.

Province of all mankind is not the same phrase as common heritage of mankind. [The Common Heritage of Mankind] works the difference: province of all mankind states an interest and a purpose; common heritage of mankind, in article 136 of the Convention on the Law of the Sea and article 11 of the Moon Agreement, carries with it non-appropriation, a management institution and benefit-sharing. Confusing the two is a common examination error.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in595

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

The rest of this subject

These notes are cut from the University's printed syllabus. Open the syllabus itself, or the past papers, for the same subject.

Report or request
Done!